Sample records for zeroth-order ray theory

  1. Exploration of zeroth-order wavefunctions and energies as a first step toward intramolecular symmetry-adapted perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gonthier, Jérôme F.; Corminboeuf, Clémence

    2014-04-01

    Non-covalent interactions occur between and within all molecules and have a profound impact on structural and electronic phenomena in chemistry, biology, and material science. Understanding the nature of inter- and intramolecular interactions is essential not only for establishing the relation between structure and properties, but also for facilitating the rational design of molecules with targeted properties. These objectives have motivated the development of theoretical schemes decomposing intermolecular interactions into physically meaningful terms. Among the various existing energy decomposition schemes, Symmetry-Adapted Perturbation Theory (SAPT) is one of the most successful as it naturally decomposes the interaction energy into physical and intuitive terms. Unfortunately, analogous approaches for intramolecular energies are theoretically highly challenging and virtually nonexistent. Here, we introduce a zeroth-order wavefunction and energy, which represent the first step toward the development of an intramolecular variant of the SAPT formalism. The proposed energy expression is based on the Chemical Hamiltonian Approach (CHA), which relies upon an asymmetric interpretation of the electronic integrals. The orbitals are optimized with a non-hermitian Fock matrix based on two variants: one using orbitals strictly localized on individual fragments and the other using canonical (delocalized) orbitals. The zeroth-order wavefunction and energy expression are validated on a series of prototypical systems. The computed intramolecular interaction energies demonstrate that our approach combining the CHA with strictly localized orbitals achieves reasonable interaction energies and basis set dependence in addition to producing intuitive energy trends. Our zeroth-order wavefunction is the primary step fundamental to the derivation of any perturbation theory correction, which has the potential to truly transform our understanding and quantification of non

  2. Exploration of zeroth-order wavefunctions and energies as a first step toward intramolecular symmetry-adapted perturbation theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gonthier, Jérôme F.; Corminboeuf, Clémence, E-mail: clemence.corminboeuf@epfl.ch

    2014-04-21

    Non-covalent interactions occur between and within all molecules and have a profound impact on structural and electronic phenomena in chemistry, biology, and material science. Understanding the nature of inter- and intramolecular interactions is essential not only for establishing the relation between structure and properties, but also for facilitating the rational design of molecules with targeted properties. These objectives have motivated the development of theoretical schemes decomposing intermolecular interactions into physically meaningful terms. Among the various existing energy decomposition schemes, Symmetry-Adapted Perturbation Theory (SAPT) is one of the most successful as it naturally decomposes the interaction energy into physical and intuitivemore » terms. Unfortunately, analogous approaches for intramolecular energies are theoretically highly challenging and virtually nonexistent. Here, we introduce a zeroth-order wavefunction and energy, which represent the first step toward the development of an intramolecular variant of the SAPT formalism. The proposed energy expression is based on the Chemical Hamiltonian Approach (CHA), which relies upon an asymmetric interpretation of the electronic integrals. The orbitals are optimized with a non-hermitian Fock matrix based on two variants: one using orbitals strictly localized on individual fragments and the other using canonical (delocalized) orbitals. The zeroth-order wavefunction and energy expression are validated on a series of prototypical systems. The computed intramolecular interaction energies demonstrate that our approach combining the CHA with strictly localized orbitals achieves reasonable interaction energies and basis set dependence in addition to producing intuitive energy trends. Our zeroth-order wavefunction is the primary step fundamental to the derivation of any perturbation theory correction, which has the potential to truly transform our understanding and quantification of non

  3. Calibration Method to Eliminate Zeroth Order Effect in Lateral Shearing Interferometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fang, Chao; Xiang, Yang; Qi, Keqi; Chen, Dawei

    2018-04-01

    In this paper, a calibration method is proposed which eliminates the zeroth order effect in lateral shearing interferometry. An analytical expression of the calibration error function is deduced, and the relationship between the phase-restoration error and calibration error is established. The analytical results show that the phase-restoration error introduced by the calibration error is proportional to the phase shifting error and zeroth order effect. The calibration method is verified using simulations and experiments. The simulation results show that the phase-restoration error is approximately proportional to the phase shift error and zeroth order effect, when the phase shifting error is less than 2° and the zeroth order effect is less than 0.2. The experimental result shows that compared with the conventional method with 9-frame interferograms, the calibration method with 5-frame interferograms achieves nearly the same restoration accuracy.

  4. Noise is the new signal: Moving beyond zeroth-order geomorphology (Invited)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jerolmack, D. J.

    2010-12-01

    The last several decades have witnessed a rapid growth in our understanding of landscape evolution, led by the development of geomorphic transport laws - time- and space-averaged equations relating mass flux to some physical process(es). In statistical mechanics this approach is called mean field theory (MFT), in which complex many-body interactions are replaced with an external field that represents the average effect of those interactions. Because MFT neglects all fluctuations around the mean, it has been described as a zeroth-order fluctuation model. The mean field approach to geomorphology has enabled the development of landscape evolution models, and led to a fundamental understanding of many landform patterns. Recent research, however, has highlighted two limitations of MFT: (1) The integral (averaging) time and space scales in geomorphic systems are sometimes poorly defined and often quite large, placing the mean field approximation on uncertain footing, and; (2) In systems exhibiting fractal behavior, an integral scale does not exist - e.g., properties like mass flux are scale-dependent. In both cases, fluctuations in sediment transport are non-negligible over the scales of interest. In this talk I will synthesize recent experimental and theoretical work that confronts these limitations. Discrete element models of fluid and grain interactions show promise for elucidating transport mechanics and pattern-forming instabilities, but require detailed knowledge of micro-scale processes and are computationally expensive. An alternative approach is to begin with a reasonable MFT, and then add higher-order terms that capture the statistical dynamics of fluctuations. In either case, moving beyond zeroth-order geomorphology requires a careful examination of the origins and structure of transport “noise”. I will attempt to show how studying the signal in noise can both reveal interesting new physics, and also help to formalize the applicability of geomorphic

  5. A gauge-independent zeroth-order regular approximation to the exact relativistic Hamiltonian—Formulation and applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Filatov, Michael; Cremer, Dieter

    2005-01-01

    A simple modification of the zeroth-order regular approximation (ZORA) in relativistic theory is suggested to suppress its erroneous gauge dependence to a high level of approximation. The method, coined gauge-independent ZORA (ZORA-GI), can be easily installed in any existing nonrelativistic quantum chemical package by programming simple one-electron matrix elements for the quasirelativistic Hamiltonian. Results of benchmark calculations obtained with ZORA-GI at the Hartree-Fock (HF) and second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) level for dihalogens X2 (X=F,Cl,Br,I,At) are in good agreement with the results of four-component relativistic calculations (HF level) and experimental data (MP2 level). ZORA-GI calculations based on MP2 or coupled-cluster theory with single and double perturbations and a perturbative inclusion of triple excitations [CCSD(T)] lead to accurate atomization energies and molecular geometries for the tetroxides of group VIII elements. With ZORA-GI/CCSD(T), an improved estimate for the atomization energy of hassium (Z=108) tetroxide is obtained.

  6. Zeroth-order design report for the next linear collider. Volume 2

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Raubenheimer, T.O.

    This Zeroth-Order Design Report (ZDR) for the Next Linear Collider (NLC) has been completed as a feasibility study for a TeV-scale linear collider that incorporates a room-temperature accelerator powered by rf microwaves at 11.424 GHz--similar to that presently used in the SLC, but at four times the rf frequency. The purpose of this study is to examine the complete systems of such a collider, to understand how the parts fit together, and to make certain that every required piece has been included. The ``design`` presented here is not fully engineered in any sense, but to be assured that the NLCmore » can be built, attention has been given to a number of critical components and issues that present special challenges. More engineering and development of a number of mechanical and electrical systems remain to be done, but the conclusion of this study is that indeed the NLC is technically feasible and can be expected to reach the performance levels required to perform research at the TeV energy scale. Volume II covers the following: collimation systems; IP switch and big bend; final focus; the interaction region; multiple bunch issues; control systems; instrumentation; machine protection systems; NLC reliability considerations; NLC conventional facilities. Also included are four appendices on the following topics: An RF power source upgrade to the NLC; a second interaction region for gamma-gamma, gamma-electron; ground motion: theory and measurement; and beam-based feedback: theory and implementation.« less

  7. Relativistic Zeroth-Order Regular Approximation Combined with Nonhybrid and Hybrid Density Functional Theory: Performance for NMR Indirect Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling in Heavy Metal Compounds.

    PubMed

    Moncho, Salvador; Autschbach, Jochen

    2010-01-12

    A benchmark study for relativistic density functional calculations of NMR spin-spin coupling constants has been performed. The test set contained 47 complexes with heavy metal atoms (W, Pt, Hg, Tl, Pb) with a total of 88 coupling constants involving one or two heavy metal atoms. One-, two-, three-, and four-bond spin-spin couplings have been computed at different levels of theory (nonhybrid vs hybrid DFT, scalar vs two-component relativistic). The computational model was based on geometries fully optimized at the BP/TZP scalar relativistic zeroth-order regular approximation (ZORA) and the conductor-like screening model (COSMO) to include solvent effects. The NMR computations also employed the continuum solvent model. Computations in the gas phase were performed in order to assess the importance of the solvation model. The relative median deviations between various computational models and experiment were found to range between 13% and 21%, with the highest-level computational model (hybrid density functional computations including scalar plus spin-orbit relativistic effects, the COSMO solvent model, and a Gaussian finite-nucleus model) performing best.

  8. Relativistic nuclear magnetic resonance J-coupling with ultrasoft pseudopotentials and the zeroth-order regular approximation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Green, Timothy F. G., E-mail: tim.green@materials.ox.ac.uk; Yates, Jonathan R., E-mail: jonathan.yates@materials.ox.ac.uk

    2014-06-21

    We present a method for the first-principles calculation of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) J-coupling in extended systems using state-of-the-art ultrasoft pseudopotentials and including scalar-relativistic effects. The use of ultrasoft pseudopotentials is allowed by extending the projector augmented wave (PAW) method of Joyce et al. [J. Chem. Phys. 127, 204107 (2007)]. We benchmark it against existing local-orbital quantum chemical calculations and experiments for small molecules containing light elements, with good agreement. Scalar-relativistic effects are included at the zeroth-order regular approximation level of theory and benchmarked against existing local-orbital quantum chemical calculations and experiments for a number of small molecules containing themore » heavy row six elements W, Pt, Hg, Tl, and Pb, with good agreement. Finally, {sup 1}J(P-Ag) and {sup 2}J(P-Ag-P) couplings are calculated in some larger molecular crystals and compared against solid-state NMR experiments. Some remarks are also made as to improving the numerical stability of dipole perturbations using PAW.« less

  9. Design of experiments for zeroth and first-order reaction rates.

    PubMed

    Amo-Salas, Mariano; Martín-Martín, Raúl; Rodríguez-Aragón, Licesio J

    2014-09-01

    This work presents optimum designs for reaction rates experiments. In these experiments, time at which observations are to be made and temperatures at which reactions are to be run need to be designed. Observations are performed along time under isothermal conditions. Each experiment needs a fixed temperature and so the reaction can be measured at the designed times. For these observations under isothermal conditions over the same reaction a correlation structure has been considered. D-optimum designs are the aim of our work for zeroth and first-order reaction rates. Temperatures for the isothermal experiments and observation times, to obtain the most accurate estimates of the unknown parameters, are provided in these designs. D-optimum designs for a single observation in each isothermal experiment or for several correlated observations have been obtained. Robustness of the optimum designs for ranges of the correlation parameter and comparisons of the information gathered by different designs are also shown. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  10. Similarity-transformed perturbation theory on top of truncated local coupled cluster solutions: Theory and applications to intermolecular interactions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Azar, Richard Julian, E-mail: julianazar2323@berkeley.edu; Head-Gordon, Martin, E-mail: mhg@cchem.berkeley.edu

    2015-05-28

    Your correspondents develop and apply fully nonorthogonal, local-reference perturbation theories describing non-covalent interactions. Our formulations are based on a Löwdin partitioning of the similarity-transformed Hamiltonian into a zeroth-order intramonomer piece (taking local CCSD solutions as its zeroth-order eigenfunction) plus a first-order piece coupling the fragments. If considerations are limited to a single molecule, the proposed intermolecular similarity-transformed perturbation theory represents a frozen-orbital variant of the “(2)”-type theories shown to be competitive with CCSD(T) and of similar cost if all terms are retained. Different restrictions on the zeroth- and first-order amplitudes are explored in the context of large-computation tractability and elucidationmore » of non-local effects in the space of singles and doubles. To accurately approximate CCSD intermolecular interaction energies, a quadratically growing number of variables must be included at zeroth-order.« less

  11. Zeroth Law, Entropy, Equilibrium, and All That

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Canagaratna, Sebastian G.

    2008-01-01

    The place of the zeroth law in the teaching of thermodynamics is examined in the context of the recent discussion by Gislason and Craig of some problems involving the establishment of thermal equilibrium. The concept of thermal equilibrium is introduced through the zeroth law. The relation between the zeroth law and the second law in the…

  12. Zeroth order regular approximation approach to electric dipole moment interactions of the electron.

    PubMed

    Gaul, Konstantin; Berger, Robert

    2017-07-07

    A quasi-relativistic two-component approach for an efficient calculation of P,T-odd interactions caused by a permanent electric dipole moment of the electron (eEDM) is presented. The approach uses a (two-component) complex generalized Hartree-Fock and a complex generalized Kohn-Sham scheme within the zeroth order regular approximation. In applications to select heavy-elemental polar diatomic molecular radicals, which are promising candidates for an eEDM experiment, the method is compared to relativistic four-component electron-correlation calculations and confirms values for the effective electric field acting on the unpaired electron for RaF, BaF, YbF, and HgF. The calculations show that purely relativistic effects, involving only the lower component of the Dirac bi-spinor, are well described by treating only the upper component explicitly.

  13. Zeroth order regular approximation approach to electric dipole moment interactions of the electron

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gaul, Konstantin; Berger, Robert

    2017-07-01

    A quasi-relativistic two-component approach for an efficient calculation of P ,T -odd interactions caused by a permanent electric dipole moment of the electron (eEDM) is presented. The approach uses a (two-component) complex generalized Hartree-Fock and a complex generalized Kohn-Sham scheme within the zeroth order regular approximation. In applications to select heavy-elemental polar diatomic molecular radicals, which are promising candidates for an eEDM experiment, the method is compared to relativistic four-component electron-correlation calculations and confirms values for the effective electric field acting on the unpaired electron for RaF, BaF, YbF, and HgF. The calculations show that purely relativistic effects, involving only the lower component of the Dirac bi-spinor, are well described by treating only the upper component explicitly.

  14. Enskog theory for polydisperse granular mixtures. I. Navier-Stokes order transport.

    PubMed

    Garzó, Vicente; Dufty, James W; Hrenya, Christine M

    2007-09-01

    A hydrodynamic description for an s -component mixture of inelastic, smooth hard disks (two dimensions) or spheres (three dimensions) is derived based on the revised Enskog theory for the single-particle velocity distribution functions. In this first part of the two-part series, the macroscopic balance equations for mass, momentum, and energy are derived. Constitutive equations are calculated from exact expressions for the fluxes by a Chapman-Enskog expansion carried out to first order in spatial gradients, thereby resulting in a Navier-Stokes order theory. Within this context of small gradients, the theory is applicable to a wide range of restitution coefficients and densities. The resulting integral-differential equations for the zeroth- and first-order approximations of the distribution functions are given in exact form. An approximate solution to these equations is required for practical purposes in order to cast the constitutive quantities as algebraic functions of the macroscopic variables; this task is described in the companion paper.

  15. Zeroth-order design report for the next linear collider. Volume 1

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Raubenheimer, T.O.

    1996-05-01

    This Zeroth Order Design Report (ZDR) for the Next Linear Collider (NLC) has been completed as a feasibility study for a TeV-scale linear collider that incorporates a room-temperature accelerator powered by rf microwaves at 11.424 GHz--similar to that presently used in the SLC, but at four times the rf frequency. The purpose of this study is to examine the complete systems of such a collider, to understand how the parts fit together, and to make certain that every required piece has been included. The design presented here is not fully engineered in any sense, but to be assured that themore » NLC can be built, attention has been given to a number of critical components and issues that present special challenges. More engineering and development of a number of mechanical and electrical systems remain to be done, but the conclusion of this study is that indeed the NLC is technically feasible and can be expected to reach the performance levels required to perform research at the TeV energy scale. Volume one covers the following: the introduction; electron source; positron source; NLC damping rings; bunch compressors and prelinac; low-frequency linacs and compressors; main linacs; design and dynamics; and RF systems for main linacs.« less

  16. Zeroth Law, Entropy, Equilibrium, and All That

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Canagaratna, Sebastian G.

    2008-05-01

    The place of the zeroth law in the teaching of thermodynamics is examined in the context of the recent discussion by Gislason and Craig of some problems involving the establishment of thermal equilibrium. The concept of thermal equilibrium is introduced through the zeroth law. The relation between the zeroth law and the second law in the traditional approach to thermodynamics is discussed. It is shown that the traditional approach does not need to appeal to the second law to solve with rigor the type of problems discussed by Gislason and Craig: in problems not involving chemical reaction, the zeroth law and the condition for mechanical equilibrium, complemented by the first law and any necessary equations of state, are sufficient to determine the final state. We have to invoke the second law only if we wish to calculate the change of entropy. Since most students are exposed to a traditional approach to thermodynamics, the examples of Gislason and Craig are re-examined in terms of the traditional formulation. The maximization of the entropy in the final state can be verified in the traditional approach quite directly by the use of the fundamental equations of thermodynamics. This approach uses relatively simple mathematics in as general a setting as possible.

  17. Scalar relativistic computations of nuclear magnetic shielding and g-shifts with the zeroth-order regular approximation and range-separated hybrid density functionals

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Aquino, Fredy W.; Govind, Niranjan; Autschbach, Jochen

    2011-10-01

    Density functional theory (DFT) calculations of NMR chemical shifts and molecular g-tensors with Gaussian-type orbitals are implemented via second-order energy derivatives within the scalar relativistic zeroth order regular approximation (ZORA) framework. Nonhybrid functionals, standard (global) hybrids, and range-separated (Coulomb-attenuated, long-range corrected) hybrid functionals are tested. Origin invariance of the results is ensured by use of gauge-including atomic orbital (GIAO) basis functions. The new implementation in the NWChem quantum chemistry package is verified by calculations of nuclear shielding constants for the heavy atoms in HX (X=F, Cl, Br, I, At) and H2X (X = O, S, Se, Te, Po), and Temore » chemical shifts in a number of tellurium compounds. The basis set and functional dependence of g-shifts is investigated for 14 radicals with light and heavy atoms. The problem of accurately predicting F NMR shielding in UF6-nCln, n = 1 to 6, is revisited. The results are sensitive to approximations in the density functionals, indicating a delicate balance of DFT self-interaction vs. correlation. For the uranium halides, the results with the range-separated functionals are mixed.« less

  18. Analysis of forward scattering of an acoustical zeroth-order Bessel beam from rigid complicated (aspherical) structures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Wei; Chai, Yingbin; Gong, Zhixiong; Marston, Philip L.

    2017-10-01

    The forward scattering from rigid spheroids and endcapped cylinders with finite length (even with a large aspect ratio) immersed in a non-viscous fluid under the illumination of an idealized zeroth-order acoustical Bessel beam (ABB) with arbitrary angles of incidence is calculated and analyzed in the implementation of the T-matrix method (TTM). Based on the present method, the incident coefficients of expansion for the incident ABB are derived and simplifying methods are proposed for the numerical accuracy and computational efficiency according to the geometrical symmetries. A home-made MATLAB software package is constructed accordingly, and then verified and validated for the ABB scattering from rigid aspherical obstacles. Several numerical examples are computed for the forward scattering from both rigid spheroids and finite cylinder, with particular emphasis on the aspect ratios, the half-cone angles of ABBs, the incident angles and the dimensionless frequencies. The rectangular patterns of target strength in the (β, θs) domain (where β is the half-cone angle of the ABB and θs is the scattered polar angle) and local/total forward scattering versus dimensionless frequency are exhibited, which could provide new insights into the physical mechanisms of Bessel beam scattering by rigid spheroids and finite cylinders. The ray diagrams in geometrical models for the scattering in the forward half-space and the optical cross-section theorem help to interpret the scattering mechanisms of ABBs. This research work may provide an alternative for the partial wave series solution under certain circumstances interacting with ABBs for complicated obstacles and benefit some related works in optics and electromagnetics.

  19. Is the choice of a standard zeroth-order hamiltonian in CASPT2 ansatz optimal in calculations of excitation energies in protonated and unprotonated schiff bases of retinal?

    PubMed

    Wolański, Łukasz; Grabarek, Dawid; Andruniów, Tadeusz

    2018-04-10

    To account for systematic error of CASPT2 method empirical modification of the zeroth-order Hamiltonian with Ionization Potential-Electron Affinity (IPEA) shift was introduced. The optimized IPEA value (0.25 a.u.), called standard IPEA (S-IPEA), was recommended but due to its unsatisfactory performance in multiple metallic and organic compounds it has been questioned lately as a general parameter working properly for all molecules under CASPT2 study. As we are interested in Schiff bases of retinal, an important question emerging from this conflict of choice, to use or not to use S-IPEA, is whether the introduction of the modified zeroth-order Hamiltonian into CASPT2 ansatz does really improve their energetics. To achieve this goal, we assessed an impact of the IPEA shift value, in a range of 0-0.35 a.u., on vertical excitation energies to low-lying singlet states of two protonated (RPSBs) and two unprotonated (RSBs) Schiff bases of retinal for which experimental data in gas phase are available. In addition, an effect of geometry, basis set, and active space on computed VEEs is also reported. We find, that for these systems, the choice of S-IPEA significantly overestimates both S 0 →S 1 and S 0 →S 2 energies and the best theoretical estimate, in reference to the experimental data, is provided with either unmodified zeroth-order Hamiltonian or small value of the IPEA shift in a range of 0.05-0.15 a.u., depending on active space and basis set size, equilibrium geometry, and character of the excited state. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  20. Second-order small disturbance theory for hypersonic flow over power-law bodies. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Townsend, J. C.

    1974-01-01

    A mathematical method for determining the flow field about power-law bodies in hypersonic flow conditions is developed. The second-order solutions, which reflect the effects of the second-order terms in the equations, are obtained by applying the method of small perturbations in terms of body slenderness parameter to the zeroth-order solutions. The method is applied by writing each flow variable as the sum of a zeroth-order and a perturbation function, each multiplied by the axial variable raised to a power. The similarity solutions are developed for infinite Mach number. All results obtained are for no flow through the body surface (as a boundary condition), but the derivation indicates that small amounts of blowing or suction through the wall can be accommodated.

  1. Stochastic multi-reference perturbation theory with application to the linearized coupled cluster method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Sharma, Sandeep; Alavi, Ali

    2017-01-01

    In this article we report a stochastic evaluation of the recently proposed multireference linearized coupled cluster theory [S. Sharma and A. Alavi, J. Chem. Phys. 143, 102815 (2015)]. In this method, both the zeroth-order and first-order wavefunctions are sampled stochastically by propagating simultaneously two populations of signed walkers. The sampling of the zeroth-order wavefunction follows a set of stochastic processes identical to the one used in the full configuration interaction quantum Monte Carlo (FCIQMC) method. To sample the first-order wavefunction, the usual FCIQMC algorithm is augmented with a source term that spawns walkers in the sampled first-order wavefunction from the zeroth-order wavefunction. The second-order energy is also computed stochastically but requires no additional overhead outside of the added cost of sampling the first-order wavefunction. This fully stochastic method opens up the possibility of simultaneously treating large active spaces to account for static correlation and recovering the dynamical correlation using perturbation theory. The method is used to study a few benchmark systems including the carbon dimer and aromatic molecules. We have computed the singlet-triplet gaps of benzene and m-xylylene. For m-xylylene, which has proved difficult for standard complete active space self consistent field theory with perturbative correction, we find the singlet-triplet gap to be in good agreement with the experimental values.

  2. Morphing Continuum Theory: A First Order Approximation to the Balance Laws

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wonnell, Louis; Cheikh, Mohamad Ibrahim; Chen, James

    2017-11-01

    Morphing Continuum Theory is constructed under the framework of Rational Continuum Mechanics (RCM) for fluid flows with inner structure. This multiscale theory has been successfully emplyed to model turbulent flows. The framework of RCM ensures the mathematical rigor of MCT, but contains new material constants related to the inner structure. The physical meanings of these material constants have yet to be determined. Here, a linear deviation from the zeroth-order Boltzmann-Curtiss distribution function is derived. When applied to the Boltzmann-Curtiss equation, a first-order approximation of the MCT governing equations is obtained. The integral equations are then related to the appropriate material constants found in the heat flux, Cauchy stress, and moment stress terms in the governing equations. These new material properties associated with the inner structure of the fluid are compared with the corresponding integrals, and a clearer physical interpretation of these coefficients emerges. The physical meanings of these material properties is determined by analyzing previous results obtained from numerical simulations of MCT for compressible and incompressible flows. The implications for the physics underlying the MCT governing equations will also be discussed. This material is based upon work supported by the Air Force Office of Scientific Research under Award Number FA9550-17-1-0154.

  3. How calibration and reference spectra affect the accuracy of absolute soft X-ray solar irradiance measured by the SDO/EVE/ESP during high solar activity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Didkovsky, Leonid; Wieman, Seth; Woods, Thomas

    2016-10-01

    The Extreme ultraviolet Spectrophotometer (ESP), one of the channels of SDO's Extreme ultraviolet Variability Experiment (EVE), measures solar irradiance in several EUV and soft x-ray (SXR) bands isolated using thin-film filters and a transmission diffraction grating, and includes a quad-diode detector positioned at the grating zeroth-order to observe in a wavelength band from about 0.1 to 7.0 nm. The quad diode signal also includes some contribution from shorter wavelength in the grating's first-order and the ratio of zeroth-order to first-order signal depends on both source geometry, and spectral distribution. For example, radiometric calibration of the ESP zeroth-order at the NIST SURF BL-2 with a near-parallel beam provides a different zeroth-to-first-order ratio than modeled for solar observations. The relative influence of "uncalibrated" first-order irradiance during solar observations is a function of the solar spectral irradiance and the locations of large Active Regions or solar flares. We discuss how the "uncalibrated" first-order "solar" component and the use of variable solar reference spectra affect determination of absolute SXR irradiance which currently may be significantly overestimated during high solar activity.

  4. High-resolution molybdenum K-edge X-ray absorption spectroscopy analyzed with time-dependent density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Lima, Frederico A; Bjornsson, Ragnar; Weyhermüller, Thomas; Chandrasekaran, Perumalreddy; Glatzel, Pieter; Neese, Frank; DeBeer, Serena

    2013-12-28

    X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS) is a widely used experimental technique capable of selectively probing the local structure around an absorbing atomic species in molecules and materials. When applied to heavy elements, however, the quantitative interpretation can be challenging due to the intrinsic spectral broadening arising from the decrease in the core-hole lifetime. In this work we have used high-energy resolution fluorescence detected XAS (HERFD-XAS) to investigate a series of molybdenum complexes. The sharper spectral features obtained by HERFD-XAS measurements enable a clear assignment of the features present in the pre-edge region. Time-dependent density functional theory (TDDFT) has been previously shown to predict K-pre-edge XAS spectra of first row transition metal compounds with a reasonable degree of accuracy. Here we extend this approach to molybdenum K-edge HERFD-XAS and present the necessary calibration. Modern pure and hybrid functionals are utilized and relativistic effects are accounted for using either the Zeroth Order Regular Approximation (ZORA) or the second order Douglas-Kroll-Hess (DKH2) scalar relativistic approximations. We have found that both the predicted energies and intensities are in excellent agreement with experiment, independent of the functional used. The model chosen to account for relativistic effects also has little impact on the calculated spectra. This study provides an important calibration set for future applications of molybdenum HERFD-XAS to complex catalytic systems.

  5. Second-order perturbation theory with a density matrix renormalization group self-consistent field reference function: theory and application to the study of chromium dimer.

    PubMed

    Kurashige, Yuki; Yanai, Takeshi

    2011-09-07

    We present a second-order perturbation theory based on a density matrix renormalization group self-consistent field (DMRG-SCF) reference function. The method reproduces the solution of the complete active space with second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) when the DMRG reference function is represented by a sufficiently large number of renormalized many-body basis, thereby being named DMRG-CASPT2 method. The DMRG-SCF is able to describe non-dynamical correlation with large active space that is insurmountable to the conventional CASSCF method, while the second-order perturbation theory provides an efficient description of dynamical correlation effects. The capability of our implementation is demonstrated for an application to the potential energy curve of the chromium dimer, which is one of the most demanding multireference systems that require best electronic structure treatment for non-dynamical and dynamical correlation as well as large basis sets. The DMRG-CASPT2/cc-pwCV5Z calculations were performed with a large (3d double-shell) active space consisting of 28 orbitals. Our approach using large-size DMRG reference addressed the problems of why the dissociation energy is largely overestimated by CASPT2 with the small active space consisting of 12 orbitals (3d4s), and also is oversensitive to the choice of the zeroth-order Hamiltonian. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  6. Potential Energy Surface of the Chromium Dimer Re-re-revisited with Multiconfigurational Perturbation Theory.

    PubMed

    Vancoillie, Steven; Malmqvist, Per Åke; Veryazov, Valera

    2016-04-12

    The chromium dimer has long been a benchmark molecule to evaluate the performance of different computational methods ranging from density functional theory to wave function methods. Among the latter, multiconfigurational perturbation theory was shown to be able to reproduce the potential energy surface of the chromium dimer accurately. However, for modest active space sizes, it was later shown that different definitions of the zeroth-order Hamiltonian have a large impact on the results. In this work, we revisit the system for the third time with multiconfigurational perturbation theory, now in order to increase the active space of the reference wave function. This reduces the impact of the choice of zeroth-order Hamiltonian and improves the shape of the potential energy surface significantly. We conclude by comparing our results of the dissocation energy and vibrational spectrum to those obtained from several highly accurate multiconfigurational methods and experiment. For a meaningful comparison, we used the extrapolation to the complete basis set for all methods involved.

  7. Sixth-order wave aberration theory of ultrawide-angle optical systems.

    PubMed

    Lu, Lijun; Cao, Yiqing

    2017-10-20

    In this paper, we develop sixth-order wave aberration theory of ultrawide-angle optical systems like fisheye lenses. Based on the concept and approach to develop wave aberration theory of plane-symmetric optical systems, we first derive the sixth-order intrinsic wave aberrations and the fifth-order ray aberrations; second, we present a method to calculate the pupil aberration of such kind of optical systems to develop the extrinsic aberrations; third, the relation of aperture-ray coordinates between adjacent optical surfaces is fitted with the second-order polynomial to improve the calculation accuracy of the wave aberrations of a fisheye lens with a large acceptance aperture. Finally, the resultant aberration expressions are applied to calculate the aberrations of two design examples of fisheye lenses; the calculation results are compared with the ray-tracing ones with Zemax software to validate the aberration expressions.

  8. Block correlated second order perturbation theory with a generalized valence bond reference function.

    PubMed

    Xu, Enhua; Li, Shuhua

    2013-11-07

    The block correlated second-order perturbation theory with a generalized valence bond (GVB) reference (GVB-BCPT2) is proposed. In this approach, each geminal in the GVB reference is considered as a "multi-orbital" block (a subset of spin orbitals), and each occupied or virtual spin orbital is also taken as a single block. The zeroth-order Hamiltonian is set to be the summation of the individual Hamiltonians of all blocks (with explicit two-electron operators within each geminal) so that the GVB reference function and all excited configuration functions are its eigenfunctions. The GVB-BCPT2 energy can be directly obtained without iteration, just like the second order Mo̸ller-Plesset perturbation method (MP2), both of which are size consistent. We have applied this GVB-BCPT2 method to investigate the equilibrium distances and spectroscopic constants of 7 diatomic molecules, conformational energy differences of 8 small molecules, and bond-breaking potential energy profiles in 3 systems. GVB-BCPT2 is demonstrated to have noticeably better performance than MP2 for systems with significant multi-reference character, and provide reasonably accurate results for some systems with large active spaces, which are beyond the capability of all CASSCF-based methods.

  9. A general theory of interference fringes in x-ray phase grating imaging.

    PubMed

    Yan, Aimin; Wu, Xizeng; Liu, Hong

    2015-06-01

    The authors note that the concept of the Talbot self-image distance in x-ray phase grating interferometry is indeed not well defined for polychromatic x-rays, because both the grating phase shift and the fractional Talbot distances are all x-ray wavelength-dependent. For x-ray interferometry optimization, there is a need for a quantitative theory that is able to predict if a good intensity modulation is attainable at a given grating-to-detector distance. In this work, the authors set out to meet this need. In order to apply Fourier analysis directly to the intensity fringe patterns of two-dimensional and one-dimensional phase grating interferometers, the authors start their derivation from a general phase space theory of x-ray phase-contrast imaging. Unlike previous Fourier analyses, the authors evolved the Wigner distribution to obtain closed-form expressions of the Fourier coefficients of the intensity fringes for any grating-to-detector distance, even if it is not a fractional Talbot distance. The developed theory determines the visibility of any diffraction order as a function of the grating-to-detector distance, the phase shift of the grating, and the x-ray spectrum. The authors demonstrate that the visibilities of diffraction orders can serve as the indicators of the underlying interference intensity modulation. Applying the theory to the conventional and inverse geometry configurations of single-grating interferometers, the authors demonstrated that the proposed theory provides a quantitative tool for the grating interferometer optimization with or without the Talbot-distance constraints. In this work, the authors developed a novel theory of the interference intensity fringes in phase grating x-ray interferometry. This theory provides a quantitative tool in design optimization of phase grating x-ray interferometers.

  10. Quantum theory for 1D X-ray free electron laser

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anisimov, Petr M.

    2018-06-01

    Classical 1D X-ray Free Electron Laser (X-ray FEL) theory has stood the test of time by guiding FEL design and development prior to any full-scale analysis. Future X-ray FELs and inverse-Compton sources, where photon recoil approaches an electron energy spread value, push the classical theory to its limits of applicability. After substantial efforts by the community to find what those limits are, there is no universally agreed upon quantum approach to design and development of future X-ray sources. We offer a new approach to formulate the quantum theory for 1D X-ray FELs that has an obvious connection to the classical theory, which allows for immediate transfer of knowledge between the two regimes. We exploit this connection in order to draw quantum mechanical conclusions about the quantum nature of electrons and generated radiation in terms of FEL variables.

  11. Quantum theory for 1D X-ray free electron laser

    DOE PAGES

    Anisimov, Petr Mikhaylovich

    2017-09-19

    Classical 1D X-ray Free Electron Laser (X-ray FEL) theory has stood the test of time by guiding FEL design and development prior to any full-scale analysis. Future X-ray FELs and inverse-Compton sources, where photon recoil approaches an electron energy spread value, push the classical theory to its limits of applicability. After substantial efforts by the community to find what those limits are, there is no universally agreed upon quantum approach to design and development of future X-ray sources. We offer a new approach to formulate the quantum theory for 1D X-ray FELs that has an obvious connection to the classicalmore » theory, which allows for immediate transfer of knowledge between the two regimes. In conclusion, we exploit this connection in order to draw quantum mechanical conclusions about the quantum nature of electrons and generated radiation in terms of FEL variables.« less

  12. Zeroth Poisson Homology, Foliated Cohomology and Perfect Poisson Manifolds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martínez-Torres, David; Miranda, Eva

    2018-01-01

    We prove that, for compact regular Poisson manifolds, the zeroth homology group is isomorphic to the top foliated cohomology group, and we give some applications. In particular, we show that, for regular unimodular Poisson manifolds, top Poisson and foliated cohomology groups are isomorphic. Inspired by the symplectic setting, we define what a perfect Poisson manifold is. We use these Poisson homology computations to provide families of perfect Poisson manifolds.

  13. Discovery of X-Ray Emission from the Crab Pulsar at Pulse Minimum

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tennant, Allyn F.; Becker, Werner; Juda, Michael X.; Elsner, Ronald F.; Kolodziejczak, Jeffery J.; Murray, Stephen S.; ODell, Stephen L.; Paerels, Frits; Swartz, Douglas A.; Shibazaki, Noriaki; hide

    1999-01-01

    The Chandra X-ray Observatory observed the Crab Nebula and Pulsar using the Low-Energy Transmission Grating (LETG) with the High-Resolution Camera (HRC). Time-resolved zeroth-order images reveal that the pulsar emits x rays at all pulse phases. Analysis of the flux at minimum -- most likely nonthermal in origin -- places an upper limit (T(sub infinity) < 2.1 MK) on the surface temperature of the underlying neutron star. In addition, analysis of the pulse profile appears to confirm the absolute timing of the Observatory to within about 0.2 ms.

  14. Discovery of X-Ray Emission from the Crab Pulsar at Pulse Minimum

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tennant, Allyn F.; Becker, Werner; Juda, Michael; Elsner, Ronald F.; Kolodziejczak, Jeffery J.; Murray, Stephen S.; ODell, Stephen L.; Paerels, Frits; Swartz, Douglas A.

    2001-01-01

    The Chandra X-Ray Observatory observed the Crab pulsar using the Low-Energy Transmission Grating with the High-Resolution Camera. Time-resolved zeroth-order images reveal that the pulsar emits X-rays at all pulse phases. Analysis of the flux at minimum - most likely non-thermal in origin - places an upper limit (T(sub infinity) < 2.1 MK) on the surface temperature of the underlying neutron star. In addition, analysis of the pulse profile establishes that the error in the Chandra-determined absolute time is quite small, -0.2 +/- 0.1 ms.

  15. Cosmic ray diffusion: Report of the Workshop in Cosmic Ray Diffusion Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Birmingham, T. J.; Jones, F. C.

    1975-01-01

    A workshop in cosmic ray diffusion theory was held at Goddard Space Flight Center on May 16-17, 1974. Topics discussed and summarized are: (1) cosmic ray measurements as related to diffusion theory; (2) quasi-linear theory, nonlinear theory, and computer simulation of cosmic ray pitch-angle diffusion; and (3) magnetic field fluctuation measurements as related to diffusion theory.

  16. Kinetic theory of two-temperature polyatomic plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orlac'h, Jean-Maxime; Giovangigli, Vincent; Novikova, Tatiana; Roca i Cabarrocas, Pere

    2018-03-01

    We investigate the kinetic theory of two-temperature plasmas for reactive polyatomic gas mixtures. The Knudsen number is taken proportional to the square root of the mass ratio between electrons and heavy-species, and thermal non-equilibrium between electrons and heavy species is allowed. The kinetic non-equilibrium framework also requires a weak coupling between electrons and internal energy modes of heavy species. The zeroth-order and first-order fluid equations are derived by using a generalized Chapman-Enskog method. Expressions for transport fluxes are obtained in terms of macroscopic variable gradients and the corresponding transport coefficients are expressed as bracket products of species perturbed distribution functions. The theory derived in this paper provides a consistent fluid model for non-thermal multicomponent plasmas.

  17. Discovery of Spatial and Spectral Structure in the X-Ray Emission from the Crab Nebula

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weisskopf, M.; Hester, J. J.; Tennant, A. F.; Elsner, R. F.; Schulz, N. S.; Marshall, H. L.; Karovska, M.; Nichols, J. S.; Swartz, D. A.; Kolodziejczak, J. J.

    2000-01-01

    The Chandra X-ray Observatory observed the Crab Nebula and Pulsar During orbital calibration. Zeroth-order images with the High-Energy Transmission Grating (HETG) read-out by the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer spectroscopy array (ACIS-S) show a striking richness of X-ray structure, at a resolution comparable to that of the best ground-based visible-light observations. The HETG-ACIS-S images reveal, for the first time, an X-ray knots along the inner ring and (perhaps) along the inward extension of the X-ray jet. Although complicated by instrumental effects and the brightness of the Crab Nebula, the spectrometric analysis shows systematic variations of the X-ray spectrum throughout the Nebula.

  18. On the zeroth-order hamiltonian for CASPT2 calculations of spin crossover compounds.

    PubMed

    Vela, Sergi; Fumanal, Maria; Ribas-Ariño, Jordi; Robert, Vincent

    2016-04-15

    Complete active space self-consistent field theory (CASSCF) calculations and subsequent second-order perturbation theory treatment (CASPT2) are discussed in the evaluation of the spin-states energy difference (ΔH(elec)) of a series of seven spin crossover (SCO) compounds. The reference values have been extracted from a combination of experimental measurements and DFT + U calculations, as discussed in a recent article (Vela et al., Phys Chem Chem Phys 2015, 17, 16306). It is definitely proven that the critical IPEA parameter used in CASPT2 calculations of ΔH(elec), a key parameter in the design of SCO compounds, should be modified with respect to its default value of 0.25 a.u. and increased up to 0.50 a.u. The satisfactory agreement observed previously in the literature might result from an error cancellation originated in the default IPEA, which overestimates the stability of the HS state, and the erroneous atomic orbital basis set contraction of carbon atoms, which stabilizes the LS states. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  19. Discovery of Spatial and Spectral Structure in the X-Ray Emission from the Crab Nebula

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Weisskopf, Martin C.; Hester, J. Jeff; Tennant, Allyn F.; Elsner, Ronald F.; Schulz, Norbert S.; Marshall, Herman L.; Karovska, Margarita; Nichols, Joy S.; Swartz, Douglas A.; Kolodziejczak, Jeffery J.

    2000-01-01

    The Chandra X-Ray Observatory observed the Crab Nebula and pulsar during orbital calibration. Zeroth-order images with the High-Energy Transmission Grating (HETG) readout by the Advanced Charge Coupled Devices (CCD) Imaging Spectrometer spectroscopy array (ACIS-S) show a striking richness of X-ray structure at a resolution comparable to that of the best ground-based visible-light observations. The HETG-ACIS-S images reveal, for the first time, an X-ray inner ring within the X-ray torus, the suggestion of a hollow-tube structure for the torus, and X-ray knots along the inner ring and (perhaps) along the inward extension of the X-ray jet. Although complicated by instrumental effects and the brightness of the Crab Nebula, the spectrometric analysis shows systematic variations of the X-ray spectrum throughout the nebula.

  20. Discovery of Spatial and Spectral Structure in the X-Ray Emission from the Crab Nebula.

    PubMed

    Weisskopf; Hester; Tennant; Elsner; Schulz; Marshall; Karovska; Nichols; Swartz; Kolodziejczak; O'Dell

    2000-06-20

    The Chandra X-Ray Observatory observed the Crab Nebula and pulsar during orbital calibration. Zeroth-order images with the High-Energy Transmission Grating (HETG) readout by the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer spectroscopy array (ACIS-S) show a striking richness of X-ray structure at a resolution comparable to that of the best ground-based visible-light observations. The HETG-ACIS-S images reveal, for the first time, an X-ray inner ring within the X-ray torus, the suggestion of a hollow-tube structure for the torus, and X-ray knots along the inner ring and (perhaps) along the inward extension of the X-ray jet. Although complicated by instrumental effects and the brightness of the Crab Nebula, the spectrometric analysis shows systematic variations of the X-ray spectrum throughout the nebula.

  1. Relativistic (SR-ZORA) quantum theory of atoms in molecules properties.

    PubMed

    Anderson, James S M; Rodríguez, Juan I; Ayers, Paul W; Götz, Andreas W

    2017-01-15

    The Quantum Theory of Atoms in Molecules (QTAIM) is used to elucidate the effects of relativity on chemical systems. To do this, molecules are studied using density-functional theory at both the nonrelativistic level and using the scalar relativistic zeroth-order regular approximation. Relativistic effects on the QTAIM properties and topology of the electron density can be significant for chemical systems with heavy atoms. It is important, therefore, to use the appropriate relativistic treatment of QTAIM (Anderson and Ayers, J. Phys. Chem. 2009, 115, 13001) when treating systems with heavy atoms. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  2. Examples of the Zeroth Theorem of the History of Science

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jackson, J.D.

    2007-08-24

    The zeroth theorem of the history of science, enunciated byE. P. Fischer, states that a discovery (rule,regularity, insight) namedafter someone (often) did not originate with that person. I present fiveexamples from physics: the Lorentz condition partial muAmu = 0 definingthe Lorentz gauge of the electromagnetic potentials; the Dirac deltafunction, delta(x); the Schumann resonances of the earth-ionospherecavity; the Weizsacker-Williams method of virtual quanta; the BMTequation of spin dynamics. I give illustrated thumbnail sketches of boththe true and reputed discoverers and quote from their "discovery"publications.

  3. Kinetic theory of binary particles with unequal mean velocities and non-equipartition energies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Yanpei; Mei, Yifeng; Wang, Wei

    2017-03-01

    The hydrodynamic conservation equations and constitutive relations for a binary granular mixture composed of smooth, nearly elastic spheres with non-equipartition energies and different mean velocities are derived. This research is aimed to build three-dimensional kinetic theory to characterize the behaviors of two species of particles suffering different forces. The standard Enskog method is employed assuming a Maxwell velocity distribution for each species of particles. The collision components of the stress tensor and the other parameters are calculated from the zeroth- and first-order approximation. Our results demonstrate that three factors, namely the differences between two granular masses, temperatures and mean velocities all play important roles in the stress-strain relation of the binary mixture, indicating that the assumption of energy equipartition and the same mean velocity may not be acceptable. The collision frequency and the solid viscosity increase monotonously with each granular temperature. The zeroth-order approximation to the energy dissipation varies greatly with the mean velocities of both species of spheres, reaching its peak value at the maximum of their relative velocity.

  4. Time Evolving Fission Chain Theory and Fast Neutron and Gamma-Ray Counting Distributions

    DOE PAGES

    Kim, K. S.; Nakae, L. F.; Prasad, M. K.; ...

    2015-11-01

    Here, we solve a simple theoretical model of time evolving fission chains due to Feynman that generalizes and asymptotically approaches the point model theory. The point model theory has been used to analyze thermal neutron counting data. This extension of the theory underlies fast counting data for both neutrons and gamma rays from metal systems. Fast neutron and gamma-ray counting is now possible using liquid scintillator arrays with nanosecond time resolution. For individual fission chains, the differential equations describing three correlated probability distributions are solved: the time-dependent internal neutron population, accumulation of fissions in time, and accumulation of leaked neutronsmore » in time. Explicit analytic formulas are given for correlated moments of the time evolving chain populations. The equations for random time gate fast neutron and gamma-ray counting distributions, due to randomly initiated chains, are presented. Correlated moment equations are given for both random time gate and triggered time gate counting. There are explicit formulas for all correlated moments are given up to triple order, for all combinations of correlated fast neutrons and gamma rays. The nonlinear differential equations for probabilities for time dependent fission chain populations have a remarkably simple Monte Carlo realization. A Monte Carlo code was developed for this theory and is shown to statistically realize the solutions to the fission chain theory probability distributions. Combined with random initiation of chains and detection of external quanta, the Monte Carlo code generates time tagged data for neutron and gamma-ray counting and from these data the counting distributions.« less

  5. Zeroth-order phase-contrast technique.

    PubMed

    Pizolato, José Carlos; Cirino, Giuseppe Antonio; Gonçalves, Cristhiane; Neto, Luiz Gonçalves

    2007-11-01

    What we believe to be a new phase-contrast technique is proposed to recover intensity distributions from phase distributions modulated by spatial light modulators (SLMs) and binary diffractive optical elements (DOEs). The phase distribution is directly transformed into intensity distributions using a 4f optical correlator and an iris centered in the frequency plane as a spatial filter. No phase-changing plates or phase dielectric dots are used as a filter. This method allows the use of twisted nematic liquid-crystal televisions (LCTVs) operating in the real-time phase-mostly regime mode between 0 and p to generate high-intensity multiple beams for optical trap applications. It is also possible to use these LCTVs as input SLMs for optical correlators to obtain high-intensity Fourier transform distributions of input amplitude objects.

  6. ASTRONOMY: Neighborhood Gamma Ray Burst Boosts Theory.

    PubMed

    Schilling, G

    2000-07-07

    Titanic explosions that emit powerful flashes of energetic gamma rays are one of astronomy's hottest mysteries. Now an analysis of the nearest gamma ray burst yet detected has added weight to the popular theory that they are expelled during the death throes of supermassive stars.

  7. Tunable rejection filters with ultra-wideband using zeroth shear mode plate wave resonators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kadota, Michio; Sannomiya, Toshio; Tanaka, Shuji

    2017-07-01

    This paper reports wide band rejection filters and tunable rejection filters using ultra-wideband zeroth shear mode (SH0) plate wave resonators. The frequency range covers the digital TV band in Japan that runs from 470 to 710 MHz. This range has been chosen to meet the TV white space cognitive radio requirements of rejection filters. Wide rejection bands were obtained using several resonators with different frequencies. Tunable rejection filters were demonstrated using Si diodes connected to the band rejection filters. Wide tunable ranges as high as 31% were measured by applying a DC voltage to the Si diodes.

  8. Using Gagne's theory to teach chest X-ray interpretation.

    PubMed

    Belfield, Jane

    2010-03-01

    as a Radiologist providing teaching for medical students and junior doctors, I have spent time devising lesson plans. It is vital to know the aims and objectives prior to teaching sessions in order that the students benefit as much as possible. This article describes a lesson plan for interpretation of a chest X-Ray using a theory described by Robert Gagne. Gagne developed a model of instructional design, which provides information and interaction to enhance the learning process. This model is based on nine instructional events used during a teaching session. These are: gaining attention, informing the learner of the objective, stimulating recall of prior material, presenting the stimulus material, providing learning guidance, eliciting the performance, providing feedback, assessing the performance and enhancing retention and transfer. this article uses the nine points described by Gagne and describes a model of how to teach chest X-ray interpretation. Each of Gagne's points is illustrated with a specific example of how this would fit into the Radiology teaching session. Gagne's theory of instructional design can be adapted depending on the subject being taught. It is useful, both for the teacher and the student, to prepare a lesson plan in advance with knowledge of required aims and objectives. Having run teaching sessions which use Gagne's theory, students have given very positive feedback and as a teacher I found the lesson ran more smoothly. Blackwell Publishing Ltd 2010.

  9. Order Reduction, Projectability and Constraints of Second-Order Field Theories and Higher-Order Mechanics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gaset, Jordi; Román-Roy, Narciso

    2016-12-01

    The projectability of Poincaré-Cartan forms in a third-order jet bundle J3π onto a lower-order jet bundle is a consequence of the degenerate character of the corresponding Lagrangian. This fact is analyzed using the constraint algorithm for the associated Euler-Lagrange equations in J3π. The results are applied to study the Hilbert Lagrangian for the Einstein equations (in vacuum) from a multisymplectic point of view. Thus we show how these equations are a consequence of the application of the constraint algorithm to the geometric field equations, meanwhile the other constraints are related with the fact that this second-order theory is equivalent to a first-order theory. Furthermore, the case of higher-order mechanics is also studied as a particular situation.

  10. A density matrix-based method for the linear-scaling calculation of dynamic second- and third-order properties at the Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham density functional theory levels.

    PubMed

    Kussmann, Jörg; Ochsenfeld, Christian

    2007-11-28

    A density matrix-based time-dependent self-consistent field (D-TDSCF) method for the calculation of dynamic polarizabilities and first hyperpolarizabilities using the Hartree-Fock and Kohn-Sham density functional theory approaches is presented. The D-TDSCF method allows us to reduce the asymptotic scaling behavior of the computational effort from cubic to linear for systems with a nonvanishing band gap. The linear scaling is achieved by combining a density matrix-based reformulation of the TDSCF equations with linear-scaling schemes for the formation of Fock- or Kohn-Sham-type matrices. In our reformulation only potentially linear-scaling matrices enter the formulation and efficient sparse algebra routines can be employed. Furthermore, the corresponding formulas for the first hyperpolarizabilities are given in terms of zeroth- and first-order one-particle reduced density matrices according to Wigner's (2n+1) rule. The scaling behavior of our method is illustrated for first exemplary calculations with systems of up to 1011 atoms and 8899 basis functions.

  11. Relativistic effects on x-ray structure factors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Batke, Kilian; Eickerling, Georg

    2016-04-01

    Today, combined experimental and theoretical charge density studies based on quantum chemical calculations and x-ray diffraction experiments allow for the investigation of the topology of the electron density at subatomic resolution. When studying compounds containing transition metal elements, relativistic effects need to be adequately taken into account not only in quantum chemical calculations of the total electron density ρ ({r}), but also for the atomic scattering factors employed to extract ρ ({r}) from experimental x-ray diffraction data. In the present study, we investigate the magnitude of relativistic effects on x-ray structure factors and for this purpose {F}({{r}}*) have been calculated for the model systems M(C2H2) (M = Ni, Pd, Pt) from four-component molecular wave functions. Relativistic effects are then discussed by a comparison to structure factors obtained from a non-relativistic reference and different quasi-relativistic approximations. We show, that the overall effects of relativity on the structure factors on average amount to 0.81%, 1.51% and 2.78% for the three model systems under investigation, but that for individual reflections or reflection series the effects can be orders of magnitude larger. Employing the quasi-relativistic Douglas-Kroll-Hess second order or the zeroth order regular approximation Hamiltonian takes these effects into account to a large extend, reducing the differences between the (quasi-)relativistic and the non-relativistic result by one order of magnitude. In order to further determine the experimental significance of the results, the magnitude of the relativistic effects is compared to the changes of the model structure factor data when charge transfer and chemical bonding is taken into account by a multipolar expansion of {F}({{r}}*).

  12. Aberration measurement of projection optics in lithographic tools based on two-beam interference theory.

    PubMed

    Ma, Mingying; Wang, Xiangzhao; Wang, Fan

    2006-11-10

    The degradation of image quality caused by aberrations of projection optics in lithographic tools is a serious problem in optical lithography. We propose what we believe to be a novel technique for measuring aberrations of projection optics based on two-beam interference theory. By utilizing the partial coherent imaging theory, a novel model that accurately characterizes the relative image displacement of a fine grating pattern to a large pattern induced by aberrations is derived. Both even and odd aberrations are extracted independently from the relative image displacements of the printed patterns by two-beam interference imaging of the zeroth and positive first orders. The simulation results show that by using this technique we can measure the aberrations present in the lithographic tool with higher accuracy.

  13. All-temperature magnon theory of ferromagnetism

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Datta, Sambhu N.; Panda, Anirban

    2009-08-01

    We present an all-temperature magnon formalism for ferromagnetic solids. To our knowledge, this is the first time that all-temperature spin statistics have been calculated. The general impression up to now is that the magnon formalism breaks down at the Curie point as it introduces a series expansion and unphysical states. Our treatment is based on an accurate quantum mechanical representation of the Holstein-Primakoff transformation. To achieve this end, we introduce the 'Kubo operator'. The treatment is valid for all 14 types of Bravais lattices, and not limited to simple cubic unit cells. In the present work, we carry out a zeroth-order treatment involving all possible spin states, and leaving out all unphysical states. In a subsequent paper we will show that the perturbed energy values are very different, but the magnetic properties undergo only small modifications from the zeroth-order results.

  14. The discovery of [Ni(NHC)RCN]2 species and their role as cycloaddition catalysts for the formation of pyridines.

    PubMed

    Stolley, Ryan M; Duong, Hung A; Thomas, David R; Louie, Janis

    2012-09-12

    The reaction of Ni(COD)(2), IPr, and nitrile affords dimeric [Ni(IPr)RCN](2) in high yields. X-ray analysis revealed these species display simultaneous η(1)- and η(2)-nitrile binding modes. These dimers are catalytically competent in the formation of pyridines from the cycloaddition of diynes and nitriles. Kinetic analysis showed the reaction to be first order in [Ni(IPr)RCN](2), zeroth order in added IPr, zeroth order in nitrile, and zeroth order in diyne. Extensive stoichiometric competition studies were performed, and selective incorporation of the exogenous, not dimer bound, nitrile was observed. Post cycloaddition, the dimeric state was found to be largely preserved. Nitrile and ligand exchange experiments were performed and found to be inoperative in the catalytic cycle. These observations suggest a mechanism whereby the catalyst is activated by partial dimer-opening followed by binding of exogenous nitrile and subsequent oxidative heterocoupling.

  15. The Discovery of [Ni(NHC)RCN]2 Species and their Role as Cycloaddition Catalysts for the Formation of Pyridines

    PubMed Central

    Stolley, Ryan M.; Duong, Hung A.; Thomas, David R.; Louie, Janis

    2012-01-01

    The reaction of Ni(COD)2, IPr, and nitrile affords dimeric [Ni(IPr)RCN]2 in high yields. X-ray analysis revealed these species display simultaneous η1- and η2-nitrile binding modes. These dimers are catalytically competent in the formation of pyridines from the cycloaddition of diynes and nitriles. Kinetic analysis showed the reaction to be first order in [Ni(IPr)RCN]2, zeroth order in added IPr, zeroth order in nitrile, and zeroth order in diyne. Extensive stoichiometric competition studies were performed, and selective incorporation of the exogenous, not dimer bound, nitrile was observed. Post cycloaddition, the dimeric state was found to be largely preserved. Nitrile and ligand exchange experiments were performed and found to be inoperative in the catalytic cycle. These observations suggest a mechanism whereby the catalyst is activated by partial dimer-opening followed by binding of exogenous nitrile and subsequent oxidative heterocoupling. PMID:22917161

  16. Gamma-ray burst theory: Back to the drawing board

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harding, Alice K.

    1994-01-01

    Gamma-ray bursts have always been intriguing sources to study in terms of particle acceleration, but not since their discovery two decades ago has the theory of these objects been in such turmoil. Prior to the launch of Compton Gamma-Ray Observatory and observations by Burst and Transient Source Experiment (BATSE), there was strong evidence pointing to magnetized Galactic neutron stars as the sources of gamma-ray bursts. However, since BATSE the observational picture has changed dramatically, requiring much more distant and possibly cosmological sources. I review the history of gamma-ray burst theory from the era of growing consensus for nearby neutron stars to the recent explosion of halo and cosmological models and the impact of the present confusion on the particle acceleration problem.

  17. On optimizing the treatment of exchange perturbations.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hirschfelder, J. O.; Chipman, D. M.

    1972-01-01

    Most theories of exchange perturbations would give the exact energy and wave function if carried out to an infinite order. However, the different methods give different values for the second-order energy, and different values for E(1), the expectation value of the Hamiltonian corresponding to the zeroth- plus first-order wave function. In the presented paper, it is shown that the zeroth- plus first-order wave function obtained by optimizing the basic equation which is used in most exchange perturbation treatments is the exact wave function for the perturbation system and E(1) is the exact energy.

  18. Unambiguous formalism for higher order Lagrangian field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campos, Cédric M.; de León, Manuel; Martín de Diego, David; Vankerschaver, Joris

    2009-11-01

    The aim of this paper is to propose an unambiguous intrinsic formalism for higher order field theories which avoids the arbitrariness in the generalization of the conventional description of field theories, and implies the existence of different Cartan forms and Legendre transformations. We propose a differential-geometric setting for the dynamics of a higher order field theory, based on the Skinner and Rusk formalism for mechanics. This approach incorporates aspects of both the Lagrangian and the Hamiltonian description, since the field equations are formulated using the Lagrangian on a higher order jet bundle and the canonical multisymplectic form on its affine dual. As both of these objects are uniquely defined, the Skinner-Rusk approach has the advantage that it does not suffer from the arbitrariness in conventional descriptions. The result is that we obtain a unique and global intrinsic version of the Euler-Lagrange equations for higher order field theories. Several examples illustrate our construction.

  19. Stochastic theory of nonequilibrium steady states and its applications. Part I

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Xue-Juan; Qian, Hong; Qian, Min

    2012-01-01

    The concepts of equilibrium and nonequilibrium steady states are introduced in the present review as mathematical concepts associated with stationary Markov processes. For both discrete stochastic systems with master equations and continuous diffusion processes with Fokker-Planck equations, the nonequilibrium steady state (NESS) is characterized in terms of several key notions which are originated from nonequilibrium physics: time irreversibility, breakdown of detailed balance, free energy dissipation, and positive entropy production rate. After presenting this NESS theory in pedagogically accessible mathematical terms that require only a minimal amount of prerequisites in nonlinear differential equations and the theory of probability, it is applied, in Part I, to two widely studied problems: the stochastic resonance (also known as coherent resonance) and molecular motors (also known as Brownian ratchet). Although both areas have advanced rapidly on their own with a vast amount of literature, the theory of NESS provides them with a unifying mathematical foundation. Part II of this review contains applications of the NESS theory to processes from cellular biochemistry, ranging from enzyme catalyzed reactions, kinetic proofreading, to zeroth-order ultrasensitivity.

  20. Small-angle x-ray scattering from lipid bilayers is well described by modified Caillé theory but not by paracrystalline theory.

    PubMed Central

    Zhang, R; Tristram-Nagle, S; Sun, W; Headrick, R L; Irving, T C; Suter, R M; Nagle, J F

    1996-01-01

    X-ray scattering data at high instrumental resolution are reported for multilamellar vesicles of L alpha phase lipid bilayers of 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine at 50 degrees C under varying osmotic pressure. The data are fitted to two theories that account for noncrystalline disorder, paracrystalline theory (PT) and modified Caillé theory (MCT). The MCT provides good fits to the data, much better than the PT fits. The particularly important characteristic of MCT is the long power law tails in the scattering. PT fits (as well as ordinary integration with no attempt to account for the noncrystalline disorder) increasingly underestimate this scattering intensity as the order h increases, thereby underestimating the form factors used to obtain electron density profiles. Images FIGURE 4 PMID:8770211

  1. Higher-Order Interference in Extensions of Quantum Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Ciarán M.; Selby, John H.

    2017-01-01

    Quantum interference, manifest in the two slit experiment, lies at the heart of several quantum computational speed-ups and provides a striking example of a quantum phenomenon with no classical counterpart. An intriguing feature of quantum interference arises in a variant of the standard two slit experiment, in which there are three, rather than two, slits. The interference pattern in this set-up can be written in terms of the two and one slit patterns obtained by blocking one, or more, of the slits. This is in stark contrast with the standard two slit experiment, where the interference pattern cannot be written as a sum of the one slit patterns. This was first noted by Rafael Sorkin, who raised the question of why quantum theory only exhibits irreducible interference in the two slit experiment. One approach to this problem is to compare the predictions of quantum theory to those of operationally-defined `foil' theories, in the hope of determining whether theories that do exhibit higher-order interference suffer from pathological—or at least undesirable—features. In this paper two proposed extensions of quantum theory are considered: the theory of Density Cubes proposed by Dakić, Paterek and Brukner, which has been shown to exhibit irreducible interference in the three slit set-up, and the Quartic Quantum Theory of Życzkowski. The theory of Density Cubes will be shown to provide an advantage over quantum theory in a certain computational task and to posses a well-defined mechanism which leads to the emergence of quantum theory—analogous to the emergence of classical physics from quantum theory via decoherence. Despite this, the axioms used to define Density Cubes will be shown to be insufficient to uniquely characterise the theory. In comparison, Quartic Quantum Theory is a well-defined theory and we demonstrate that it exhibits irreducible interference to all orders. This feature of Życzkowski's theory is argued not to be a genuine phenomenon, but to

  2. Quantum theory of atoms in molecules: results for the SR-ZORA Hamiltonian.

    PubMed

    Anderson, James S M; Ayers, Paul W

    2011-11-17

    The quantum theory of atoms in molecules (QTAIM) is generalized to include relativistic effects using the popular scalar-relativistic zeroth-order regular approximation (SR-ZORA). It is usually assumed that the definition of the atom as a volume bounded by a zero-flux surface of the electron density is closely linked to the form of the kinetic energy, so it is somewhat surprising that the atoms corresponding to the relativistic kinetic-energy operator in the SR-ZORA Hamiltonian are also bounded by zero-flux surfaces. The SR-ZORA Hamiltonian should be sufficient for qualitative descriptions of molecular electronic structure across the periodic table, which suggests that QTAIM-based analysis can be useful for molecules and solids containing heavy atoms.

  3. Application of ray theory to propagation of low frequency noise from wind turbines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hawkins, James A.

    1987-01-01

    Ray theory is used to explain data from two experiments (1985 and 1985) on the propagation of low frequency sound generated by the WTS-4 wind turbine. Emphasis is on downwind data, but some upwind measurements taken during the 1985 experiment are also considered. General ray theory for a moving medium is reviewed and ray equations obtained. Restrictions are introduced simplifying the equations and permitting the use of a ray theory program MEDUSA, the computed propagation loss curve of which is compared to the measurements. Good qualitative agreement is obtained with 1984 downwind data. The results indicate that the downwind sound field is that of a near-ground sound channel. Although more scatter is seen in the 1985 data, agreement between theory and data is also good. In particular, the position and magnitude of the jump in the sound levels associated with the beginning of the sound channel is correctly predicted. The theoretical explanation of the upwind data is less successful. Ray theory calculations indicate the formation of a shadow zone that, in fact, does not occur. While no sharp shadow zone is apparent in the data, the general expectation (based on ray theory) that sound levels should be much reduced upwind is confirmed by the data.

  4. Steps, Stages, and Structure: Finding Compensatory Order in Scientific Theories

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rutjens, Bastiaan T.; van Harreveld, Frenk; van der Pligt, Joop; Kreemers, Loes M.; Noordewier, Marret K.

    2013-01-01

    Stage theories are prominent and controversial in science. One possible reason for their appeal is that they provide order and predictability. Participants in Experiment 1 rated stage theories as more orderly and predictable (but less credible) than continuum theories. In Experiments 2-5, we showed that order threats increase the appeal of stage…

  5. Theory of magnetic cataclysmic binary X-ray sources

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lamb, Don Q.

    1988-01-01

    The theory of magnetic cataclysmic binary X-ray sources is reviewed. The physics of the accretion torque for disk and for stream accretion is described, and the magnetic field strengths of DQ Her stars inferred from their spin behavior and of AM Her stars from direct measurement are discussed. The implications of disk and stream accretion for the geometry of the emission region and for the X-ray pulse profiles are considered. The physicl properties of the X-ray emission region and the expected infrared, optical, soft X-ray, and hard X-ray spectra are described. The orientations of the magnetic moment in AM Her stars inferred from the circular and linear polarization of the optical light and the optical light curve are commented on.

  6. Moral judgment and its relation to second-order theory of mind.

    PubMed

    Fu, Genyue; Xiao, Wen S; Killen, Melanie; Lee, Kang

    2014-08-01

    Recent research indicates that moral judgment and 1st-order theory of mind abilities are related. What is not known, however, is how 2nd-order theory of mind is related to moral judgment. In the present study, we extended previous findings by administering a morally relevant theory of mind task (an accidental transgressor) to 4- to 7-year-old Chinese children (N = 79) and analyzing connections with 2nd-order theory of mind understanding. Using hierarchical multiple regression analyses, we found that above and beyond age, children's 1st-order theory of mind and 2nd-order theory of mind each significantly and uniquely contributed to children's moral evaluations of the intention in the accidental transgression. These findings highlight the important roles that 1st- and 2nd-order theory of mind play in leading children to make appropriate moral judgments based on an actor's intention in a social situation. PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved.

  7. Ray-splitting correction to the Weyl formula: Experiment versus theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blumel, Reinhold

    2004-03-01

    Ray splitting is a phenomenon we are all familiar with: A light ray hitting a water surface at an angle is split into a transmitted and a reflected ray. Ray splitting is not restricted to light and water, but occurs generally in all wave systems in which the properties of the propagation medium change rapidly on the scale of a wave length. It was predicted by Prange et al. [Phys. Rev. E 53, 207 (1996)] that ray splitting produces universal corrections to the Weyl formula, i.e. the average density of states. Following a brief review of Weyl's theory and the theory of ray splitting, this talk presents recent results of a first experimental confirmation of the existence of ray-splitting corrections to the Weyl formula. The experiment, a quasi two-dimensional microwave cavity loaded with two dielectric bars, has been carried out by Corrie Vaa and Peter Koch at the State University of New York at Stony Brook [C. Vaa, P. M. Koch, and R. Blumel, Phys. Rev. Lett. 90, 194102 (2003)]. This research is supported by the NSF under Grant Numbers PHY-9732443, PHY-0099398 and PHY-9984075.

  8. Ghost-Free Theory with Third-Order Time Derivatives

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Motohashi, Hayato; Suyama, Teruaki; Yamaguchi, Masahide

    2018-06-01

    As the first step to extend our understanding of higher-derivative theories, within the framework of analytic mechanics of point particles, we construct a ghost-free theory involving third-order time derivatives in Lagrangian. While eliminating linear momentum terms in the Hamiltonian is necessary and sufficient to kill the ghosts associated with higher derivatives for Lagrangian with at most second-order derivatives, we find that this is necessary but not sufficient for the Lagrangian with higher than second-order derivatives. We clarify a set of ghost-free conditions under which we show that the Hamiltonian is bounded, and that equations of motion are reducible into a second-order system.

  9. X-ray Diffraction Study of Order-Disorder Phase Transition in CuMPt6 (M=3d Elements) Alloys

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ahmed, Ejaz; Takahashi, Miwako; Iwasaki, Hiroshi; Ohshima, Ken-ichi

    2009-01-01

    We investigated the ordering behavior of ternary CuMPt6 alloys with M=Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, and Ni by high-temperature polycrystalline X-ray diffraction. The alloys undergo a phase transition from the fcc disordered state to the Cu3Au-type ordered state, except for the alloy with M=Ni, in which only short-range order forms. The transition temperature Tc is highest (1593 K) for M=Ti and decreases almost monotonically with increasing atomic number to 1153 K for M=Co. The observed dependence of ordering tendency on the atomic number of M is discussed in the light of the theory of ordering in transition-metal alloys and its significance for the study of ordering in ternary alloys.

  10. Second-order subsonic airfoil theory including edge effects

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Van Dyke, Milton D

    1956-01-01

    Several recent advances in plane subsonic flow theory are combined into a unified second-order theory for airfoil sections of arbitrary shape. The solution is reached in three steps: the incompressible result is found by integration, it is converted into the corresponding subsonic compressible result by means of the second-order compressibility rule, and it is rendered uniformly valid near stagnation points by further rules. Solutions for a number of airfoils are given and are compared with the results of other theories and of experiment. A straight-forward computing scheme is outlined for calculating the surface velocities and pressures on any airfoil at any angle of attack

  11. Order of Magnitude Sensitivity Increase in X-ray Fluorescence Computed Tomography (XFCT) Imaging With an Optimized Spectro-Spatial Detector Configuration: Theory and Simulation

    PubMed Central

    Ahmad, Moiz; Bazalova, Magdalena; Xiang, Liangzhong

    2014-01-01

    The purpose of this study was to increase the sensitivity of XFCT imaging by optimizing the data acquisition geometry for reduced scatter X-rays. The placement of detectors and detector energy window were chosen to minimize scatter X-rays. We performed both theoretical calculations and Monte Carlo simulations of this optimized detector configuration on a mouse-sized phantom containing various gold concentrations. The sensitivity limits were determined for three different X-ray spectra: a monoenergetic source, a Gaussian source, and a conventional X-ray tube source. Scatter X-rays were minimized using a backscatter detector orientation (scatter direction > 110° to the primary X-ray beam). The optimized configuration simultaneously reduced the number of detectors and improved the image signal-to-noise ratio. The sensitivity of the optimized configuration was 10 µg/mL (10 pM) at 2 mGy dose with the mono-energetic source, which is an order of magnitude improvement over the unoptimized configuration (102 pM without the optimization). Similar improvements were seen with the Gaussian spectrum source and conventional X-ray tube source. The optimization improvements were predicted in the theoretical model and also demonstrated in simulations. The sensitivity of XFCT imaging can be enhanced by an order of magnitude with the data acquisition optimization, greatly enhancing the potential of this modality for future use in clinical molecular imaging. PMID:24770916

  12. Order of magnitude sensitivity increase in X-ray Fluorescence Computed Tomography (XFCT) imaging with an optimized spectro-spatial detector configuration: theory and simulation.

    PubMed

    Ahmad, Moiz; Bazalova, Magdalena; Xiang, Liangzhong; Xing, Lei

    2014-05-01

    The purpose of this study was to increase the sensitivity of XFCT imaging by optimizing the data acquisition geometry for reduced scatter X-rays. The placement of detectors and detector energy window were chosen to minimize scatter X-rays. We performed both theoretical calculations and Monte Carlo simulations of this optimized detector configuration on a mouse-sized phantom containing various gold concentrations. The sensitivity limits were determined for three different X-ray spectra: a monoenergetic source, a Gaussian source, and a conventional X-ray tube source. Scatter X-rays were minimized using a backscatter detector orientation (scatter direction > 110(°) to the primary X-ray beam). The optimized configuration simultaneously reduced the number of detectors and improved the image signal-to-noise ratio. The sensitivity of the optimized configuration was 10 μg/mL (10 pM) at 2 mGy dose with the mono-energetic source, which is an order of magnitude improvement over the unoptimized configuration (102 pM without the optimization). Similar improvements were seen with the Gaussian spectrum source and conventional X-ray tube source. The optimization improvements were predicted in the theoretical model and also demonstrated in simulations. The sensitivity of XFCT imaging can be enhanced by an order of magnitude with the data acquisition optimization, greatly enhancing the potential of this modality for future use in clinical molecular imaging.

  13. Self-interaction-corrected time-dependent density-functional-theory calculations of x-ray-absorption spectra

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tu, Guangde; Rinkevicius, Zilvinas; Vahtras, Olav

    We outline an approach within time-dependent density functional theory that predicts x-ray spectra on an absolute scale. The approach rests on a recent formulation of the resonant-convergent first-order polarization propagator [P. Norman et al., J. Chem. Phys. 123, 194103 (2005)] and corrects for the self-interaction energy of the core orbital. This polarization propagator approach makes it possible to directly calculate the x-ray absorption cross section at a particular frequency without explicitly addressing the excited-state spectrum. The self-interaction correction for the employed density functional accounts for an energy shift of the spectrum, and fully correlated absolute-scale x-ray spectra are thereby obtainedmore » based solely on optimization of the electronic ground state. The procedure is benchmarked against experimental spectra of a set of small organic molecules at the carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen K edges.« less

  14. Higher-Order Theory for Functionally Graded Materials

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Aboudi, Jacob; Pindera, Marek-Jerzy; Arnold, Steven M.

    1999-01-01

    This paper presents the full generalization of the Cartesian coordinate-based higher-order theory for functionally graded materials developed by the authors during the past several years. This theory circumvents the problematic use of the standard micromechanical approach, based on the concept of a representative volume element, commonly employed in the analysis of functionally graded composites by explicitly coupling the local (microstructural) and global (macrostructural) responses. The theoretical framework is based on volumetric averaging of the various field quantities, together with imposition of boundary and interfacial conditions in an average sense between the subvolumes used to characterize the composite's functionally graded microstructure. The generalization outlined herein involves extension of the theoretical framework to enable the analysis of materials characterized by spatially variable microstructures in three directions. Specialization of the generalized theoretical framework to previously published versions of the higher-order theory for materials functionally graded in one and two directions is demonstrated. In the applications part of the paper we summarize the major findings obtained with the one-directional and two-directional versions of the higher-order theory. The results illustrate both the fundamental issues related to the influence of microstructure on microscopic and macroscopic quantities governing the response of composites and the technologically important applications. A major issue addressed herein is the applicability of the classical homogenization schemes in the analysis of functionally graded materials. The technologically important applications illustrate the utility of functionally graded microstructures in tailoring the response of structural components in a variety of applications involving uniform and gradient thermomechanical loading.

  15. The Lagrangian-Hamiltonian formalism for higher order field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vitagliano, Luca

    2010-06-01

    We generalize the Lagrangian-Hamiltonian formalism of Skinner and Rusk to higher order field theories on fiber bundles. As a byproduct we solve the long standing problem of defining, in a coordinate free manner, a Hamiltonian formalism for higher order Lagrangian field theories. Namely, our formalism does only depend on the action functional and, therefore, unlike previously proposed ones, is free from any relevant ambiguity.

  16. Quadratic canonical transformation theory and higher order density matrices.

    PubMed

    Neuscamman, Eric; Yanai, Takeshi; Chan, Garnet Kin-Lic

    2009-03-28

    Canonical transformation (CT) theory provides a rigorously size-extensive description of dynamic correlation in multireference systems, with an accuracy superior to and cost scaling lower than complete active space second order perturbation theory. Here we expand our previous theory by investigating (i) a commutator approximation that is applied at quadratic, as opposed to linear, order in the effective Hamiltonian, and (ii) incorporation of the three-body reduced density matrix in the operator and density matrix decompositions. The quadratic commutator approximation improves CT's accuracy when used with a single-determinant reference, repairing the previous formal disadvantage of the single-reference linear CT theory relative to singles and doubles coupled cluster theory. Calculations on the BH and HF binding curves confirm this improvement. In multireference systems, the three-body reduced density matrix increases the overall accuracy of the CT theory. Tests on the H(2)O and N(2) binding curves yield results highly competitive with expensive state-of-the-art multireference methods, such as the multireference Davidson-corrected configuration interaction (MRCI+Q), averaged coupled pair functional, and averaged quadratic coupled cluster theories.

  17. Generalizing the ADM computation to quantum field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mora, P. J.; Tsamis, N. C.; Woodard, R. P.

    2012-01-01

    The absence of recognizable, low energy quantum gravitational effects requires that some asymptotic series expansion be wonderfully accurate, but the correct expansion might involve logarithms or fractional powers of Newton’s constant. That would explain why conventional perturbation theory shows uncontrollable ultraviolet divergences. We explore this possibility in the context of the mass of a charged, gravitating scalar. The classical limit of this system was solved exactly in 1960 by Arnowitt, Deser and Misner, and their solution does exhibit nonanalytic dependence on Newton’s constant. We derive an exact functional integral representation for the mass of the quantum field theoretic system, and then develop an alternate expansion for it based on a correct implementation of the method of stationary phase. The new expansion entails adding an infinite class of new diagrams to each order and subtracting them from higher orders. The zeroth-order term of the new expansion has the physical interpretation of a first quantized Klein-Gordon scalar which forms a bound state in the gravitational and electromagnetic potentials sourced by its own probability current. We show that such bound states exist and we obtain numerical results for their masses.

  18. X-ray bursts: Observation versus theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lewin, W. H. G.

    1981-01-01

    Results of various observations of common type I X-ray bursts are discussed with respect to the theory of thermonuclear flashes in the surface layers of accreting neutron stars. Topics covered include burst profiles; irregular burst intervals; rise and decay times and the role of hydrogen; the accuracy of source distances; accuracy in radii determination; radius increase early in the burst; the super Eddington limit; temperatures at burst maximum; and the role of the magnetic field.

  19. The column density distribution of hard X-ray radio galaxies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Panessa, F.; Bassani, L.; Landi, R.; Bazzano, A.; Dallacasa, D.; La Franca, F.; Malizia, A.; Venturi, T.; Ubertini, P.

    2016-09-01

    In order to investigate the role of absorption in active galactic nuclei (AGN) with jets, we have studied the column density distribution of a hard X-ray selected sample of radio galaxies, derived from the INTEGRAL/Imager on Board the Integral Satellite (IBIS) and Swift/The Burst Alert Telescope (BAT) AGN catalogues (˜7-10 per cent of the total AGN population). The 64 radio galaxies have a typical FR II radio morphology and are characterized by high 20-100 keV luminosities (from 1042 to 1046 erg s-1) and high Eddington ratios (log LBol/LEdd typically larger than ˜0.01). The observed fraction of absorbed AGN (NH > 1022 cm-2) is around 40 per cent among the total sample, and ˜75 per cent among type 2 AGN. The majority of obscured AGN are narrow-line objects, while unobscured AGN are broad-line objects, obeying to the zeroth-order predictions of unified models. A significant anti-correlation between the radio core dominance parameter and the X-ray column density is found. The observed fraction of Compton thick AGN is ˜2-3 per cent, in comparison with the 5-7 per cent found in radio-quiet hard X-ray selected AGN. We have estimated the absorption and Compton thick fractions in a hard X-ray sample containing both radio galaxies and non-radio galaxies and therefore affected by the same selection biases. No statistical significant difference was found in the absorption properties of radio galaxies and non-radio galaxies sample. In particular, the Compton thick objects are likely missing in both samples and the fraction of obscured radio galaxies appears to decrease with luminosity as observed in hard X-ray non-radio galaxies.

  20. Deterministic time-reversible thermostats: chaos, ergodicity, and the zeroth law of thermodynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Patra, Puneet Kumar; Sprott, Julien Clinton; Hoover, William Graham; Griswold Hoover, Carol

    2015-09-01

    The relative stability and ergodicity of deterministic time-reversible thermostats, both singly and in coupled pairs, are assessed through their Lyapunov spectra. Five types of thermostat are coupled to one another through a single Hooke's-law harmonic spring. The resulting dynamics shows that three specific thermostat types, Hoover-Holian, Ju-Bulgac, and Martyna-Klein-Tuckerman, have very similar Lyapunov spectra in their equilibrium four-dimensional phase spaces and when coupled in equilibrium or nonequilibrium pairs. All three of these oscillator-based thermostats are shown to be ergodic, with smooth analytic Gaussian distributions in their extended phase spaces (coordinate, momentum, and two control variables). Evidently these three ergodic and time-reversible thermostat types are particularly useful as statistical-mechanical thermometers and thermostats. Each of them generates Gibbs' universal canonical distribution internally as well as for systems to which they are coupled. Thus they obey the zeroth law of thermodynamics, as a good heat bath should. They also provide dissipative heat flow with relatively small nonlinearity when two or more such temperature baths interact and provide useful deterministic replacements for the stochastic Langevin equation.

  1. Quantum Crystallography: Density Matrix-Density Functional Theory and the X-Ray Diffraction Experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Soirat, Arnaud J. A.

    Density Matrix Theory is a Quantum Mechanical formalism in which the wavefunction is eliminated and its role taken over by reduced density matrices. The interest of this is that, it allows one, in principle, to calculate any electronic property of a physical system, without having to solve the Schrodinger equation, using only two entities much simpler than an N-body wavefunction: first and second -order reduced density matrices. In practice, though, this very promising possibility faces the tremendous theoretical problem of N-representability, which has been solved for the former, but, until now, voids any hope of theoretically determining the latter. However, it has been shown that single determinant reduced density matrices of any order may be recovered from coherent X-ray diffraction data, if one provides a proper Quantum Mechanical description of the Crystallography experiment. A deeper investigation of this method is the purpose of this work, where we, first, further study the calculation of X-ray reduced density matrices N-representable by a single Slater determinant. In this context, we independently derive necessary and sufficient conditions for the uniqueness of the method. We then show how to account for electron correlation in this model. For the first time, indeed, we derive highly accurate, yet practical, density matrices approximately N-representable by correlated-determinant wavefunctions. The interest of such a result lies in the Quantum Mechanical validity of these density matrices, their property of being entirely obtainable from X-ray coherent diffraction data, their very high accuracy conferred by this known property of the N-representing wavefunction, as well as their definition as explicit functionals of the density. All of these properties are finally used in both a theoretical and a numerical application: in the former, we show that these density matrices may be used in the context of Density Functional Theory to highly accurately determine

  2. A {3,2}-Order Bending Theory for Laminated Composite and Sandwich Beams

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cook, Geoffrey M.; Tessler, Alexander

    1998-01-01

    A higher-order bending theory is derived for laminated composite and sandwich beams thus extending the recent {1,2}-order theory to include third-order axial effect without introducing additional kinematic variables. The present theory is of order {3,2} and includes both transverse shear and transverse normal deformations. A closed-form solution to the cylindrical bending problem is derived and compared with the corresponding exact elasticity solution. The numerical comparisons are focused on the most challenging material systems and beam aspect ratios which include moderate-to-thick unsymmetric composite and sandwich laminates. Advantages and limitations of the theory are discussed.

  3. Moral Judgment and Its Relation to Second-Order Theory of Mind

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Fu, Genyue; Xiao, Wen S.; Killen, Melanie; Lee, Kang

    2014-01-01

    Recent research indicates that moral judgment and 1st-order theory of mind abilities are related. What is not known, however, is how 2nd-order theory of mind is related to moral judgment. In the present study, we extended previous findings by administering a morally relevant theory of mind task (an accidental transgressor) to 4- to 7-year-old…

  4. Theory of Gamma-Ray Burst Sources

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ramirez-Ruiz, Enrico

    In the sections which follow, we shall be concerned predominantly with the theory of γ-ray burst sources. If the concepts there proposed are indeed relevant to an understanding of the nature of these sources, then their existence becomes inextricably linked to the metabolic pathways through which gravity, spin, and energy can combine to form collimated, ultrarelativistic outflows. These threads are few and fragile, as we are still wrestling with trying to understand non-relativistic processes, most notably those associated with the electromagnetic field and gas dynamics. If we are to improve our picture-making we must make more and stronger ties of physical theory. But in reconstructing the creature, we must be guided by our eyes and their extensions. In this introductory section we have therefore attempted to summarise the observed properties of these ultra-energetic phenomena.

  5. Thermodynamics of H-bonding in alcohols and water. The mobile order theory as opposed to the classical multicomponent order theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huyskens, P.; Kapuku, F.; Colemonts-Vandevyvere, C.

    1990-09-01

    In liquids the partners of H bonds constantly change. As a consequence the entities observed by IR spectroscopy are not the same as those considered for thermodynamic properties. For the latter, the H-bonds are shared by all the molecules. The thermodynamic "monomeric fraction", γ, the time fraction during which an alcohol molecule is vaporizable, is the square root of the spectroscopic monomeric fraction, and is the fraction of molecules which, during a time interval of 10 -14 s, have their hydroxylic proton and their lone pairs free. The classical thermodynamic treatments of Mecke and Prigogine consider the spectroscopic entities as real thermodynamic entities. Opposed to this, the mobile order theory considers all the formal molecules as equal but with a reduction of the entropy due to the fact that during a fraction 1-γ of the time, the OH proton follows a neighbouring oxygen atom on its journey through the liquid. Mobile order theory and classic multicomponent treatment lead, in binary mixtures of the associated substance A with the inert substance S, to expressions of the chemical potentials μ A and μ S that are fundamentally different. However, the differences become very important only when the molar volumes overlineVS and overlineVA differ by a factor larger than 2. As a consequence the equations of the classic theory can still fit the experimental vapour pressure data of mixtures of liquid alcohols and liquid alkanes. However, the solubilities of solid alkanes in water for which overlineVS > 3 overlineVA are only correctly predicted by the mobile order theory.

  6. Peripatetic and Euclidean theories of the visual ray.

    PubMed

    Jones, A

    1994-01-01

    The visual ray of Euclid's Optica is endowed with properties that reveal the concept to be an abstraction of a specific physical account of vision. The evolution of a physical theory of vision compatible with the Euclidean model can be traced in Peripatetic writings of the late fourth and third centuries B.C.

  7. The second-order differential phase contrast and its retrieval for imaging with x-ray Talbot interferometry.

    PubMed

    Yang, Yi; Tang, Xiangyang

    2012-12-01

    The x-ray differential phase contrast imaging implemented with the Talbot interferometry has recently been reported to be capable of providing tomographic images corresponding to attenuation-contrast, phase-contrast, and dark-field contrast, simultaneously, from a single set of projection data. The authors believe that, along with small-angle x-ray scattering, the second-order phase derivative Φ(") (s)(x) plays a role in the generation of dark-field contrast. In this paper, the authors derive the analytic formulae to characterize the contribution made by the second-order phase derivative to the dark-field contrast (namely, second-order differential phase contrast) and validate them via computer simulation study. By proposing a practical retrieval method, the authors investigate the potential of second-order differential phase contrast imaging for extensive applications. The theoretical derivation starts at assuming that the refractive index decrement of an object can be decomposed into δ = δ(s) + δ(f), where δ(f) corresponds to the object's fine structures and manifests itself in the dark-field contrast via small-angle scattering. Based on the paraxial Fresnel-Kirchhoff theory, the analytic formulae to characterize the contribution made by δ(s), which corresponds to the object's smooth structures, to the dark-field contrast are derived. Through computer simulation with specially designed numerical phantoms, an x-ray differential phase contrast imaging system implemented with the Talbot interferometry is utilized to evaluate and validate the derived formulae. The same imaging system is also utilized to evaluate and verify the capability of the proposed method to retrieve the second-order differential phase contrast for imaging, as well as its robustness over the dimension of detector cell and the number of steps in grating shifting. Both analytic formulae and computer simulations show that, in addition to small-angle scattering, the contrast generated by the

  8. The Culture Care theory and the Old Order Amish.

    PubMed

    Wenger, A F

    1991-11-01

    This chapter discussed knowledge about culture care and culture context in relation to Old Order Amish culture. Leininger's theory of Cultural Care Diversity and Universality and Hall's concept of high-context culture were used to study culture care of the Old Order Amish. This study provided new findings about the culture, especially as related to culture care and high context. These findings also are important to guide nurses and other health care professionals in providing culture-specific care to the Old Order Amish. Leininger's Cultural Care theory has provided a comprehensive theoretical framework to explicate embedded care constructs and patterns of daily living within this culture. Hall's concepts helped to value and discover the importance of high context within the Old Order Amish culture and its relation to the phenomenon of care.

  9. Theory-restricted resonant x-ray reflectometry of quantum materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fürsich, Katrin; Zabolotnyy, Volodymyr B.; Schierle, Enrico; Dudy, Lenart; Kirilmaz, Ozan; Sing, Michael; Claessen, Ralph; Green, Robert J.; Haverkort, Maurits W.; Hinkov, Vladimir

    2018-04-01

    The delicate interplay of competing phases in quantum materials is dominated by parameters such as the crystal field potential, the spin-orbit coupling, and, in particular, the electronic correlation strength. Whereas small quantitative variations of the parameter values can thus qualitatively change the material, these values can hitherto hardly be obtained with reasonable precision, be it theoretically or experimentally. Here we propose a solution combining resonant x-ray reflectivity (RXR) with multiplet ligand field theory (MLFT). We first perform ab initio DFT calculations within the MLFT framework to get initial parameter values, which we then use in a fit of the theoretical model to RXR. To validate our method, we apply it to NiO and SrTiO3 and obtain parameter values, which are amended by as much as 20 % compared to the ab initio results. Our approach is particularly useful to investigate topologically trivial and nontrivial correlated insulators, staggered moments in magnetically or orbitally ordered materials, and reconstructed interfaces.

  10. A higher-order theory for geometrically nonlinear analysis of composite laminates

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Reddy, J. N.; Liu, C. F.

    1987-01-01

    A third-order shear deformation theory of laminated composite plates and shells is developed, the Navier solutions are derived, and its finite element models are developed. The theory allows parabolic description of the transverse shear stresses, and therefore the shear correction factors of the usual shear deformation theory are not required in the present theory. The theory also accounts for the von Karman nonlinear strains. Closed-form solutions of the theory for rectangular cross-ply and angle-ply plates and cross-ply shells are developed. The finite element model is based on independent approximations of the displacements and bending moments (i.e., mixed finite element model), and therefore, only C sup o -approximation is required. The finite element model is used to analyze cross-ply and angle-ply laminated plates and shells for bending and natural vibration. Many of the numerical results presented here should serve as references for future investigations. Three major conclusions resulted from the research: First, for thick laminates, shear deformation theories predict deflections, stresses and vibration frequencies significantly different from those predicted by classical theories. Second, even for thin laminates, shear deformation effects are significant in dynamic and geometrically nonlinear analyses. Third, the present third-order theory is more accurate compared to the classical and firt-order theories in predicting static and dynamic response of laminated plates and shells made of high-modulus composite materials.

  11. On a third-order shear deformation theory for laminated composite shells

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liu, C. F.; Reddy, J. N.

    1986-01-01

    A higher-order theory based on an assumed displacement field in which the surface displacements are expanded in powers of the thickness coordinate up to the third order is presented. The theory allows parabolic description of the transverse shear stresses, and therefore the shear correction factors of the usual shear deformation theory are not required in the present theory. The theory also accounts for small strains but moderately large displacements (i.e., von Karman strains). A finite-element model based on independent approximations of the displacements and bending moments (i.e., mixed formulation) is developed. The element is used to analyze cross-ply and angle-ply laminated shells for bending.

  12. Constrained variational calculus for higher order classical field theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campos, Cédric M.; de León, Manuel; Martín de Diego, David

    2010-11-01

    We develop an intrinsic geometrical setting for higher order constrained field theories. As a main tool we use an appropriate generalization of the classical Skinner-Rusk formalism. Some examples of applications are studied, in particular to the geometrical description of optimal control theory for partial differential equations.

  13. Two-body perturbation theory versus first order perturbation theory: A comparison based on the square-well fluid.

    PubMed

    Mercier Franco, Luís Fernando; Castier, Marcelo; Economou, Ioannis G

    2017-12-07

    We show that the Zwanzig first-order perturbation theory can be obtained directly from a truncated Taylor series expansion of a two-body perturbation theory and that such truncation provides a more accurate prediction of thermodynamic properties than the full two-body perturbation theory. This unexpected result is explained by the quality of the resulting approximation for the fluid radial distribution function. We prove that the first-order and the two-body perturbation theories are based on different approximations for the fluid radial distribution function. To illustrate the calculations, the square-well fluid is adopted. We develop an analytical expression for the two-body perturbed Helmholtz free energy for the square-well fluid. The equation of state obtained using such an expression is compared to the equation of state obtained from the first-order approximation. The vapor-liquid coexistence curve and the supercritical compressibility factor of a square-well fluid are calculated using both equations of state and compared to Monte Carlo simulation data. Finally, we show that the approximation for the fluid radial distribution function given by the first-order perturbation theory provides closer values to the ones calculated via Monte Carlo simulations. This explains why such theory gives a better description of the fluid thermodynamic behavior.

  14. 76 FR 48869 - Ray Nathan; Denial of Hearing; Final Debarment Order

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-08-09

    ... DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Food and Drug Administration [Docket No. FDA-2010-N-0064] Ray Nathan; Denial of Hearing; Final Debarment Order Agency: Food and Drug Administration, HHS. ACTION: Notice. SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is denying Ray Nathan's request for a hearing and...

  15. Complex dark-field contrast and its retrieval in x-ray phase contrast imaging implemented with Talbot interferometry.

    PubMed

    Yang, Yi; Tang, Xiangyang

    2014-10-01

    Under the existing theoretical framework of x-ray phase contrast imaging methods implemented with Talbot interferometry, the dark-field contrast refers to the reduction in interference fringe visibility due to small-angle x-ray scattering of the subpixel microstructures of an object to be imaged. This study investigates how an object's subpixel microstructures can also affect the phase of the intensity oscillations. Instead of assuming that the object's subpixel microstructures distribute in space randomly, the authors' theoretical derivation starts by assuming that an object's attenuation projection and phase shift vary at a characteristic size that is not smaller than the period of analyzer grating G₂ and a characteristic length dc. Based on the paraxial Fresnel-Kirchhoff theory, the analytic formulae to characterize the zeroth- and first-order Fourier coefficients of the x-ray irradiance recorded at each detector cell are derived. Then the concept of complex dark-field contrast is introduced to quantify the influence of the object's microstructures on both the interference fringe visibility and the phase of intensity oscillations. A method based on the phase-attenuation duality that holds for soft tissues and high x-ray energies is proposed to retrieve the imaginary part of the complex dark-field contrast for imaging. Through computer simulation study with a specially designed numerical phantom, they evaluate and validate the derived analytic formulae and the proposed retrieval method. Both theoretical analysis and computer simulation study show that the effect of an object's subpixel microstructures on x-ray phase contrast imaging method implemented with Talbot interferometry can be fully characterized by a complex dark-field contrast. The imaginary part of complex dark-field contrast quantifies the influence of the object's subpixel microstructures on the phase of intensity oscillations. Furthermore, at relatively high energies, for soft tissues it can be

  16. Surface induced smectic order in ionic liquids - an X-ray reflectivity study of [C22C1im]+[NTf2].

    PubMed

    Mars, Julian; Hou, Binyang; Weiss, Henning; Li, Hailong; Konovalov, Oleg; Festersen, Sven; Murphy, Bridget M; Rütt, Uta; Bier, Markus; Mezger, Markus

    2017-10-11

    Surface induced smectic order was found for the ionic liquid 1-methyl-3-docosylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethlysulfonyl)imide by X-ray reflectivity and grazing incidence scattering experiments. Near the free liquid surface, an ordered structure of alternating layers composed of polar and non-polar moieties is observed. This leads to an oscillatory interfacial profile perpendicular to the liquid surface with a periodicity of 3.7 nm. Small angle X-ray scattering and polarized light microscopy measurements suggest that the observed surface structure is related to fluctuations into a metastable liquid crystalline SmA 2 phase that was found by supercooling the bulk liquid. The observed surface ordering persists up to 157 °C, i.e. more than 88 K above the bulk melting temperature of 68.1 °C. Close to the bulk melting point, we find a thickness of the ordered layer of L = 30 nm. The dependency of L(τ) = Λ ln(τ/τ 1 ) vs. reduced temperature τ follows a logarithmic growth law. In agreement with theory, the pre-factor Λ is governed by the correlation length of the isotropic bulk phase.

  17. A new theory for X-ray diffraction

    PubMed Central

    Fewster, Paul F.

    2014-01-01

    This article proposes a new theory of X-ray scattering that has particular relevance to powder diffraction. The underlying concept of this theory is that the scattering from a crystal or crystallite is distributed throughout space: this leads to the effect that enhanced scatter can be observed at the ‘Bragg position’ even if the ‘Bragg condition’ is not satisfied. The scatter from a single crystal or crystallite, in any fixed orientation, has the fascinating property of contributing simultaneously to many ‘Bragg positions’. It also explains why diffraction peaks are obtained from samples with very few crystallites, which cannot be explained with the conventional theory. The intensity ratios for an Si powder sample are predicted with greater accuracy and the temperature factors are more realistic. Another consequence is that this new theory predicts a reliability in the intensity measurements which agrees much more closely with experimental observations compared to conventional theory that is based on ‘Bragg-type’ scatter. The role of dynamical effects (extinction etc.) is discussed and how they are suppressed with diffuse scattering. An alternative explanation for the Lorentz factor is presented that is more general and based on the capture volume in diffraction space. This theory, when applied to the scattering from powders, will evaluate the full scattering profile, including peak widths and the ‘background’. The theory should provide an increased understanding of the reliability of powder diffraction measurements, and may also have wider implications for the analysis of powder diffraction data, by increasing the accuracy of intensities predicted from structural models. PMID:24815975

  18. A new theory for X-ray diffraction.

    PubMed

    Fewster, Paul F

    2014-05-01

    This article proposes a new theory of X-ray scattering that has particular relevance to powder diffraction. The underlying concept of this theory is that the scattering from a crystal or crystallite is distributed throughout space: this leads to the effect that enhanced scatter can be observed at the `Bragg position' even if the `Bragg condition' is not satisfied. The scatter from a single crystal or crystallite, in any fixed orientation, has the fascinating property of contributing simultaneously to many `Bragg positions'. It also explains why diffraction peaks are obtained from samples with very few crystallites, which cannot be explained with the conventional theory. The intensity ratios for an Si powder sample are predicted with greater accuracy and the temperature factors are more realistic. Another consequence is that this new theory predicts a reliability in the intensity measurements which agrees much more closely with experimental observations compared to conventional theory that is based on `Bragg-type' scatter. The role of dynamical effects (extinction etc.) is discussed and how they are suppressed with diffuse scattering. An alternative explanation for the Lorentz factor is presented that is more general and based on the capture volume in diffraction space. This theory, when applied to the scattering from powders, will evaluate the full scattering profile, including peak widths and the `background'. The theory should provide an increased understanding of the reliability of powder diffraction measurements, and may also have wider implications for the analysis of powder diffraction data, by increasing the accuracy of intensities predicted from structural models.

  19. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory.

    PubMed

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2017-03-28

    A third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N 6 ) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F 2 , H 2 O 2 , C 2 H 6 , and N 2 along the F-F, O-O, C-C, and N-N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (Δ ST =E T -E S ) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic Δ ST is 3.9 kcal mol -1 , a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol -1 from multireference coupled cluster results.

  20. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory

    DOE PAGES

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A.

    2017-03-28

    Here, a third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N 6) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F 2, H 2O 2, C 2H 6, and N 2 along the F–F, O–O, C–C, and N–N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbationmore » theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (Δ ST = E T–E S) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic Δ ST is 3.9 kcal mol –1, a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol –1 from multireference coupled cluster results.« less

  1. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A.

    Here, a third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N 6) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F 2, H 2O 2, C 2H 6, and N 2 along the F–F, O–O, C–C, and N–N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbationmore » theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (Δ ST = E T–E S) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic Δ ST is 3.9 kcal mol –1, a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol –1 from multireference coupled cluster results.« less

  2. Lattice cluster theory of associating polymers. I. Solutions of linear telechelic polymer chains.

    PubMed

    Dudowicz, Jacek; Freed, Karl F

    2012-02-14

    The lattice cluster theory (LCT) for the thermodynamics of a wide array of polymer systems has been developed by using an analogy to Mayer's virial expansions for non-ideal gases. However, the high-temperature expansion inherent to the LCT has heretofore precluded its application to systems exhibiting strong, specific "sticky" interactions. The present paper describes a reformulation of the LCT necessary to treat systems with both weak and strong, "sticky" interactions. This initial study concerns solutions of linear telechelic chains (with stickers at the chain ends) as the self-assembling system. The main idea behind this extension of the LCT lies in the extraction of terms associated with the strong interactions from the cluster expansion. The generalized LCT for sticky systems reduces to the quasi-chemical theory of hydrogen bonding of Panyioutou and Sanchez when correlation corrections are neglected in the LCT. A diagrammatic representation is employed to facilitate the evaluation of the corrections to the zeroth-order approximation from short range correlations. © 2012 American Institute of Physics

  3. Spectral Properties, Generation Order Parameters, and Luminosities for Spin-powered X-Ray Pulsars

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Wei; Zhao, Yongheng

    2004-02-01

    We show the spectral properties of 15 spin-powered X-ray pulsars, and the correlation between the average power-law photon index and spin-down rate. Generation order parameters (GOPs) based on polar cap models are introduced to characterize the X-ray pulsars. We calculate three definitions of generation order parameters arising from the different effects of magnetic and electric fields on photon absorption during cascade processes, and study the relations between the GOPs and spectral properties of X-ray pulsars. There exists a possible correlation between the photon index and GOP in our pulsar sample. Furthermore, we present a method stemming from the concept of GOPs to estimate the nonthermal X-ray luminosity for spin-powered pulsars. Then X-ray luminosity is calculated in the context of our polar cap accelerator model, which is consistent with most observed X-ray pulsar data. The ratio between the X-ray luminosity estimated by our method and the pulsar's spin-down power is consistent with the LX~10-3Lsd feature.

  4. Instability of black strings in the third-order Lovelock theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giacomini, Alex; Henríquez-Báez, Carla; Lagos, Marcela; Oliva, Julio; Vera, Aldo

    2016-05-01

    We show that homogeneous black strings of third-order Lovelock theory are unstable under s-wave perturbations. This analysis is done in dimension D =9 , which is the lowest dimension that allows the existence of homogeneous black strings in a theory that contains only the third-order Lovelock term in the Lagrangian. As is the case in general relativity, the instability is produced by long wavelength perturbations and it stands for the perturbative counterpart of a thermal instability. We also provide a comparative analysis of the instabilities of black strings at a fixed radius in general relativity, Gauss-Bonnet, and third-order Lovelock theories. We show that the minimum critical wavelength that triggers the instability grows with the power of the curvature defined in the Lagrangian. The maximum exponential growth during the time of the perturbation is the largest in general relativity and it decreases with the number of curvatures involved in the Lagrangian.

  5. Zero-order drug delivery system: theory and preliminary testing.

    PubMed

    Brooke, D; Washkuhn, R J

    1977-02-01

    A new approach to zero-order drug delivery that includes geometric factors is described. An experimental device based on the theory was tested by following the release of stearic acid into ethanol. Three separate trials indicated that the solid was released via a zero-order process in a reproducible manner.

  6. Optical diffraction by ordered 2D arrays of silica microspheres

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shcherbakov, A. A.; Shavdina, O.; Tishchenko, A. V.; Veillas, C.; Verrier, I.; Dellea, O.; Jourlin, Y.

    2017-03-01

    The article presents experimental and theoretical studies of angular dependent diffraction properties of 2D monolayer arrays of silica microspheres. High-quality large area defect-free monolayers of 1 μm diameter silica microspheres were deposited by the Langmuir-Blodgett technique under an accurate optical control. Measured angular dependencies of zeroth and one of the first order diffraction efficiencies produced by deposited samples were simulated by the rigorous Generalized Source Method taking into account particle size dispersion and lattice nonideality.

  7. Intramolecular symmetry-adapted perturbation theory with a single-determinant wavefunction

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pastorczak, Ewa; Prlj, Antonio; Corminboeuf, Clémence, E-mail: clemence.corminboeuf@epfl.ch

    2015-12-14

    We introduce an intramolecular energy decomposition scheme for analyzing non-covalent interactions within molecules in the spirit of symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT). The proposed intra-SAPT approach is based upon the Chemical Hamiltonian of Mayer [Int. J. Quantum Chem. 23(2), 341–363 (1983)] and the recently introduced zeroth-order wavefunction [J. F. Gonthier and C. Corminboeuf, J. Chem. Phys. 140(15), 154107 (2014)]. The scheme decomposes the interaction energy between weakly bound fragments located within the same molecule into physically meaningful components, i.e., electrostatic-exchange, induction, and dispersion. Here, we discuss the key steps of the approach and demonstrate that a single-determinant wavefunction can already delivermore » a detailed and insightful description of a wide range of intramolecular non-covalent phenomena such as hydrogen bonds, dihydrogen contacts, and π − π stacking interactions. Intra-SAPT is also used to shed the light on competing intra- and intermolecular interactions.« less

  8. Efficient Reformulation of the Thermoelastic Higher-order Theory for Fgms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bansal, Yogesh; Pindera, Marek-Jerzy; Arnold, Steven M. (Technical Monitor)

    2002-01-01

    Functionally graded materials (FGMs) are characterized by spatially variable microstructures which are introduced to satisfy given performance requirements. The microstructural gradation gives rise to continuously or discretely changing material properties which complicate FGM analysis. Various techniques have been developed during the past several decades for analyzing traditional composites and many of these have been adapted for the analysis of FGMs. Most of the available techniques use the so-called uncoupled approach in order to analyze graded structures. These techniques ignore the effect of microstructural gradation by employing specific spatial material property variations that are either assumed or obtained by local homogenization. The higher-order theory for functionally graded materials (HOTFGM) is a coupled approach developed by Aboudi et al. (1999) which takes the effect of microstructural gradation into consideration and does not ignore the local-global interaction of the spatially variable inclusion phase(s). Despite its demonstrated utility, however, the original formulation of the higher-order theory is computationally intensive. Herein, an efficient reformulation of the original higher-order theory for two-dimensional elastic problems is developed and validated. The use of the local-global conductivity and local-global stiffness matrix approach is made in order to reduce the number of equations involved. In this approach, surface-averaged quantities are the primary variables which replace volume-averaged quantities employed in the original formulation. The reformulation decreases the size of the global conductivity and stiffness matrices by approximately sixty percent. Various thermal, mechanical, and combined thermomechanical problems are analyzed in order to validate the accuracy of the reformulated theory through comparison with analytical and finite-element solutions. The presented results illustrate the efficiency of the reformulation and its

  9. Higher-order force moments of active particles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nasouri, Babak; Elfring, Gwynn J.

    2018-04-01

    Active particles moving through fluids generate disturbance flows due to their activity. For simplicity, the induced flow field is often modeled by the leading terms in a far-field approximation of the Stokes equations, whose coefficients are the force, torque, and stresslet (zeroth- and first-order force moments) of the active particle. This level of approximation is quite useful, but may also fail to predict more complex behaviors that are observed experimentally. In this study, to provide a better approximation, we evaluate the contribution of the second-order force moments to the flow field and, by reciprocal theorem, present explicit formulas for the stresslet dipole, rotlet dipole, and potential dipole for an arbitrarily shaped active particle. As examples of this method, we derive modified Faxén laws for active spherical particles and resolve higher-order moments for active rod-like particles.

  10. The Scherrer equation and the dynamical theory of X-ray diffraction.

    PubMed

    Muniz, Francisco Tiago Leitão; Miranda, Marcus Aurélio Ribeiro; Morilla Dos Santos, Cássio; Sasaki, José Marcos

    2016-05-01

    The Scherrer equation is a widely used tool to determine the crystallite size of polycrystalline samples. However, it is not clear if one can apply it to large crystallite sizes because its derivation is based on the kinematical theory of X-ray diffraction. For large and perfect crystals, it is more appropriate to use the dynamical theory of X-ray diffraction. Because of the appearance of polycrystalline materials with a high degree of crystalline perfection and large sizes, it is the authors' belief that it is important to establish the crystallite size limit for which the Scherrer equation can be applied. In this work, the diffraction peak profiles are calculated using the dynamical theory of X-ray diffraction for several Bragg reflections and crystallite sizes for Si, LaB6 and CeO2. The full width at half-maximum is then extracted and the crystallite size is computed using the Scherrer equation. It is shown that for crystals with linear absorption coefficients below 2117.3 cm(-1) the Scherrer equation is valid for crystallites with sizes up to 600 nm. It is also shown that as the size increases only the peaks at higher 2θ angles give good results, and if one uses peaks with 2θ > 60° the limit for use of the Scherrer equation would go up to 1 µm.

  11. On the validation of seismic imaging methods: Finite frequency or ray theory?

    DOE PAGES

    Maceira, Monica; Larmat, Carene; Porritt, Robert W.; ...

    2015-01-23

    We investigate the merits of the more recently developed finite-frequency approach to tomography against the more traditional and approximate ray theoretical approach for state of the art seismic models developed for western North America. To this end, we employ the spectral element method to assess the agreement between observations on real data and measurements made on synthetic seismograms predicted by the models under consideration. We check for phase delay agreement as well as waveform cross-correlation values. Based on statistical analyses on S wave phase delay measurements, finite frequency shows an improvement over ray theory. Random sampling using cross-correlation values identifiesmore » regions where synthetic seismograms computed with ray theory and finite-frequency models differ the most. Our study suggests that finite-frequency approaches to seismic imaging exhibit measurable improvement for pronounced low-velocity anomalies such as mantle plumes.« less

  12. Effective description of higher-order scalar-tensor theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Langlois, David; Mancarella, Michele; Vernizzi, Filippo

    Most existing theories of dark energy and/or modified gravity, involving a scalar degree of freedom, can be conveniently described within the framework of the Effective Theory of Dark Energy, based on the unitary gauge where the scalar field is uniform. We extend this effective approach by allowing the Lagrangian in unitary gauge to depend on the time derivative of the lapse function. Although this dependence generically signals the presence of an extra scalar degree of freedom, theories that contain only one propagating scalar degree of freedom, in addition to the usual tensor modes, can be constructed by requiring the initialmore » Lagrangian to be degenerate. Starting from a general quadratic action, we derive the dispersion relations for the linear perturbations around Minkowski and a cosmological background. Our analysis directly applies to the recently introduced Degenerate Higher-Order Scalar-Tensor (DHOST) theories. For these theories, we find that one cannot recover a Poisson-like equation in the static linear regime except for the subclass that includes the Horndeski and so-called 'beyond Horndeski' theories. We also discuss Lorentz-breaking models inspired by Horava gravity.« less

  13. Structural Order-Disorder Transformations Monitored by X-Ray Diffraction and Photoluminescence

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lima, R. C.; Paris, E. C.; Leite, E. R.; Espinosa, J. W. M.; Souza, A. G.; Longo, E.

    2007-01-01

    A study was conducted to examine the structural order-disorder transformation promoted by controlled heat treatment using X-ray diffraction technique (XRD) and photoluminescence (PL) techniques as tools to monitor the degree of structural order. The experiment was observed to be versatile and easily achieved with low cost which allowed producing…

  14. Unified Theory for Decoding the Signals from X-Ray Florescence and X-Ray Diffraction of Mixtures.

    PubMed

    Chung, Frank H

    2017-05-01

    For research and development or for solving technical problems, we often need to know the chemical composition of an unknown mixture, which is coded and stored in the signals of its X-ray fluorescence (XRF) and X-ray diffraction (XRD). X-ray fluorescence gives chemical elements, whereas XRD gives chemical compounds. The major problem in XRF and XRD analyses is the complex matrix effect. The conventional technique to deal with the matrix effect is to construct empirical calibration lines with standards for each element or compound sought, which is tedious and time-consuming. A unified theory of quantitative XRF analysis is presented here. The idea is to cancel the matrix effect mathematically. It turns out that the decoding equation for quantitative XRF analysis is identical to that for quantitative XRD analysis although the physics of XRD and XRF are fundamentally different. The XRD work has been published and practiced worldwide. The unified theory derives a new intensity-concentration equation of XRF, which is free from the matrix effect and valid for a wide range of concentrations. The linear decoding equation establishes a constant slope for each element sought, hence eliminating the work on calibration lines. The simple linear decoding equation has been verified by 18 experiments.

  15. Higher-order paraxial theory of the propagation of ring rippled laser beam in plasma: Relativistic ponderomotive regime

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Purohit, Gunjan, E-mail: gunjan75@gmail.com; Rawat, Priyanka; Chauhan, Prashant

    This article presents higher-order paraxial theory (non-paraxial theory) for the ring ripple formation on an intense Gaussian laser beam and its propagation in plasma, taking into account the relativistic-ponderomotive nonlinearity. The intensity dependent dielectric constant of the plasma has been determined for the main laser beam and ring ripple superimposed on the main laser beam. The dielectric constant of the plasma is modified due to the contribution of the electric field vector of ring ripple. Nonlinear differential equations have been formulated to examine the growth of ring ripple in plasma, self focusing of main laser beam, and ring rippled lasermore » beam in plasma using higher-order paraxial theory. These equations have been solved numerically for different laser intensities and plasma frequencies. The well established experimental laser and plasma parameters are used in numerical calculation. It is observed that the focusing of the laser beams (main and ring rippled) becomes fast in the nonparaxial region by expanding the eikonal and other relevant quantities up to the fourth power of r. The splitted profile of laser beam in the plasma is observed due to uneven focusing/defocusing of the axial and off-axial rays. The growths of ring ripple increase when the laser beam intensity increases. Furthermore, the intensity profile of ring rippled laser beam gets modified due to the contribution of growth rate.« less

  16. Fokker-Planck electron diffusion caused by an obliquely propagating electromagnetic wave packet of narrow bandwidth

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hizanidis, Kyriakos

    1989-01-01

    The relativistic motion of electrons in an intense electromagnetic wave packet propagating obliquely to a uniform magnetic field is analytically studied on the basis of the Fokker-Planck-Kolmogorov (FPK) approach. The wavepacket consists of circularly polarized electron-cyclotron waves. The dynamical system in question is shown to be reducible to one with three degrees of freedom. Within the framework of the Hamiltonian analysis the nonlinear diffusion tensor is derived, and it is shown that this tensor can be separated into zeroth-, first-, and second-order parts with respect to the relative bandwidth. The zeroth-order part describes diffusive acceleration along lines of constant unperturbed Hamiltonian. The second-order part, which corresponds to the longest time scale, describes diffusion across those lines. A possible transport theory is outlined on the basis of this separation of the time scales.

  17. Staggered chiral perturbation theory at next-to-leading order

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sharpe, Stephen R.; Van de Water, Ruth S.

    2005-06-01

    We study taste and Euclidean rotational symmetry violation for staggered fermions at nonzero lattice spacing using staggered chiral perturbation theory. We extend the staggered chiral Lagrangian to O(a{sup 2}p{sup 2}), O(a{sup 4}), and O(a{sup 2}m), the orders necessary for a full next-to-leading order calculation of pseudo-Goldstone boson masses and decay constants including analytic terms. We then calculate a number of SO(4) taste-breaking quantities, which involve only a small subset of these next-to-leading order operators. We predict relationships between SO(4) taste-breaking splittings in masses, pseudoscalar decay constants, and dispersion relations. We also find predictions for a few quantities that are notmore » SO(4) breaking. All these results hold also for theories in which the fourth root of the fermionic determinant is taken to reduce the number of quark tastes; testing them will therefore provide evidence for or against the validity of this trick.« less

  18. Critical behavior of the order-disorder phase transition in β -brass investigated by x-ray scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Madsen, A.; Als-Nielsen, J.; Hallmann, J.; Roth, T.; Lu, W.

    2016-07-01

    β -brass exhibits an archetypical example of an order-disorder transition with a critical behavior that was previously investigated by neutron scattering. The data were well described by the three-dimensional (3d) Ising model but the relatively crude experimental resolution prevented an in-depth examination of the single-length scaling hypothesis, a cornerstone in the theory of critical phenomena. With the development of synchrotron x-ray experiments, high-resolution data could be recorded and surprisingly it was found that the single-length scaling did not hold in most critical systems, possibly due to strain originating from surface defects and/or impurities. In this paper we demonstrate single-length critical behavior using high-resolution x-ray scattering in β -brass. The investigations confirm that β -brass behaves like a 3d Ising system over a wide range of length scales comprising correlated clusters of millions of atoms. To vary the surface sensitivity, experiments have been performed both in Bragg reflection and Laue transmission geometries but without any substantial differences observed in the scaling and critical behavior.

  19. Inelastic losses in X-ray absorption theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campbell, Luke Whalin

    There is a surprising lack of many body effects observed in XAS (X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy) experiments. While collective excitations and other satellite effects account for between 20% and 40% of the spectral weight of the core hole and photoelectron excitation spectrum, the only commonly observed many body effect is a relatively structureless amplitude reduction to the fine structure, typically no more than a 10% effect. As a result, many particle effects are typically neglected in the XAS codes used to predict and interpret modern experiments. To compensate, the amplitude reduction factor is simply fitted to experimental data. In this work, a quasi-boson model is developed to treat the case of XAS, when the system has both a photoelectron and a core hole. We find that there is a strong interference between the extrinsic and intrinsic losses. The interference reduces the excitation amplitudes at low energies where the core hole and photo electron induced excitations tend to cancel. At high energies, the interference vanishes, and the theory reduces to the sudden approximation. The x-ray absorption spectrum including many-body excitations is represented by a convolution of the one-electron absorption spectrum with an energy dependent spectral function. The latter has an asymmetric quasiparticle peak and broad satellite structure. The net result is a phasor sum, which yields the many body amplitude reduction and phase shift of the fine structure oscillations (EXAFS), and possibly additional satellite structure. Calculations for several cases of interest are found to be in reasonable agreement with experiment. Edge singularity effects and deviations from the final state rule arising from this theory are also discussed. The ab initio XAS code FEFF has been extended for calculations of the many body amplitude reduction and phase shift in x-ray spectroscopies. A new broadened plasmon pole self energy is added. The dipole matrix elements are modified to include a

  20. Ordered rate constitutive theories for thermoviscoelastic solids with memory in Lagrangian description using Gibbs potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Surana, K. S.; Reddy, J. N.; Nunez, Daniel

    2015-11-01

    This paper presents ordered rate constitutive theories of orders m and n, i.e., ( m, n) for finite deformation of homogeneous, isotropic, compressible and incompressible thermoviscoelastic solids with memory in Lagrangian description using entropy inequality in Gibbs potential Ψ as an alternate approach of deriving constitutive theories using entropy inequality in terms of Helmholtz free energy density Φ. Second Piola-Kirchhoff stress σ [0] and Green's strain tensor ɛ [0] are used as conjugate pair. We consider Ψ, heat vector q, entropy density η and rates of upto orders m and n of σ [0] and ɛ [0], i.e., σ [ i]; i = 0, 1, . . . , m and ɛ [ j]; j = 0, 1, . . . , n. We choose Ψ, ɛ [ n], q and η as dependent variables in the constitutive theories with ɛ [ j]; j = 0, 1, . . . , n - 1, σ [ i]; i = 0, 1, . . . , m, temperature gradient g and temperature θ as their argument tensors. Rationale for this choice is explained in the paper. Entropy inequality, decomposition of σ [0] into equilibrium and deviatoric stresses, the conditions resulting from entropy inequality and the theory of generators and invariants are used in the derivations of ordered rate constitutive theories of orders m and n in stress and strain tensors. Constitutive theories for the heat vector q (of up to orders m and n - 1) that are consistent (in terms of the argument tensors) with the constitutive theories for ɛ [ n] (of up to orders m and n) are also derived. Many simplified forms of the rate theories of orders ( m, n) are presented. Material coefficients are derived by considering Taylor series expansions of the coefficients in the linear combinations representing ɛ [ n] and q using the combined generators of the argument tensors about a known configuration {{\\underline{\\varOmega}}} in the combined invariants of the argument tensors and temperature. It is shown that the rate constitutive theories of order one ( m = 1, n = 1) when further simplified result in constitutive

  1. Theory and optical design of x-ray echo spectrometers

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shvyd'ko, Yuri

    X-ray echo spectroscopy, a space-domain counterpart of neutron spin echo, is a recently proposed inelastic x-ray scattering (IXS) technique. X-ray echo spectroscopy relies on imaging IXS spectra and does not require x-ray monochromatization. Due to this, the echo-type IXS spectrometers are broadband, and thus have a potential to simultaneously provide dramatically increased signal strength, reduced measurement times, and higher resolution compared to the traditional narrow-band scanning-type IXS spectrometers. The theory of x-ray echo spectrometers presented earlier [Yu. Shvyd'ko, Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 080801 (2016)] is developed here further with a focus on questions of practical importance, which could facilitate opticalmore » design and assessment of the feasibility and performance of the echo spectrometers. Among others, the following questions are addressed: spectral resolution, refocusing condition, echo spectrometer tolerances, refocusing condition adjustment, effective beam size on the sample, spectral window of imaging and scanning range, impact of the secondary source size on the spectral resolution, angular dispersive optics, focusing and collimating optics, and detector's spatial resolution. In conclusion, examples of optical designs and characteristics of echo spectrometers with 1-meV and 0.1-meV resolutions are presented.« less

  2. Theory and optical design of x-ray echo spectrometers

    DOE PAGES

    Shvyd'ko, Yuri

    2017-08-02

    X-ray echo spectroscopy, a space-domain counterpart of neutron spin echo, is a recently proposed inelastic x-ray scattering (IXS) technique. X-ray echo spectroscopy relies on imaging IXS spectra and does not require x-ray monochromatization. Due to this, the echo-type IXS spectrometers are broadband, and thus have a potential to simultaneously provide dramatically increased signal strength, reduced measurement times, and higher resolution compared to the traditional narrow-band scanning-type IXS spectrometers. The theory of x-ray echo spectrometers presented earlier [Yu. Shvyd'ko, Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 080801 (2016)] is developed here further with a focus on questions of practical importance, which could facilitate opticalmore » design and assessment of the feasibility and performance of the echo spectrometers. Among others, the following questions are addressed: spectral resolution, refocusing condition, echo spectrometer tolerances, refocusing condition adjustment, effective beam size on the sample, spectral window of imaging and scanning range, impact of the secondary source size on the spectral resolution, angular dispersive optics, focusing and collimating optics, and detector's spatial resolution. In conclusion, examples of optical designs and characteristics of echo spectrometers with 1-meV and 0.1-meV resolutions are presented.« less

  3. Diagnosing the dangerous demography of manta rays using life history theory.

    PubMed

    Dulvy, Nicholas K; Pardo, Sebastián A; Simpfendorfer, Colin A; Carlson, John K

    2014-01-01

    Background. The directed harvest and global trade in the gill plates of mantas, and devil rays, has led to increased fishing pressure and steep population declines in some locations. The slow life history, particularly of the manta rays, is cited as a key reason why such species have little capacity to withstand directed fisheries. Here, we place their life history and demography within the context of other sharks and rays. Methods. Despite the limited availability of data, we use life history theory and comparative analysis to estimate the intrinsic risk of extinction (as indexed by the maximum intrinsic rate of population increase r max) for a typical generic manta ray using a variant of the classic Euler-Lotka demographic model. This model requires only three traits to calculate the maximum intrinsic population growth rate r max: von Bertalanffy growth rate, annual pup production and age at maturity. To account for the uncertainty in life history parameters, we created plausible parameter ranges and propagate these uncertainties through the model to calculate a distribution of the plausible range of r max values. Results. The maximum population growth rate r max of manta ray is most sensitive to the length of the reproductive cycle, and the median r max of 0.116 year(-1) 95th percentile [0.089-0.139] is one of the lowest known of the 106 sharks and rays for which we have comparable demographic information. Discussion. In common with other unprotected, unmanaged, high-value large-bodied sharks and rays the combination of very low population growth rates of manta rays, combined with the high value of their gill rakers and the international nature of trade, is highly likely to lead to rapid depletion and potential local extinction unless a rapid conservation management response occurs worldwide. Furthermore, we show that it is possible to derive important insights into the demography extinction risk of data-poor species using well-established life history theory.

  4. Diagnosing the dangerous demography of manta rays using life history theory

    PubMed Central

    Pardo, Sebastián A.; Simpfendorfer, Colin A.; Carlson, John K.

    2014-01-01

    Background. The directed harvest and global trade in the gill plates of mantas, and devil rays, has led to increased fishing pressure and steep population declines in some locations. The slow life history, particularly of the manta rays, is cited as a key reason why such species have little capacity to withstand directed fisheries. Here, we place their life history and demography within the context of other sharks and rays. Methods. Despite the limited availability of data, we use life history theory and comparative analysis to estimate the intrinsic risk of extinction (as indexed by the maximum intrinsic rate of population increase rmax) for a typical generic manta ray using a variant of the classic Euler–Lotka demographic model. This model requires only three traits to calculate the maximum intrinsic population growth rate rmax: von Bertalanffy growth rate, annual pup production and age at maturity. To account for the uncertainty in life history parameters, we created plausible parameter ranges and propagate these uncertainties through the model to calculate a distribution of the plausible range of rmax values. Results. The maximum population growth rate rmax of manta ray is most sensitive to the length of the reproductive cycle, and the median rmax of 0.116 year−1 95th percentile [0.089–0.139] is one of the lowest known of the 106 sharks and rays for which we have comparable demographic information. Discussion. In common with other unprotected, unmanaged, high-value large-bodied sharks and rays the combination of very low population growth rates of manta rays, combined with the high value of their gill rakers and the international nature of trade, is highly likely to lead to rapid depletion and potential local extinction unless a rapid conservation management response occurs worldwide. Furthermore, we show that it is possible to derive important insights into the demography extinction risk of data-poor species using well-established life history theory

  5. Landau-de Gennes theory of surface-enhanced ordering in smectic films.

    PubMed

    Shalaginov, A N; Sullivan, D E

    2001-03-01

    A Landau theory for surface-enhanced ordering in smectic-A free-standing films is described, based on a generalization of de Gennes' model for a "presmectic" fluid confined between two walls. According to the theory, smectic ordering in free-standing films heated above the bulk smectic melting temperature is due to an intrinsic surface contribution rather than an external field. The theory yields a persistent finite-size effect, in that the film melting temperatures do not tend to the bulk transition temperature in the limit of infinite film thickness. It also predicts that a continuous transition from (N+1)- to N-layer films is impossible without an external field. The theory closely fits existing experimental data on layer-thinning transitions in compounds which exhibit a bulk smectic-A to nematic phase transition. Possible origins of the intrinsic surface contribution are discussed.

  6. Marangoni bubble motion in zero gravity. [Lewis zero gravity drop tower

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thompson, R. L.; Dewitt, K. J.

    1979-01-01

    It was shown experimentally that the Marangoni phenomenon is a primary mechanism for the movement of a gas bubble in a nonisothermal liquid in a low gravity environment. A mathematical model consisting of the Navier-Stokes and thermal energy equations, together with the appropriate boundary conditions for both media, is presented. Parameter perturbation theory is used to solve this boundary value problem; the expansion parameter is the Marangoni number. The zeroth, first, and second order approximations for the velocity, temperature and pressure distributions in the liquid and in the bubble, and the deformation and terminal velocity of the bubble are determined. Experimental zero gravity data for a nitrogen bubble in ethylene glycol, ethanol, and silicone oil subjected to a linear temperature gradient were obtained using the NASA Lewis zero gravity drop tower. Comparison of the zeroth order analytical results for the bubble terminal velocity showed good agreement with the experimental measurements. The first and second order solutions for the bubble deformation and bubble terminal velocity are valid for liquids having Prandtl numbers on the order of one, but there is a lack of appropriate data to test the theory fully.

  7. Vakonomic Constraints in Higher-Order Classical Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campos, Cédric M.

    2010-07-01

    We propose a differential-geometric setting for the dynamics of a higher-order field theory, based on the Skinner and Rusk formalism for mechanics. This approach incorporates aspects of both, the Lagrangian and the Hamiltonian description, since the field equations are formulated using the Lagrangian on a higher-order jet bundle and the canonical multisymplectic form on its affine dual. The result is that we obtain a unique and global intrinsic description of the dynamics. The case of vakonomic constraints is also studied within this formalism.

  8. Multiconfiguration Pair-Density Functional Theory Predicts Spin-State Ordering in Iron Complexes with the Same Accuracy as Complete Active Space Second-Order Perturbation Theory at a Significantly Reduced Computational Cost.

    PubMed

    Wilbraham, Liam; Verma, Pragya; Truhlar, Donald G; Gagliardi, Laura; Ciofini, Ilaria

    2017-05-04

    The spin-state orderings in nine Fe(II) and Fe(III) complexes with ligands of diverse ligand-field strength were investigated with multiconfiguration pair-density functional theory (MC-PDFT). The performance of this method was compared to that of complete active space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) and Kohn-Sham density functional theory. We also investigated the dependence of CASPT2 and MC-PDFT results on the size of the active-space. MC-PDFT reproduces the CASPT2 spin-state ordering, the dependence on the ligand field strength, and the dependence on active space at a computational cost that is significantly reduced as compared to CASPT2.

  9. Ray-optical theory of broadband partially coherent emission

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Epstein, Ariel; Tessler, Nir; Einziger, Pinchas D.

    2013-04-01

    We present a rigorous formulation of the effects of spectral broadening on emission of partially coherent source ensembles embedded in multilayered formations with arbitrarily shaped interfaces, provided geometrical optics is valid. The resulting ray-optical theory, applicable to a variety of optical systems from terahertz lenses to photovoltaic cells, quantifies the fundamental interplay between bandwidth and layer dimensions, and sheds light on common practices in optical analysis of statistical fields, e.g., disregarding multiple reflections or neglecting interference cross terms.

  10. Strong higher-order resonant contributions to x-ray line polarization in hot plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shah, Chintan; Amaro, Pedro; Steinbrügge, Rene; Beilmann, Christian; Bernitt, Sven; Fritzsche, Stephan; Surzhykov, Andrey; Crespo López-Urrutia, José R.; Tashenov, Stanislav

    2016-06-01

    We studied angular distributions of x rays emitted in resonant recombination of highly charged iron and krypton ions, resolving dielectronic, trielectronic, and quadruelectronic channels. A tunable electron beam drove these processes, inducing x rays registered by two detectors mounted along and perpendicular to the beam axis. The measured emission asymmetries comprehensively benchmarked full-order atomic calculations. We conclude that accurate polarization diagnostics of hot plasmas can only be obtained under the premise of inclusion of higher-order processes that were neglected in earlier work.

  11. Degenerate R-S perturbation theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hirschfelder, J. O.; Certain, P. R.

    1973-01-01

    A concise, systematic procedure is given for determining the Rayleigh-Schrodinger energies and wave functions of degenerate states to arbitrarily high orders even when the degeneracies of the various states are resolved in arbitrary orders. The procedure is expressed in terms of an iterative cycle in which the energy through the (2n+1)st order is expressed in terms of the partially determined wave function through the n-th order. Both a direct and an operator derivation are given. The two approaches are equivalent and can be transcribed into each other. The direct approach deals with the wave functions (without the use of formal operators) and has the advantage that it resembles the usual treatment of nondegenerate perturbations and maintains close contact with the basic physics. In the operator approach, the wave functions are expressed in terms of infinite order operators which are determined by the successive resolution of the space of the zeroth order functions.

  12. An infinite-order two-component relativistic Hamiltonian by a simple one-step transformation.

    PubMed

    Ilias, Miroslav; Saue, Trond

    2007-02-14

    The authors report the implementation of a simple one-step method for obtaining an infinite-order two-component (IOTC) relativistic Hamiltonian using matrix algebra. They apply the IOTC Hamiltonian to calculations of excitation and ionization energies as well as electric and magnetic properties of the radon atom. The results are compared to corresponding calculations using identical basis sets and based on the four-component Dirac-Coulomb Hamiltonian as well as Douglas-Kroll-Hess and zeroth-order regular approximation Hamiltonians, all implemented in the DIRAC program package, thus allowing a comprehensive comparison of relativistic Hamiltonians within the finite basis approximation.

  13. The distribution of cosmic rays in the galaxy and their dynamics as deduced from recent gamma-ray observations. [X-ray intensity variations with galactocentric distance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Puget, J. L.; Stecker, F. W.

    1974-01-01

    Recent data from SAS-2 on the galactic gamma ray line flux as a function of longitude reveal a broad maximum in the gamma ray intensity in the region absolute value of l approximately smaller than 30 deg. These data imply that the low energy galactic cosmic ray flux varies with galactocentric distance and is about an order of magnitude higher than the local value in a toroidal region between 4 and 5 kpc from the galactic center. This enhancement can be plausibly accounted for by first order Fermi acceleration, compression and trapping of cosmic rays consistent with present ideas of galactic dynamics and galactic structure theory. Calculations indicate that cosmic rays in the 4 to 5 kpc region are trapped and accelerated over a mean time of the order of a few million years or about 2 to 4 times the assumed trapping time in the solar region of the galaxy.

  14. The multi-reference retaining the excitation degree perturbation theory: A size-consistent, unitary invariant, and rapidly convergent wavefunction based ab initio approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fink, Reinhold F.

    2009-02-01

    The retaining the excitation degree (RE) partitioning [R.F. Fink, Chem. Phys. Lett. 428 (2006) 461(20 September)] is reformulated and applied to multi-reference cases with complete active space (CAS) reference wave functions. The generalised van Vleck perturbation theory is employed to set up the perturbation equations. It is demonstrated that this leads to a consistent and well defined theory which fulfils all important criteria of a generally applicable ab initio method: The theory is proven numerically and analytically to be size-consistent and invariant with respect to unitary orbital transformations within the inactive, active and virtual orbital spaces. In contrast to most previously proposed multi-reference perturbation theories the necessary condition for a proper perturbation theory to fulfil the zeroth order perturbation equation is exactly satisfied with the RE partitioning itself without additional projectors on configurational spaces. The theory is applied to several excited states of the benchmark systems CH2 , SiH2 , and NH2 , as well as to the lowest states of the carbon, nitrogen and oxygen atoms. In all cases comparisons are made with full configuration interaction results. The multi-reference (MR)-RE method is shown to provide very rapidly converging perturbation series. Energy differences between states of similar configurations converge even faster.

  15. Constraints on tree-level higher order gravitational couplings in superstring theory.

    PubMed

    Stieberger, Stephan

    2011-03-18

    We consider the scattering amplitudes of five and six gravitons at tree level in superstring theory. Their power series expansions in the Regge slope α' are analyzed through the order α'(8) showing some interesting constraints on higher order gravitational couplings in the effective superstring action such as the absence of R(5) terms. Furthermore, some transcendentality constraints on the coefficients of the nonvanishing couplings are observed: the absence of zeta values of even weight through the order α'(8) like the absence of ζ(2)ζ(3)R(6) terms. Our analysis is valid for any superstring background in any space-time dimension, which allows for a conformal field theory description.

  16. The Detection of Circumnuclear X-Ray Emission from the Seyfert Galaxy NGC 3516

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    George, I. M.; Turner, T. J.; Netzer, H.; Kraemer, S. B.; Ruiz, J.; Chelouche, D.; Crenshaw, D. M.; Yaqoob, T.; Nandra, K.; Mushotzky, R. F.; hide

    2001-01-01

    We present the first high-resolution, X-ray image of the circumnuclear regions of the Seyfert 1 galaxy NGC 3516, using the Chandra X-ray Observatory (CXO). All three of the CXO observations reported were performed with one of the two grating assemblies in place, and here we restrict our analysis to undispersed photons (i.e. those detected in the zeroth-order). A previously-unknown X-ray source is detected approximately 6 arcsec (1.1h(sub 75)(exp -1) kpc) NNE of the nucleus (position angle approximately 29 degrees) which we designate CXOU 110648.1 + 723412. Its spectrum can be characterized as a power law with a photon index (Gamma) approximately 1.8 - 2.6, or as thermal emission with a temperature kT approximately 0.7 - 3 keV. Assuming a location within NGC 3516, isotropic emission implies a luminosity L approximately 2 - 8 x 10(exp 39)h(sub 75)(exp-2) erg s(exp -1) in the 0.4 - 2 keV band. If due to a single point source, the object is super-Eddington for a 1.4 solar mass neutron star. However, multiple sources or a small, extended source cannot be excluded using the current data. Large-scale extended S-ray emission is also detected out to approximately 10 arcsec (approximately 2h(sub 75)(exp -1) kpc) from the nucleus to the NE and SW, and is approximately aligned with the morphologies of the radio emission and extended narrow emission line region (ENLR). The mean luminosity of this emission is 1 - 5 x 10(exp 37)h(sub 75)(exp -2) erg s(exp -1) arcsec(exp -2), in the 0.4 - 2 keV band. Unfortunately the current data cannot usefully constrain its spectrum. These results are consistent with earlier suggestions of circumnuclear X-ray emissi in NGC 3516 based on ROSAT observations, and thus provide the first clear detection of extended X-ray emission in a Seyfert 1.0 galaxy. If the extended emission is due to scattering of the nuclear X-ray continuum, then the pressure in the X-ray emitting gas is at least two orders of magnitude too small to provide the confining

  17. A Comparison of Experimental and Theoretical Results for Labyrinth Gas Seals. Ph.D. Thesis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Scharrer, Joseph Kirk

    1987-01-01

    The basic equations are derived for a two control volume model for compressible flow in a labyrinth seal. The flow is assumed to be completely turbulent and isoenergetic. The wall friction factors are determined using the Blasius formula. Jet flow theory is used for the calculation of the recirculation velocity in the cavity. Linearized zeroth and first order perturbation equations are developed for small motion about a centered position by an expansion in the eccentricity ratio. The zeroth order pressure distribution is found by satisfying the leakage equation. The circumferential velocity distribution is determined by satisfying the momentum equations. The first order equations are solved by a separation of variable solution. Integration of the resultant pressure distribution along and around the seal defines the reaction force developed by the seal and the corresponding dynamic coefficients. The results of this analysis are compared to experimental test results.

  18. Keldysh meets Lindblad: Correlated Gain and Loss in Higher Order Perturbation Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stace, Tom; Mueller, Clemens

    Motivated by correlated decay processes driving gain, loss and lasing in driven artificial quantum systems, we develop a theoretical technique using Keldysh diagrammatic perturbation theory to derive a Lindblad master equation that goes beyond the usual second order perturbation theory. We demonstrate the method on the driven dissipative Rabi model, including terms up to fourth order in the interaction between the qubit and both the resonator and environment. This results in a large class of Lindblad dissipators and associated rates which go beyond the terms that have previously been proposed to describe similar systems. All of the additional terms contribute to the system behaviour at the same order of perturbation theory. We then apply these results to analyse the phonon-assisted steady-state gain of a microwave field driving a double quantum-dot in a resonator. We show that resonator gain and loss are substantially affected by dephasing- assisted dissipative processes in the quantum-dot system. These additional processes, which go beyond recently proposed polaronic theories, are in good quantitative agreement with experimental observations.

  19. Multireference second order perturbation theory with a simplified treatment of dynamical correlation.

    PubMed

    Xu, Enhua; Zhao, Dongbo; Li, Shuhua

    2015-10-13

    A multireference second order perturbation theory based on a complete active space configuration interaction (CASCI) function or density matrix renormalized group (DMRG) function has been proposed. This method may be considered as an approximation to the CAS/A approach with the same reference, in which the dynamical correlation is simplified with blocked correlated second order perturbation theory based on the generalized valence bond (GVB) reference (GVB-BCPT2). This method, denoted as CASCI-BCPT2/GVB or DMRG-BCPT2/GVB, is size consistent and has a similar computational cost as the conventional second order perturbation theory (MP2). We have applied it to investigate a number of problems of chemical interest. These problems include bond-breaking potential energy surfaces in four molecules, the spectroscopic constants of six diatomic molecules, the reaction barrier for the automerization of cyclobutadiene, and the energy difference between the monocyclic and bicyclic forms of 2,6-pyridyne. Our test applications demonstrate that CASCI-BCPT2/GVB can provide comparable results with CASPT2 (second order perturbation theory based on the complete active space self-consistent-field wave function) for systems under study. Furthermore, the DMRG-BCPT2/GVB method is applicable to treat strongly correlated systems with large active spaces, which are beyond the capability of CASPT2.

  20. Ray-theory approach to electrical-double-layer interactions.

    PubMed

    Schnitzer, Ory

    2015-02-01

    A novel approach is presented for analyzing the double-layer interaction force between charged particles in electrolyte solution, in the limit where the Debye length is small compared with both interparticle separation and particle size. The method, developed here for two planar convex particles of otherwise arbitrary geometry, yields a simple asymptotic approximation limited to neither small zeta potentials nor the "close-proximity" assumption underlying Derjaguin's approximation. Starting from the nonlinear Poisson-Boltzmann formulation, boundary-layer solutions describing the thin diffuse-charge layers are asymptotically matched to a WKBJ expansion valid in the bulk, where the potential is exponentially small. The latter expansion describes the bulk potential as superposed contributions conveyed by "rays" emanating normally from the boundary layers. On a special curve generated by the centers of all circles maximally inscribed between the two particles, the bulk stress-associated with the ray contributions interacting nonlinearly-decays exponentially with distance from the center of the smallest of these circles. The force is then obtained by integrating the traction along this curve using Laplace's method. We illustrate the usefulness of our theory by comparing it, alongside Derjaguin's approximation, with numerical simulations in the case of two parallel cylinders at low potentials. By combining our result and Derjaguin's approximation, the interaction force is provided at arbitrary interparticle separations. Our theory can be generalized to arbitrary three-dimensional geometries, nonideal electrolyte models, and other physical scenarios where exponentially decaying fields give rise to forces.

  1. Time-dependent mean-field theory for x-ray near-edge spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bertsch, G. F.; Lee, A. J.

    2014-02-01

    We derive equations of motion for calculating the near-edge x-ray absorption spectrum in molecules and condensed matter, based on a two-determinant approximation and Dirac's variational principle. The theory provides an exact solution for the linear response when the Hamiltonian or energy functional has only diagonal interactions in some basis. We numerically solve the equations to compare with the Mahan-Nozières-De Dominicis theory of the edge singularity in metallic conductors. Our extracted power-law exponents are similar to those of the analytic theory, but are not in quantitative agreement. The calculational method can be readily generalized to treat Kohn-Sham Hamiltonians with electron-electron interactions derived from correlation-exchange potentials.

  2. High-order multilayer coated blazed gratings for high resolution soft x-ray spectroscopy

    DOE PAGES

    Voronov, Dmitriy L.; Goray, Leonid I.; Warwick, Tony; ...

    2015-02-17

    A grand challenge in soft x-ray spectroscopy is to drive the resolving power of monochromators and spectrometers from the 10 4 achieved routinely today to well above 10 5. This need is driven mainly by the requirements of a new technique that is set to have enormous impact in condensed matter physics, Resonant Inelastic X-ray Scattering (RIXS). Unlike x-ray absorption spectroscopy, RIXS is not limited by an energy resolution dictated by the core-hole lifetime in the excitation process. Using much higher resolving power than used for normal x-ray absorption spectroscopy enables access to the energy scale of soft excitations inmore » matter. These excitations such as magnons and phonons drive the collective phenomena seen in correlated electronic materials such as high temperature superconductors. RIXS opens a new path to study these excitations at a level of detail not formerly possible. However, as the process involves resonant excitation at an energy of around 1 keV, and the energy scale of the excitations one would like to see are at the meV level, to fully utilize the technique requires the development of monochromators and spectrometers with one to two orders of magnitude higher energy resolution than has been conventionally possible. Here we investigate the detailed diffraction characteristics of multilayer blazed gratings. These elements offer potentially revolutionary performance as the dispersive element in ultra-high resolution x-ray spectroscopy. In doing so, we have established a roadmap for the complete optimization of the grating design. Traditionally 1st order gratings are used in the soft x-ray region, but we show that as in the optical domain, one can work in very high spectral orders and thus dramatically improve resolution without significant loss in efficiency.« less

  3. Analytic theory of alternate multilayer gratings operating in single-order regime.

    PubMed

    Yang, Xiaowei; Kozhevnikov, Igor V; Huang, Qiushi; Wang, Hongchang; Hand, Matthew; Sawhney, Kawal; Wang, Zhanshan

    2017-07-10

    Using the coupled wave approach (CWA), we introduce the analytical theory for alternate multilayer grating (AMG) operating in the single-order regime, in which only one diffraction order is excited. Differing from previous study analogizing AMG to crystals, we conclude that symmetrical structure, or equal thickness of the two multilayer materials, is not the optimal design for AMG and may result in significant reduction in diffraction efficiency. The peculiarities of AMG compared with other multilayer gratings are analyzed. An influence of multilayer structure materials on diffraction efficiency is considered. The validity conditions of analytical theory are also discussed.

  4. Empowerment theory: clarifying the nature of higher-order multidimensional constructs.

    PubMed

    Peterson, N Andrew

    2014-03-01

    Development of empowerment theory has focused on defining the construct at different levels of analysis, presenting new frameworks or dimensions, and explaining relationships between empowerment-related processes and outcomes. Less studied, and less conceptually developed, is the nature of empowerment as a higher-order multidimensional construct. One critical issue is whether empowerment is conceptualized as a superordinate construct (i.e., empowerment is manifested by its dimensions), an aggregate construct (i.e., empowerment is formed by its dimensions), or rather as a set of distinct constructs. To date, researchers have presented superordinate models without careful consideration of the relationships between dimensions and the higher-order construct of empowerment. Empirical studies can yield very different results, however, depending on the conceptualization of a construct. This paper represents the first attempt to address this issue systematically in empowerment theory. It is argued that superordinate models of empowerment are misspecified and research that tests alternative models at different levels of analysis is needed to advance theory, research, and practice in this area. Recommendations for future work are discussed.

  5. Testing higher-order Lagrangian perturbation theory against numerical simulation. 1: Pancake models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Buchert, T.; Melott, A. L.; Weiss, A. G.

    1993-01-01

    We present results showing an improvement of the accuracy of perturbation theory as applied to cosmological structure formation for a useful range of quasi-linear scales. The Lagrangian theory of gravitational instability of an Einstein-de Sitter dust cosmogony investigated and solved up to the third order is compared with numerical simulations. In this paper we study the dynamics of pancake models as a first step. In previous work the accuracy of several analytical approximations for the modeling of large-scale structure in the mildly non-linear regime was analyzed in the same way, allowing for direct comparison of the accuracy of various approximations. In particular, the Zel'dovich approximation (hereafter ZA) as a subclass of the first-order Lagrangian perturbation solutions was found to provide an excellent approximation to the density field in the mildly non-linear regime (i.e. up to a linear r.m.s. density contrast of sigma is approximately 2). The performance of ZA in hierarchical clustering models can be greatly improved by truncating the initial power spectrum (smoothing the initial data). We here explore whether this approximation can be further improved with higher-order corrections in the displacement mapping from homogeneity. We study a single pancake model (truncated power-spectrum with power-spectrum with power-index n = -1) using cross-correlation statistics employed in previous work. We found that for all statistical methods used the higher-order corrections improve the results obtained for the first-order solution up to the stage when sigma (linear theory) is approximately 1. While this improvement can be seen for all spatial scales, later stages retain this feature only above a certain scale which is increasing with time. However, third-order is not much improvement over second-order at any stage. The total breakdown of the perturbation approach is observed at the stage, where sigma (linear theory) is approximately 2, which corresponds to the

  6. Anisotropy in the lowermost mantle: to the limits of ray theory (and beyond)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nowacki, A.; Walker, A.; Wookey, J. M.; Kendall, J. M.

    2013-12-01

    It seems that the Earth's mantle flows on the order of centimetres per year, but it has thus far been impossible to directly constrain details of flow direction or magnitude through our primary means of probing the deep interior--seismic waves. Yet the presence of anisotropy in the upper and lowermost mantle presents an intriguing possibility: if this is due to lattice preferred orientation (LPO) of anisotropic minerals in response to flow, one may be able to ';invert' for the recent strain history in these regions. New mineral physics experiments and numerical modelling will help define slip systems for mantle minerals and under which conditions LPO develops, eventually removing two key current unknowns. Homogenisation techniques (e.g., viscoplastic self-consistent method) to model LPO development from strain history exist and are in active development. Models of mantle convection are increasingly complex and will in future include viscosity which depends on strain history and LPO. The key step in retrieving flow from seismic observables, therefore, is to obtain enough information about the type of anisotropy present in order to relate it to the alignment of mineral grains. Here we focus on the seismological ';worst case' of the lowermost mantle--D″--where surface waves are not available, giving the most pessimistic view of progress. The infinite frequency (ray theory) assumption is often made when forward modelling wave propagation because it allows for rapid computation. Any inversion for flow must be computationally tractable, so we must assess the applicability of this assumption. To do so, we compute the wave field making no assumptions about the symmetry of elasticity in the Earth; i.e., we permit all 21 elastic constants to vary. Calculations are performed at the same frequency as observations (0.01-0.2 Hz). We use the spectral element method, which scales well for very large calculations. In particular we use a modified version of SPECFEM3D_GLOBE which

  7. Transverse vibrations of shear-deformable beams using a general higher order theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kosmatka, J. B.

    1993-01-01

    A general higher order theory is developed to study the static and vibrational behavior of beam structures having an arbitrary cross section that utilizes both out-of-plane shear-dependent warping and in-plane (anticlastic) deformations. The equations of motion are derived via Hamilton's principle, where the full 3D constitutive relations are used. A simplified version of the general higher-order theory is also presented for beams having an arbitrary cross section that includes out-of-plane shear deformation but assumes that stresses within the cross section and in-plane deformations are negligible. This simplified model, which is accurate for long to moderately short wavelengths, offers substantial improvements over existing higher order theories that are limited to beams with thin rectangular cross sections. The current approach will be very useful in the study of thin-wall closed-cell beams such as airfoil-type sections where the magnitude of shear-related cross-sectional warping is significant.

  8. Toward a Principled Sampling Theory for Quasi-Orders

    PubMed Central

    Ünlü, Ali; Schrepp, Martin

    2016-01-01

    Quasi-orders, that is, reflexive and transitive binary relations, have numerous applications. In educational theories, the dependencies of mastery among the problems of a test can be modeled by quasi-orders. Methods such as item tree or Boolean analysis that mine for quasi-orders in empirical data are sensitive to the underlying quasi-order structure. These data mining techniques have to be compared based on extensive simulation studies, with unbiased samples of randomly generated quasi-orders at their basis. In this paper, we develop techniques that can provide the required quasi-order samples. We introduce a discrete doubly inductive procedure for incrementally constructing the set of all quasi-orders on a finite item set. A randomization of this deterministic procedure allows us to generate representative samples of random quasi-orders. With an outer level inductive algorithm, we consider the uniform random extensions of the trace quasi-orders to higher dimension. This is combined with an inner level inductive algorithm to correct the extensions that violate the transitivity property. The inner level correction step entails sampling biases. We propose three algorithms for bias correction and investigate them in simulation. It is evident that, on even up to 50 items, the new algorithms create close to representative quasi-order samples within acceptable computing time. Hence, the principled approach is a significant improvement to existing methods that are used to draw quasi-orders uniformly at random but cannot cope with reasonably large item sets. PMID:27965601

  9. Toward a Principled Sampling Theory for Quasi-Orders.

    PubMed

    Ünlü, Ali; Schrepp, Martin

    2016-01-01

    Quasi-orders, that is, reflexive and transitive binary relations, have numerous applications. In educational theories, the dependencies of mastery among the problems of a test can be modeled by quasi-orders. Methods such as item tree or Boolean analysis that mine for quasi-orders in empirical data are sensitive to the underlying quasi-order structure. These data mining techniques have to be compared based on extensive simulation studies, with unbiased samples of randomly generated quasi-orders at their basis. In this paper, we develop techniques that can provide the required quasi-order samples. We introduce a discrete doubly inductive procedure for incrementally constructing the set of all quasi-orders on a finite item set. A randomization of this deterministic procedure allows us to generate representative samples of random quasi-orders. With an outer level inductive algorithm, we consider the uniform random extensions of the trace quasi-orders to higher dimension. This is combined with an inner level inductive algorithm to correct the extensions that violate the transitivity property. The inner level correction step entails sampling biases. We propose three algorithms for bias correction and investigate them in simulation. It is evident that, on even up to 50 items, the new algorithms create close to representative quasi-order samples within acceptable computing time. Hence, the principled approach is a significant improvement to existing methods that are used to draw quasi-orders uniformly at random but cannot cope with reasonably large item sets.

  10. Near- and Extended-Edge X-Ray-Absorption Fine-Structure Spectroscopy Using Ultrafast Coherent High-Order Harmonic Supercontinua

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Popmintchev, Dimitar; Galloway, Benjamin R.; Chen, Ming-Chang; Dollar, Franklin; Mancuso, Christopher A.; Hankla, Amelia; Miaja-Avila, Luis; O'Neil, Galen; Shaw, Justin M.; Fan, Guangyu; Ališauskas, Skirmantas; Andriukaitis, Giedrius; Balčiunas, Tadas; Mücke, Oliver D.; Pugzlys, Audrius; Baltuška, Andrius; Kapteyn, Henry C.; Popmintchev, Tenio; Murnane, Margaret M.

    2018-03-01

    Recent advances in high-order harmonic generation have made it possible to use a tabletop-scale setup to produce spatially and temporally coherent beams of light with bandwidth spanning 12 octaves, from the ultraviolet up to x-ray photon energies >1.6 keV . Here we demonstrate the use of this light for x-ray-absorption spectroscopy at the K - and L -absorption edges of solids at photon energies near 1 keV. We also report x-ray-absorption spectroscopy in the water window spectral region (284-543 eV) using a high flux high-order harmonic generation x-ray supercontinuum with 109 photons/s in 1% bandwidth, 3 orders of magnitude larger than has previously been possible using tabletop sources. Since this x-ray radiation emerges as a single attosecond-to-femtosecond pulse with peak brightness exceeding 1026 photons/s /mrad2/mm2/1 % bandwidth, these novel coherent x-ray sources are ideal for probing the fastest molecular and materials processes on femtosecond-to-attosecond time scales and picometer length scales.

  11. Nematicity in stripe ordered cuprates probed via resonant x-ray scattering

    DOE PAGES

    Achkar, A. J.; Zwiebler, M.; McMahon, Christopher; ...

    2016-02-05

    We found that in underdoped cuprate superconductors, a rich competition occurs between superconductivity and charge density wave (CDW) order. Whether rotational symmetry-breaking (nematicity) occurs intrinsically and generically or as a consequence of other orders is under debate. Here, we employ resonant x-ray scattering in stripe-ordered superconductors (La,M) 2CuO 4 to probe the relationship between electronic nematicity of the Cu 3d orbitals, structure of the (La,M) 2O 2 layers, and CDW order. We find distinct temperature dependences for the structure of the (La,M) 2O 2 layers and the electronic nematicity of the CuO 2 planes, with only the latter being enhancedmore » by the onset of CDW order. Our results identify electronic nematicity as an order parameter that is distinct from a purely structural order parameter in underdoped striped cuprates.« less

  12. Nematicity in stripe ordered cuprates probed via resonant x-ray scattering

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Achkar, A. J.; Zwiebler, M.; McMahon, Christopher

    We found that in underdoped cuprate superconductors, a rich competition occurs between superconductivity and charge density wave (CDW) order. Whether rotational symmetry-breaking (nematicity) occurs intrinsically and generically or as a consequence of other orders is under debate. Here, we employ resonant x-ray scattering in stripe-ordered superconductors (La,M) 2CuO 4 to probe the relationship between electronic nematicity of the Cu 3d orbitals, structure of the (La,M) 2O 2 layers, and CDW order. We find distinct temperature dependences for the structure of the (La,M) 2O 2 layers and the electronic nematicity of the CuO 2 planes, with only the latter being enhancedmore » by the onset of CDW order. Our results identify electronic nematicity as an order parameter that is distinct from a purely structural order parameter in underdoped striped cuprates.« less

  13. Systematic expansion in the order parameter for replica theory of the dynamical glass transition.

    PubMed

    Jacquin, Hugo; Zamponi, Francesco

    2013-03-28

    It has been shown recently that predictions from mode-coupling theory for the glass transition of hard-spheres become increasingly bad when dimensionality increases, whereas replica theory predicts a correct scaling. Nevertheless if one focuses on the regime around the dynamical transition in three dimensions, mode-coupling results are far more convincing than replica theory predictions. It seems thus necessary to reconcile the two theoretic approaches in order to obtain a theory that interpolates between low-dimensional, mode-coupling results, and "mean-field" results from replica theory. Even though quantitative results for the dynamical transition issued from replica theory are not accurate in low dimensions, two different approximation schemes--small cage expansion and replicated hyper-netted-chain (RHNC)--provide the correct qualitative picture for the transition, namely, a discontinuous jump of a static order parameter from zero to a finite value. The purpose of this work is to develop a systematic expansion around the RHNC result in powers of the static order parameter, and to calculate the first correction in this expansion. Interestingly, this correction involves the static three-body correlations of the liquid. More importantly, we separately demonstrate that higher order terms in the expansion are quantitatively relevant at the transition, and that the usual mode-coupling kernel, involving two-body direct correlation functions of the liquid, cannot be recovered from static computations.

  14. On SYM theory and all order bulk singularity structures of BPS strings in type II theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hatefi, Ehsan

    2018-06-01

    The complete forms of the S-matrix elements of a transverse scalar field, two world volume gauge fields, and a Potential Cn-1 Ramond-Ramond (RR) form field are investigated. In order to find an infinite number of t , s , (t + s + u)-channel bulk singularity structures of this particular mixed open-closed amplitude, we employ all the conformal field theory techniques to , exploring all the entire correlation functions and all order α‧ contact interactions to these supersymmetric Yang-Mills (SYM) couplings. Singularity and contact term comparisons with the other symmetric analysis, and are also carried out in detail. Various couplings from pull-Back of branes, Myers terms and several generalized Bianchi identities should be taken into account to be able to reconstruct all order α‧ bulk singularities of type IIB (IIA) superstring theory. Finally, we make a comment on how to derive without any ambiguity all order α‧ contact terms of this S-matrix which carry momentum of RR in transverse directions.

  15. Development of a Higher Order Laminate Theory for Modeling Composites with Induced Strain Actuators

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chattopadhyay, Aditi; Seeley, Charles E.

    1996-01-01

    A refined higher order plate theory is developed to investigate the actuation mechanism of piezoelectric materials surface bonded or embedded in composite laminates. The current analysis uses a displacement field which accurately accounts for transverse shear stresses. Some higher order terms are identified by using the conditions that shear stresses vanish at all free surfaces. Therefore, all boundary conditions for displacements and stresses are satisfied in the present theory. The analysis is implemented using the finite element method which provides a convenient means to construct a numerical solution due to the discrete nature of the actuators. The higher order theory is computationally less expensive than a full three dimensional analysis. The theory is also shown to agree well with published experimental results. Numerical examples are presented for composite plates with thicknesses ranging from thin to very thick.

  16. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Amemiya, Kenta; Toyoshima, Akio; Kikuchi, Takashi

    The design and commissioning of a new soft X-ray beamline, BL-16A, at the Photon Factory is presented. The beamline consists of a pre-focusing mirror, an entrance slit, a variable-included-angle varied-line-spacing plane grating monochromator, and a post-focusing system as usual, and provides circularly and linearly polarized soft X rays in the energy range 200-1500 eV with an APPLE-II type undulator. The commissioning procedure for the beamline optics is described in detail, especially the check of the focal position for the zero-th order and diffracted X rays.

  17. Fourth-Order Vibrational Transition State Theory and Chemical Kinetics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stanton, John F.; Matthews, Devin A.; Gong, Justin Z.

    2015-06-01

    Second-order vibrational perturbation theory (VPT2) is an enormously successful and well-established theory for treating anharmonic effects on the vibrational levels of semi-rigid molecules. Partially as a consequence of the fact that the theory is exact for the Morse potential (which provides an appropriate qualitative model for stretching anharmonicity), VPT2 calculations for such systems with appropriate ab initio potential functions tend to give fundamental and overtone levels that fall within a handful of wavenumbers of experimentally measured positions. As a consequence, the next non-vanishing level of perturbation theory -- VPT4 -- offers only slight improvements over VPT2 and is not practical for most calculations since it requires information about force constants up through sextic. However, VPT4 (as well as VPT2) can be used for other applications such as the next vibrational correction to rotational constants (the ``gammas'') and other spectroscopic parameters. In addition, the marriage of VPT with the semi-classical transition state theory of Miller (SCTST) has recently proven to be a powerful and accurate treatment for chemical kinetics. In this talk, VPT4-based SCTST tunneling probabilities and cumulative reaction probabilities are give for the first time for selected low-dimensional model systems. The prospects for VPT4, both practical and intrinsic, will also be discussed.

  18. Layered synthetic microstructures as Bragg diffractors for X rays and extreme ultraviolet - Theory and predicted performance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Underwood, J. H.; Barbee, T. W., Jr.

    1981-01-01

    The theory of X-ray diffraction by periodic structures is applied to the layered synthetic microstructures (LSMs) made possible by recent developments in thin film technology, and approximate formulas for estimating their performance are presented. A more complete computation scheme based on optical multilayer theory is also described, and it is shown that the diffracting properties may be tailored to specific applications by adjusting the refractive indices and thicknesses of the component layers. The theory may be modified to take account of imperfections in the LMS structure, and the properties of nonperiodic structures thereby computed. Structures with high integrated reflectivity constructed according to the methods defined have potential application in many areas of X-ray or EUV research and instrumentation.

  19. 'Constraint consistency' at all orders in cosmological perturbation theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nandi, Debottam; Shankaranarayanan, S., E-mail: debottam@iisertvm.ac.in, E-mail: shanki@iisertvm.ac.in

    2015-08-01

    We study the equivalence of two—order-by-order Einstein's equation and Reduced action—approaches to cosmological perturbation theory at all orders for different models of inflation. We point out a crucial consistency check which we refer to as 'Constraint consistency' condition that needs to be satisfied in order for the two approaches to lead to identical single variable equation of motion. The method we propose here is quick and efficient to check the consistency for any model including modified gravity models. Our analysis points out an important feature which is crucial for inflationary model building i.e., all 'constraint' inconsistent models have higher ordermore » Ostrogradsky's instabilities but the reverse is not true. In other words, one can have models with constraint Lapse function and Shift vector, though it may have Ostrogradsky's instabilities. We also obtain single variable equation for non-canonical scalar field in the limit of power-law inflation for the second-order perturbed variables.« less

  20. Bounded Hamiltonian in the Fourth-Order Extension of the Chern-Simons Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abakumova, V. A.; Kaparulin, D. S.; Lyakhovich, S. L.

    2018-04-01

    The problem of constructing alternative Hamiltonian formulations in the extended Chern-Simons theory with higher derivatives is considered. It is shown that the fourth-order extended theory admits a four-parameter series of alternative Hamiltonians which can be bounded from below, even if the canonical energy of the model is unbounded from below.

  1. Seismic wavefield propagation in 2D anisotropic media: Ray theory versus wave-equation simulation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bai, Chao-ying; Hu, Guang-yi; Zhang, Yan-teng; Li, Zhong-sheng

    2014-05-01

    Despite the ray theory that is based on the high frequency assumption of the elastic wave-equation, the ray theory and the wave-equation simulation methods should be mutually proof of each other and hence jointly developed, but in fact parallel independent progressively. For this reason, in this paper we try an alternative way to mutually verify and test the computational accuracy and the solution correctness of both the ray theory (the multistage irregular shortest-path method) and the wave-equation simulation method (both the staggered finite difference method and the pseudo-spectral method) in anisotropic VTI and TTI media. Through the analysis and comparison of wavefield snapshot, common source gather profile and synthetic seismogram, it is able not only to verify the accuracy and correctness of each of the methods at least for kinematic features, but also to thoroughly understand the kinematic and dynamic features of the wave propagation in anisotropic media. The results show that both the staggered finite difference method and the pseudo-spectral method are able to yield the same results even for complex anisotropic media (such as a fault model); the multistage irregular shortest-path method is capable of predicting similar kinematic features as the wave-equation simulation method does, which can be used to mutually test each other for methodology accuracy and solution correctness. In addition, with the aid of the ray tracing results, it is easy to identify the multi-phases (or multiples) in the wavefield snapshot, common source point gather seismic section and synthetic seismogram predicted by the wave-equation simulation method, which is a key issue for later seismic application.

  2. Simple and compact expressions for neutrino oscillation probabilities in matter

    DOE PAGES

    Minakata, Hisakazu; Parke, Stephen J.

    2016-01-29

    We reformulate perturbation theory for neutrino oscillations in matter with an expansion parameter related to the ratio of the solar to the atmospheric Δm 2 scales. Unlike previous works, use a renormalized basis in which certain first-order effects are taken into account in the zeroth-order Hamiltonian. Using this perturbation theory we derive extremely compact expressions for the neutrino oscillations probabilities in matter. We find, for example, that the ν e disappearance probability at this order is of a simple two flavor form with an appropriately identified mixing angle and Δm 2. Furthermore, despite exceptional simplicity in their forms they accommodatemore » all order effects θ 13 and the matter potential.« less

  3. Operando Grazing Incidence Small-Angle X-ray Scattering/X-ray Diffraction of Model Ordered Mesoporous Lithium-Ion Battery Anodes.

    PubMed

    Bhaway, Sarang M; Qiang, Zhe; Xia, Yanfeng; Xia, Xuhui; Lee, Byeongdu; Yager, Kevin G; Zhang, Lihua; Kisslinger, Kim; Chen, Yu-Ming; Liu, Kewei; Zhu, Yu; Vogt, Bryan D

    2017-02-28

    Emergent lithium-ion (Li + ) batteries commonly rely on nanostructuring of the active electrode materials to decrease the Li + ion diffusion path length and to accommodate the strains associated with the insertion and de-insertion of Li + , but in many cases these nanostructures evolve during electrochemical charging-discharging. This change in the nanostructure can adversely impact performance, and challenges remain regarding how to control these changes from the perspective of morphological design. In order to address these questions, operando grazing-incidence small-angle X-ray scattering and X-ray diffraction (GISAXS/GIXD) were used to assess the structural evolution of a family of model ordered mesoporous NiCo 2 O 4 anode films during battery operation. The pore dimensions were systematically varied and appear to impact the stability of the ordered nanostructure during the cycling. For the anodes with small mesopores (≈9 nm), the ordered nanostructure collapses during the first two charge-discharge cycles, as determined from GISAXS. This collapse is accompanied by irreversible Li-ion insertion within the oxide framework, determined from GIXD and irreversible capacity loss. Conversely, anodes with larger ordered mesopores (17-28 nm) mostly maintained their nanostructure through the first two cycles with reversible Li-ion insertion. During the second cycle, there was a small additional deformation of the mesostructure. This preservation of the ordered structure lead to significant improvement in capacity retention during these first two cycles; however, a gradual loss in the ordered nanostructure from continuing deformation of the ordered structure during additional charge-discharge cycles leads to capacity decay in battery performance. These multiscale operando measurements provide insight into how changes at the atomic scale (lithium insertion and de-insertion) are translated to the nanostructure during battery operation. Moreover, small changes in the

  4. Ordered Rate Constitutive Theories: Development of Rate Constitutive Equations for Solids, Liquids, and Gases

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2010-08-18

    the author(s) and should not contrued as an official Department of the Army position, policy or decision, unless so designated by other documentation...Daniel S. Nunez 0.50 Yong-Ting Ma 0.50 Tristan Moody 0.50 1.50FTE Equivalent: 3Total Number: Names of Post Doctorates PERCENT_SUPPORTEDNAME FTE...demonstrated that the constitutive theory for ordered thermofluids of all orders is indeed rate constitutive theory. The reseach work presented in this chapter

  5. Quasi-phase-matching of high-order harmonics in plasma plumes: theory and experiment.

    PubMed

    Strelkov, V V; Ganeev, R A

    2017-09-04

    We theoretically analyze the phase-matching of high-order harmonic generation (HHG) in multi-jet plasmas and find the harmonic orders for which the quasi-phase-matching (QPM) is achieved depending on the parameters of the plasma and the generating beam. HHG by single- and two-color generating fields is analyzed. The QMP is studied experimentally for silver, indium and manganese plasmas using near IR and mid-IR laser fields. The theory is validated by comparison with our experimental observations, as well as published experimental data. In particular, the plasma densities and the harmonic phase coefficients reconstructed from the observed harmonic spectra using our theory agree with the corresponding parameters found using other methods. Our theory allows defining the plasma jet and the generating field properties, which can maximize the HHG efficiency due to QPM.

  6. Ab Initio Theory of Dynamical Core-Hole Screening in Graphite from X-Ray Absorption Spectra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wessely, O.; Katsnelson, M. I.; Eriksson, O.

    2005-04-01

    We have implemented the effect of dynamical core-hole screening, as given by Mahan, Nozières, and De Dominicis, in a first-principles based method and applied the theory to the x-ray absorption (XA) spectrum of graphite. It turns out that two of the conspicuous peaks of graphite are well described, both regarding the position, shape, and relative intensity, whereas one peak is absent in the theory. Only by incorporation of both excitonic and delocalized processes can a full account of the experimental spectrum be obtained theoretically, and we interpret the XA spectrum in graphite to be the result of a well screened and a poor screened process, much in the same way as is done for core level x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy.

  7. An improved plate theory of order (1,2) for thick composite laminates

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tessler, A.

    1992-01-01

    A new (1,2)-order theory is proposed for the linear elasto-static analysis of laminated composite plates. The basic assumptions are those concerning the distribution through the laminate thickness of the displacements, transverse shear strains and the transverse normal stress, with these quantities regarded as some weighted averages of their exact elasticity theory representations. The displacement expansions are linear for the inplane components and quadratic for the transverse component, whereas the transverse shear strains and transverse normal stress are respectively quadratic and cubic through the thickness. The main distinguishing feature of the theory is that all strain and stress components are expressed in terms of the assumed displacements prior to the application of a variational principle. This is accomplished by an a priori least-square compatibility requirement for the transverse strains and by requiring exact stress boundary conditions at the top and bottom plate surfaces. Equations of equilibrium and associated Poisson boundary conditions are derived from the virtual work principle. It is shown that the theory is particularly suited for finite element discretization as it requires simple C(sup 0)- and C(sup -1)-continuous displacement interpolation fields. Analytic solutions for the problem of cylindrical bending are derived and compared with the exact elasticity solutions and those of our earlier (1,2)-order theory based on the assumed displacements and transverse strains.

  8. Axisymmetric deformation in a micropolar thermoelastic medium under fractional order theory of thermoelasticity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kumar, Rajneesh; Singh, Kulwinder; Pathania, Devinder Singh

    2017-07-01

    The purpose of this paper is to study the variations in temperature, radial and normal displacement, normal stress, shear stress and couple stress in a micropolar thermoelastic solid in the context of fractional order theory of thermoelasticity. Eigen value approach together with Laplace and Hankel transforms are employed to obtain the general solution of the problem. The field variables corresponding to different fractional order theories of thermoelasticity have been obtained in the transformed domain. The general solution is applied to an infinite space subjected to a concentrated load at the origin. To obtained solution in the physical domain numerical inversion technique has been applied and numerically computed results are depicted graphically to analyze the effects of fractional order parameter on the field variables.

  9. Confinement-induced liquid ordering investigated by x-ray phase retrieval

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bunk, Oliver; Diaz, Ana; Pfeiffer, Franz

    2007-02-15

    Using synchrotron x-ray diffraction, we have determined the ensemble-averaged density profile of colloidal fluids within confining channels of different widths. We observe an oscillatory ordering-disordering behavior of the colloidal particles as a function of the channel width, while the colloidal solution remains in the liquid state. This phenomenon has been suggested by surface force studies of hard-sphere fluids and also theoretically predicted, but here we see it by direct measurements of the structure for comparable systems.

  10. Combining theory and experiment for X-ray absorption spectroscopy and resonant X-ray scattering characterization of polymers

    DOE PAGES

    Su, Gregory M.; Cordova, Isvar A.; Brady, Michael A.; ...

    2016-07-04

    We present that an improved understanding of fundamental chemistry, electronic structure, morphology, and dynamics in polymers and soft materials requires advanced characterization techniques that are amenable to in situ and operando studies. Soft X-ray methods are especially useful in their ability to non-destructively provide information on specific materials or chemical moieties. Analysis of these experiments, which can be very dependent on X-ray energy and polarization, can quickly become complex. Complementary modeling and predictive capabilities are required to properly probe these critical features. Here, we present relevant background on this emerging suite of techniques. Finally, we focus on how the combinationmore » of theory and experiment has been applied and can be further developed to drive our understanding of how these methods probe relevant chemistry, structure, and dynamics in soft materials.« less

  11. Randomly diluted eg orbital-ordered systems.

    PubMed

    Tanaka, T; Matsumoto, M; Ishihara, S

    2005-12-31

    Dilution effects on the long-range ordered state of the doubly degenerate e(g) orbital are investigated. Quenched impurities without the orbital degree of freedom are introduced in the orbital model where the long-range order is realized by the order-from-disorder mechanism. It is shown by Monte Carlo simulations and the cluster-expansion method that a decrease in the orbital-ordering temperature by dilution is substantially larger than that in the randomly diluted spin models. Tilting of orbital pseudospins around impurities is the essence of this dilution effect. The present theory provides a new viewpoint for the recent resonant x-ray scattering experiments in KCu(1-x)Zn(x)F(3).

  12. Communication: Extended multi-state complete active space second-order perturbation theory: Energy and nuclear gradients

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shiozaki, Toru; Győrffy, Werner; Celani, Paolo; Werner, Hans-Joachim

    2011-08-01

    The extended multireference quasi-degenerate perturbation theory, proposed by Granovsky [J. Chem. Phys. 134, 214113 (2011)], is combined with internally contracted multi-state complete active space second-order perturbation theory (XMS-CASPT2). The first-order wavefunction is expanded in terms of the union of internally contracted basis functions generated from all the reference functions, which guarantees invariance of the theory with respect to unitary rotations of the reference functions. The method yields improved potentials in the vicinity of avoided crossings and conical intersections. The theory for computing nuclear energy gradients for MS-CASPT2 and XMS-CASPT2 is also presented and the first implementation of these gradient methods is reported. A number of illustrative applications of the new methods are presented.

  13. Testing approximate theories of first-order phase transitions on the two-dimensional Potts model

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dasgupta, C.; Pandit, R.

    The two-dimensional, q-state (q > 4) Potts model is used as a testing ground for approximate theories of first-order phase transitions. In particular, the predictions of a theory analogous to the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff theory of freezing are compared with those of ordinary mean-field (Curie-Wiess) theory. It is found that the Curie-Weiss theory is a better approximation than the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff theory, even though the former neglects all fluctuations. It is shown that the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff theory overestimates the effects of fluctuations in this system. The reasons behind the failure of the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff approximation and the suitability of using the two-dimensional Potts model asmore » a testing ground for these theories are discussed.« less

  14. [The theory of order from poinsot to Bourgoin: Mathematics, philosophy, ornemental art].

    PubMed

    Boucard, Jenny; Eckes, Christophe

    2015-12-01

    The aim of this paper is to understand the dynamics of the theory of order in the nineteenth century and to reveal a specific approach to mathematics, science, philosophy and decorative art in which order plays a prominent role. We will analyze the singular meaning that Poinsot assigns to the notion of order in the mathematical sciences, before describing the circulation of his writings on the order in the nineteenth century. Poinsot is one of the main sources of Cournot, who places the notions of order and form as the basis of his knowledge system. Then we will study the writings of Bourgoin who develops a combinatorics of ornaments based on the categories of order and form.

  15. Operando Grazing Incidence Small-Angle X-ray Scattering/X-ray Diffraction of Model Ordered Mesoporous Lithium-Ion Battery Anodes

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bhaway, Sarang M.; Qiang, Zhe; Xia, Yanfeng

    Emergent lithium-ion (Li +) batteries commonly rely on nanostructuring of the active electrode materials to decrease the Li + ion diffusion path length and to accommodate the strains associated with the insertion and de-insertion of Li +, but in many cases these nanostructures evolve during electrochemical charging–discharging. This change in the nanostructure can adversely impact performance, and challenges remain regarding how to control these changes from the perspective of morphological design. In order to address these questions, operando grazing-incidence small-angle X-ray scattering and X-ray diffraction (GISAXS/GIXD) were used to assess the structural evolution of a family of model ordered mesoporousmore » NiCo 2O 4 anode films during battery operation. The pore dimensions were systematically varied and appear to impact the stability of the ordered nanostructure during the cycling. For the anodes with small mesopores (≈9 nm), the ordered nanostructure collapses during the first two charge–discharge cycles, as determined from GISAXS. This collapse is accompanied by irreversible Li-ion insertion within the oxide framework, determined from GIXD and irreversible capacity loss. Anodes with larger ordered mesopores (17–28 nm) mostly maintained their nanostructure through the first two cycles with reversible Li-ion insertion. During the second cycle, there was a small additional deformation of the mesostructure. Furthermore, this preservation of the ordered structure lead to significant improvement in capacity retention during these first two cycles; but, a gradual loss in the ordered nanostructure from continuing deformation of the ordered structure during additional charge–discharge cycles leads to capacity decay in battery performance. We translate these multiscale operando measurements provide insight into how changes at the atomic scale (lithium insertion and de-insertion) to the nanostructure during battery operation. Moreover, small changes in

  16. Operando Grazing Incidence Small-Angle X-ray Scattering/X-ray Diffraction of Model Ordered Mesoporous Lithium-Ion Battery Anodes

    DOE PAGES

    Bhaway, Sarang M.; Qiang, Zhe; Xia, Yanfeng; ...

    2017-02-07

    Emergent lithium-ion (Li +) batteries commonly rely on nanostructuring of the active electrode materials to decrease the Li + ion diffusion path length and to accommodate the strains associated with the insertion and de-insertion of Li +, but in many cases these nanostructures evolve during electrochemical charging–discharging. This change in the nanostructure can adversely impact performance, and challenges remain regarding how to control these changes from the perspective of morphological design. In order to address these questions, operando grazing-incidence small-angle X-ray scattering and X-ray diffraction (GISAXS/GIXD) were used to assess the structural evolution of a family of model ordered mesoporousmore » NiCo 2O 4 anode films during battery operation. The pore dimensions were systematically varied and appear to impact the stability of the ordered nanostructure during the cycling. For the anodes with small mesopores (≈9 nm), the ordered nanostructure collapses during the first two charge–discharge cycles, as determined from GISAXS. This collapse is accompanied by irreversible Li-ion insertion within the oxide framework, determined from GIXD and irreversible capacity loss. Anodes with larger ordered mesopores (17–28 nm) mostly maintained their nanostructure through the first two cycles with reversible Li-ion insertion. During the second cycle, there was a small additional deformation of the mesostructure. Furthermore, this preservation of the ordered structure lead to significant improvement in capacity retention during these first two cycles; but, a gradual loss in the ordered nanostructure from continuing deformation of the ordered structure during additional charge–discharge cycles leads to capacity decay in battery performance. We translate these multiscale operando measurements provide insight into how changes at the atomic scale (lithium insertion and de-insertion) to the nanostructure during battery operation. Moreover, small changes in

  17. Degenerate RS perturbation theory. [Rayleigh-Schroedinger energies and wave functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hirschfelder, J. O.; Certain, P. R.

    1974-01-01

    A concise, systematic procedure is given for determining the Rayleigh-Schroedinger energies and wave functions of degenerate states to arbitrarily high orders even when the degeneracies of the various states are resolved in arbitrary orders. The procedure is expressed in terms of an iterative cycle in which the energy through the (2n + 1)-th order is expressed in terms of the partially determined wave function through the n-th order. Both a direct and an operator derivation are given. The two approaches are equivalent and can be transcribed into each other. The direct approach deals with the wave functions (without the use of formal operators) and has the advantage that it resembles the usual treatment of nondegenerate perturbations and maintains close contact with the basic physics. In the operator approach, the wave functions are expressed in terms of infinite-order operators which are determined by the successive resolution of the space of the zeroth-order functions.

  18. The statistical kinematical theory of X-ray diffraction as applied to reciprocal-space mapping

    PubMed

    Nesterets; Punegov

    2000-11-01

    The statistical kinematical X-ray diffraction theory is developed to describe reciprocal-space maps (RSMs) from deformed crystals with defects of the structure. The general solutions for coherent and diffuse components of the scattered intensity in reciprocal space are derived. As an example, the explicit expressions for intensity distributions in the case of spherical defects and of a mosaic crystal were obtained. The theory takes into account the instrumental function of the triple-crystal diffractometer and can therefore be used for experimental data analysis.

  19. De Sitter and scaling solutions in a higher-order modified teleparallel theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Paliathanasis, Andronikos, E-mail: anpaliat@phys.uoa.gr

    The existence and the stability conditions for some exact relativistic solutions of special interest are studied in a higher-order modified teleparallel gravitational theory. The theory with the use of a Lagrange multiplier is equivalent with that of General Relativity with a minimally coupled noncanonical field. The conditions for the existence of de Sitter solutions and ideal gas solutions in the case of vacuum are studied as also the stability criteria. Furthermore, in the presence of matter the behaviour of scaling solutions is given. Finally, we discuss the degrees of freedom of the field equations and we reduce the field equationsmore » in an algebraic equation, where in order to demonstrate our result we show how this noncanonical scalar field can reproduce the Hubble function of Λ-cosmology.« less

  20. Extreme depth-of-field intraocular lenses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baker, Kenneth M.

    1996-05-01

    A new technology brings the full aperture single vision pseudophakic eye's effective hyperfocal distance within the half-meter range. A modulated index IOL containing a subsurface zeroth order coherent microlenticular mosaic defined by an index gradient adds a normalizing function to the vergences or parallactic angles of incoming light rays subtended from field object points and redirects them, in the case of near-field images, to that of far-field images. Along with a scalar reduction of the IOL's linear focal range, this results in an extreme depth of field with a narrow depth of focus and avoids the focal split-up, halo, and inherent reduction in contrast of multifocal IOLs. A high microlenticular spatial frequency, which, while still retaining an anisotropic medium, results in a nearly total zeroth order propagation throughout the visible spectrum. The curved lens surfaces still provide most of the refractive power of the IOL, and the unique holographic fabrication technology is especially suitable not only for IOLs but also for contact lenses, artificial corneas, and miniature lens elements for cameras and other optical devices.

  1. A {1,2}-Order Plate Theory Accounting for Three-Dimensional Thermoelastic Deformations in Thick Composite and Sandwich Laminates

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tessler, A.; Annett, M. S.; Gendron, G.

    2001-01-01

    A {1,2}-order theory for laminated composite and sandwich plates is extended to include thermoelastic effects. The theory incorporates all three-dimensional strains and stresses. Mixed-field assumptions are introduced which include linear in-plane displacements, parabolic transverse displacement and shear strains, and a cubic distribution of the transverse normal stress. Least squares strain compatibility conditions and exact traction boundary conditions are enforced to yield higher polynomial degree distributions for the transverse shear strains and transverse normal stress through the plate thickness. The principle of virtual work is used to derive a 10th-order system of equilibrium equations and associated Poisson boundary conditions. The predictive capability of the theory is demonstrated using a closed-form analytic solution for a simply-supported rectangular plate subjected to a linearly varying temperature field across the thickness. Several thin and moderately thick laminated composite and sandwich plates are analyzed. Numerical comparisons are made with corresponding solutions of the first-order shear deformation theory and three-dimensional elasticity theory. These results, which closely approximate the three-dimensional elasticity solutions, demonstrate that through - the - thickness deformations even in relatively thin and, especially in thick. composite and sandwich laminates can be significant under severe thermal gradients. The {1,2}-order kinematic assumptions insure an overall accurate theory that is in general superior and, in some cases, equivalent to the first-order theory.

  2. Early development of rostrum saw-teeth in a fossil ray tests classical theories of the evolution of vertebrate dentitions.

    PubMed

    Smith, Moya Meredith; Riley, Alex; Fraser, Gareth J; Underwood, Charlie; Welten, Monique; Kriwet, Jürgen; Pfaff, Cathrin; Johanson, Zerina

    2015-10-07

    In classical theory, teeth of vertebrate dentitions evolved from co-option of external skin denticles into the oral cavity. This hypothesis predicts that ordered tooth arrangement and regulated replacement in the oral dentition were also derived from skin denticles. The fossil batoid ray Schizorhiza stromeri (Chondrichthyes; Cretaceous) provides a test of this theory. Schizorhiza preserves an extended cartilaginous rostrum with closely spaced, alternating saw-teeth, different from sawfish and sawsharks today. Multiple replacement teeth reveal unique new data from micro-CT scanning, showing how the 'cone-in-cone' series of ordered saw-teeth sets arrange themselves developmentally, to become enclosed by the roots of pre-existing saw-teeth. At the rostrum tip, newly developing saw-teeth are present, as mineralized crown tips within a vascular, cartilaginous furrow; these reorient via two 90° rotations then relocate laterally between previously formed roots. Saw-tooth replacement slows mid-rostrum where fewer saw-teeth are regenerated. These exceptional developmental data reveal regulated order for serial self-renewal, maintaining the saw edge with ever-increasing saw-tooth size. This mimics tooth replacement in chondrichthyans, but differs in the crown reorientation and their enclosure directly between roots of predecessor saw-teeth. Schizorhiza saw-tooth development is decoupled from the jaw teeth and their replacement, dependent on a dental lamina. This highly specialized rostral saw, derived from diversification of skin denticles, is distinct from the dentition and demonstrates the potential developmental plasticity of skin denticles. © 2015 The Authors.

  3. Chemical association in simple models of molecular and ionic fluids. III. The cavity function

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhou, Yaoqi; Stell, George

    1992-01-01

    Exact equations which relate the cavity function to excess solvation free energies and equilibrium association constants are rederived by using a thermodynamic cycle. A zeroth-order approximation, derived previously by us as a simple interpolation scheme, is found to be very accurate if the associative bonding occurs on or near the surface of the repulsive core of the interaction potential. If the bonding radius is substantially less than the core radius, the approximation overestimates the association degree and the association constant. For binary association, the zeroth-order approximation is equivalent to the first-order thermodynamic perturbation theory (TPT) of Wertheim. For n-particle association, the combination of the zeroth-order approximation with a ``linear'' approximation (for n-particle distribution functions in terms of the two-particle function) yields the first-order TPT result. Using our exact equations to go beyond TPT, near-exact analytic results for binary hard-sphere association are obtained. Solvent effects on binary hard-sphere association and ionic association are also investigated. A new rule which generalizes Le Chatelier's principle is used to describe the three distinct forms of behaviors involving solvent effects that we find. The replacement of the dielectric-continuum solvent model by a dipolar hard-sphere model leads to improved agreement with an experimental observation. Finally, equation of state for an n-particle flexible linear-chain fluid is derived on the basis of a one-parameter approximation that interpolates between the generalized Kirkwood superposition approximation and the linear approximation. A value of the parameter that appears to be near optimal in the context of this application is obtained from comparison with computer-simulation data.

  4. Fast estimation of first-order scattering in a medical x-ray computed tomography scanner using a ray-tracing technique.

    PubMed

    Liu, Xin

    2014-01-01

    This study describes a deterministic method for simulating the first-order scattering in a medical computed tomography scanner. The method was developed based on a physics model of x-ray photon interactions with matter and a ray tracing technique. The results from simulated scattering were compared to the ones from an actual scattering measurement. Two phantoms with homogeneous and heterogeneous material distributions were used in the scattering simulation and measurement. It was found that the simulated scatter profile was in agreement with the measurement result, with an average difference of 25% or less. Finally, tomographic images with artifacts caused by scatter were corrected based on the simulated scatter profiles. The image quality improved significantly.

  5. The practical application of signal detection theory to image quality assessment in x-ray image intensifier-TV fluoroscopy.

    PubMed

    Marshall, N W

    2001-06-01

    This paper applies a published version of signal detection theory to x-ray image intensifier fluoroscopy data and compares the results with more conventional subjective image quality measures. An eight-bit digital framestore was used to acquire temporally contiguous frames of fluoroscopy data from which the modulation transfer function (MTF(u)) and noise power spectrum were established. These parameters were then combined to give detective quantum efficiency (DQE(u)) and used in conjunction with signal detection theory to calculate contrast-detail performance. DQE(u) was found to lie between 0.1 and 0.5 for a range of fluoroscopy systems. Two separate image quality experiments were then performed in order to assess the correspondence between the objective and subjective methods. First, image quality for a given fluoroscopy system was studied as a function of doserate using objective parameters and a standard subjective contrast-detail method. Following this, the two approaches were used to assess three different fluoroscopy units. Agreement between objective and subjective methods was good; doserate changes were modelled correctly while both methods ranked the three systems consistently.

  6. Physical uniqueness of higher-order Korteweg-de Vries theory for continuously stratified fluids without background shear

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shimizu, Kenji

    2017-10-01

    The 2nd-order Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) equation and the Gardner (or extended KdV) equation are often used to investigate internal solitary waves, commonly observed in oceans and lakes. However, application of these KdV-type equations for continuously stratified fluids to geophysical problems is hindered by nonuniqueness of the higher-order coefficients and the associated correction functions to the wave fields. This study proposes to reduce arbitrariness of the higher-order KdV theory by considering its uniqueness in the following three physical senses: (i) consistency of the nonlinear higher-order coefficients and correction functions with the corresponding phase speeds, (ii) wavenumber-independence of the vertically integrated available potential energy, and (iii) its positive definiteness. The spectral (or generalized Fourier) approach based on vertical modes in the isopycnal coordinate is shown to enable an alternative derivation of the 2nd-order KdV equation, without encountering nonuniqueness. Comparison with previous theories shows that Parseval's theorem naturally yields a unique set of special conditions for (ii) and (iii). Hydrostatic fully nonlinear solutions, derived by combining the spectral approach and simple-wave analysis, reveal that both proposed and previous 2nd-order theories satisfy (i), provided that consistent definitions are used for the wave amplitude and the nonlinear correction. This condition reduces the arbitrariness when higher-order KdV-type theories are compared with observations or numerical simulations. The coefficients and correction functions that satisfy (i)-(iii) are given by explicit formulae to 2nd order and by algebraic recurrence relationships to arbitrary order for hydrostatic fully nonlinear and linear fully nonhydrostatic effects.

  7. Assessment of higher order correlation effects with the help of Moller-Plesset perturbation theory up to sixth order

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    He, Yuan; Cremer, Dieter

    For 30 molecules and two atoms, MP n correlation energies up to n = 6 are computed and used to analyse higher order correlation effects and the initial convergence behaviour of the MP n series. Particularly useful is the analysis of correlation contributions E(n)XY ...( n = 4,5,6; X , Y ,... = S, D, T, Q denoting single, double, triple, and quadruple excitations) in the form of correlation energy spectra. Two classes of system are distinguished, namely class A systems possessing well separated electron pairs and class B systems which are characterized by electron clustering in certain regions of atomic and molecular space. For class A systems, electron pair correlation effects as described by D, Q, DD, DQ, QQ, DDD, etc., contributions are most important, which are stepwise included at MP n with n = 2,... ,6. Class A systems are reasonably described by MP n theory, which is reflected by the fact that convergence of the MP n series is monotonic (but relatively slow) for class A systems. The description of class B systems is difficult since three- and four-electron correlation effects and couplings between two-, three-, and four-electron correlation effects missing for lower order perturbation theory are significant. MP n methods, which do not cover these effects, simulate higher order with lower order correlation effects thus exaggerating the latter, which has to be corrected with increasing n. Consequently, the MP n series oscillates for class B systems at low orders. A possible divergence of the MP n series is mostly a consequence of an unbalanced basis set. For example, diffuse functions added to an unsaturated sp basis lead to an exaggeration of higher order correlation effects, which can cause enhanced oscillations and divergence of the MP n series.

  8. Statistics of Smoothed Cosmic Fields in Perturbation Theory. I. Formulation and Useful Formulae in Second-Order Perturbation Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matsubara, Takahiko

    2003-02-01

    We formulate a general method for perturbative evaluations of statistics of smoothed cosmic fields and provide useful formulae for application of the perturbation theory to various statistics. This formalism is an extensive generalization of the method used by Matsubara, who derived a weakly nonlinear formula of the genus statistic in a three-dimensional density field. After describing the general method, we apply the formalism to a series of statistics, including genus statistics, level-crossing statistics, Minkowski functionals, and a density extrema statistic, regardless of the dimensions in which each statistic is defined. The relation between the Minkowski functionals and other geometrical statistics is clarified. These statistics can be applied to several cosmic fields, including three-dimensional density field, three-dimensional velocity field, two-dimensional projected density field, and so forth. The results are detailed for second-order theory of the formalism. The effect of the bias is discussed. The statistics of smoothed cosmic fields as functions of rescaled threshold by volume fraction are discussed in the framework of second-order perturbation theory. In CDM-like models, their functional deviations from linear predictions plotted against the rescaled threshold are generally much smaller than that plotted against the direct threshold. There is still a slight meatball shift against rescaled threshold, which is characterized by asymmetry in depths of troughs in the genus curve. A theory-motivated asymmetry factor in the genus curve is proposed.

  9. Relativistic stars in degenerate higher-order scalar-tensor theories after GW170817

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kobayashi, Tsutomu; Hiramatsu, Takashi

    2018-05-01

    We study relativistic stars in degenerate higher-order scalar-tensor theories that evade the constraint on the speed of gravitational waves imposed by GW170817. It is shown that the exterior metric is given by the usual Schwarzschild solution if the lower order Horndeski terms are ignored in the Lagrangian and a shift symmetry is assumed. However, this class of theories exhibits partial breaking of Vainshtein screening in the stellar interior and thus modifies the structure of a star. Employing a simple concrete model, we show that for high-density stars the mass-radius relation is altered significantly even if the parameters are chosen so that only a tiny correction is expected in the Newtonian regime. We also find that, depending on the parameters, there is a maximum central density above which solutions cease to exist.

  10. Downscattering due to Wind Outflows in Compact X-ray Sources: Theory and Interpretation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Titarchuk, Lev; Shrader, Chris

    2004-01-01

    A number of recent lines of evidence point towards the presence of hot, outflowing plasma from the central regions of compact Galactic and extragalactic X-ray sources. Additionally, it has long been noted that many of these sources exhibit an "excess" continuum component, above approx. 10 keV, usually attributed to Compton Reflection from a static medium. Motivated by these facts, as well as by recent observational constraints on the Compton reflection models - specifically apparently discrepant variability timescales for line and continuum components in some cases - we consider possible of effects of out-flowing plasma on the high-energy continuum spectra of accretion powered compact objects. We present a general formulation for photon downscattering diffusion which includes recoil and Comptonization effects due to divergence of the flow. We then develop an analytical theory for the spectral formation in such systems that allows us to derive formulae for the emergent spectrum. Finally we perform the analytical model fitting on several Galactic X-ray binaries. Objects which have been modeled with high-covering-fraction Compton reflectors, such as GS1353-64 are included in our analysis. In addition, Cyg X-3, is which is widely believed to be characterized by dense circumstellar winds with temperature of order 10(exp 6) K, provides an interesting test case. Data from INTEGRAL and RXTE covering the approx. 3 - 300 keV range are used in our analysis. We further consider the possibility that the widely noted distortion of the power-law continuum above 10 keV may in some cases be explained by these spectral softening effects.

  11. Hybrid-exchange density-functional theory study of the electronic structure of MnV2O4 : Exotic orbital ordering in the cubic structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Wei

    2015-05-01

    The electronic structures of cubic and tetragonal MnV2O4 have been studied using hybrid-exchange density-functional theory. The computed electronic structure of the tetragonal phase shows an antiferro-orbital ordering on V sites and a ferrimagnetic ground state (the spins on V and Mn are antialigned). These results are in good agreement with the previous theoretical result obtained from the local-density approximation + U methods [S. Sarkar et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 216405 (2009), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.216405]. Moreover, the electronic structure, especially the projected density of states of the cubic phase, has been predicted with good agreement with the recent soft x-ray spectroscopy experiment. Similar to the tetragonal phase, the spins on V and Mn in the cubic structure favor a ferrimagnetic configuration. Most interesting is that the computed charge densities of the spin-carrying orbitals on V in the cubic phase show an exotic orbital ordering, i.e., a ferro-orbital ordering along [110] but an antiferro-orbital ordering along [1 ¯10 ] .

  12. Nonlocal theory of curved rods. 2-D, high order, Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zozulya, V. V.

    2017-09-01

    New models for plane curved rods based on linear nonlocal theory of elasticity have been developed. The 2-D theory is developed from general 2-D equations of linear nonlocal elasticity using a special curvilinear system of coordinates related to the middle line of the rod along with special hypothesis based on assumptions that take into account the fact that the rod is thin. High order theory is based on the expansion of the equations of the theory of elasticity into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials. First, stress and strain tensors, vectors of displacements and body forces have been expanded into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials with respect to a thickness coordinate. Thereby, all equations of elasticity including nonlocal constitutive relations have been transformed to the corresponding equations for Fourier coefficients. Then, in the same way as in the theory of local elasticity, a system of differential equations in terms of displacements for Fourier coefficients has been obtained. First and second order approximations have been considered in detail. Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli theories are based on the classical hypothesis and the 2-D equations of linear nonlocal theory of elasticity which are considered in a special curvilinear system of coordinates related to the middle line of the rod. The obtained equations can be used to calculate stress-strain and to model thin walled structures in micro- and nanoscales when taking into account size dependent and nonlocal effects.

  13. X-Ray Spectroscopies of Warm Dense Matter

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hoidn, Oliver

    This dissertation provides a perspective on the role of x-ray spectroscopy and diffraction diagnostics in experimental studies of warm dense matter (WDM). The primary focus of the work I discuss is the development of techniques to measure the structure and state variables of laboratory-generated WDM with a view towards both phenomenlogy and placing contraints on theoretical models. I present techniques adapted to two experimental venues for WDM studies: large-scale laser plasma facilities and x-ray free electron lasers. My focus is on the latter, in the context of which I have studied a dose enhancement technique that exploits nonlocal heat transport in nanostructured targets and considered several aspects of optimizing x-ray diffraction measurements. This work came into play in beam runs at the Linac Coherent Light Source (LCLS) in which my group performed x-ray diffraction studies of several materials heated to eV-scale temperatures. The results from these experiments include confirmation of the persistence of long-range crystalline order upon heating of metal oxides to tens of eV temperarures on the 40 fs timescale. One material, MgO, additionally manifested a surprising anomalous early onset in delocalization of valence charge density, contradicting predictions of all models based on either ground state electronic structure or (high-energy density) plasma physics. This particular result outlines a future path for studies of ordered insulators heated to temperatures on the order of the band gap. Such experiments will offer strong tests of electronic strucure theory, implementing a scientific approach that sees measurement of real-space charge density via x-ray diffraction (XRD) as a particularly effectve means to constrain density functional theory (DFT)-based modeling of the solid state/plasma transitional regime.

  14. Surface-treated self-standing curved crystals as high-efficiency elements for X- and γ-ray optics: theory and experiment.

    PubMed

    Bonnini, Elisa; Buffagni, Elisa; Zappettini, Andrea; Doyle, Stephen; Ferrari, Claudio

    2015-06-01

    The efficiency of a Laue lens for X- and γ-ray focusing in the energy range 60-600 keV is closely linked to the diffraction efficiency of the single crystals composing the lens. A powerful focusing system is crucial for applications like medical imaging and X-ray astronomy where wide beams must be focused. Mosaic crystals with a high density, such as Cu or Au, and bent crystals with curved diffracting planes (CDPs) are considered for the realization of a focusing system for γ-rays, owing to their high diffraction efficiency in a predetermined angular range. In this work, a comparison of the efficiency of CDP crystals and Cu and Au mosaic crystals was performed on the basis of the theory of X-ray diffraction. Si, GaAs and Ge CDP crystals with optimized thicknesses and moderate radii of curvature of several tens of metres demonstrate comparable or superior performance with respect to the higher atomic number mosaic crystals generally used. In order to increase the efficiency of the lens further, a stack of several CDP crystals is proposed as an optical element. CDP crystals were obtained by a surface-damage method, and a stack of two surface-damaged bent Si crystals was prepared and tested. Rocking curves of the stack were performed with synchrotron radiation at 19 keV to check the lattice alignment: they exhibited only one diffraction peak.

  15. The Causal Ordering of Prominence and Salience in Identity Theory: An Empirical Examination

    PubMed Central

    Brenner, Philip S.; Serpe, Richard T.; Stryker, Sheldon

    2016-01-01

    Identity theory invokes two distinct but related concepts, identity salience and prominence, to explain how the organization of identities that make up the self impacts the probability that a given identity is situationally enacted. However, much extant research has failed to clearly distinguish between salience and prominence, and their empirical relationship has not been adequately investigated, impeding a solid understanding of the significance and role of each in a general theory of the self. This study examines their causal ordering using three waves of panel data from 48 universities focusing on respondents’ identities as science students. Analyses strongly support a causal ordering from prominence to salience. We provide theoretical and empirical grounds to justify this ordering while acknowledging potential variation in its strength across identities. Finally, we offer recommendations about the use of prominence and salience when measures of one or both are available or when analyses use cross-sectional data. PMID:27284212

  16. Nonperturbative Quantum Physics from Low-Order Perturbation Theory.

    PubMed

    Mera, Héctor; Pedersen, Thomas G; Nikolić, Branislav K

    2015-10-02

    The Stark effect in hydrogen and the cubic anharmonic oscillator furnish examples of quantum systems where the perturbation results in a certain ionization probability by tunneling processes. Accordingly, the perturbed ground-state energy is shifted and broadened, thus acquiring an imaginary part which is considered to be a paradigm of nonperturbative behavior. Here we demonstrate how the low order coefficients of a divergent perturbation series can be used to obtain excellent approximations to both real and imaginary parts of the perturbed ground state eigenenergy. The key is to use analytic continuation functions with a built-in singularity structure within the complex plane of the coupling constant, which is tailored by means of Bender-Wu dispersion relations. In the examples discussed the analytic continuation functions are Gauss hypergeometric functions, which take as input fourth order perturbation theory and return excellent approximations to the complex perturbed eigenvalue. These functions are Borel consistent and dramatically outperform widely used Padé and Borel-Padé approaches, even for rather large values of the coupling constant.

  17. A second order thermodynamic perturbation theory for hydrogen bond cooperativity in water

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Marshall, Bennett D.

    2017-05-01

    It has been extensively demonstrated through first principles quantum mechanics calculations that water exhibits strong hydrogen bond cooperativity. Equations of state developed from statistical mechanics typically assume pairwise additivity, meaning they cannot account for these 3-body and higher cooperative effects. In this paper, we extend a second order thermodynamic perturbation theory to correct for hydrogen bond cooperativity in 4 site water. We demonstrate that the theory predicts hydrogen bonding structure consistent spectroscopy, neutron diffraction, and molecular simulation data. Finally, we implement the approach into a general equation of state for water.

  18. On the Slow time Geomagnetic field Modulation of Cosmic Rays

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Okpala, K. C.; Egbunu, F.

    2016-12-01

    Cosmic rays of galactic origin are modulated by both heliospheric and geomagnetic conditions. The mutual (and mutually exclusive) contribution of both heliospheric and geomagnetic conditions to galactic cosmic rays (GCR) modulation is still an open question. While the rapid-time association of the galactic cosmic ray variation with different heliophysical and geophysical phenomena has been well studied, not so much attention has been paid to slow-time variations especially with regards to local effects. In this work, we employed monthly means of cosmic ray count rates from two mid latitude (Hermanus and Rome), and two higher latitude (Inuvik and Oulu) neutron monitors (NM), and compared their variability with geomagnetic stations that are in close proximity to the NMs. The data spans 1966 to 2008 and covers four (4) solar cycles. The difference (CRdiff)between the mean count rate of all days and the mean of the five quietest days for each month was compared with the Dst-related disturbance (Hdiff) derived from the nearby geomagnetic stations. Zeroth- and First- correlation between the cosmic ray parameters and geomagnetic parameters was performed to ascertain statistical association and test for spurious association. Our results show that solar activity is generally strongly correlated (>0.75) with mean strength of GCR count rate and geomagnetic field during individual solar cycles. The correlation between mean strength of cosmic ray intensity and Geomagnetic field strength is spurious and is basically moderated by the solar activity. The signature of convection driven disturbances at high latitude geomagnetic stations was evident during the declining phase of the solar cycles close to the solar minimums. The absence of this feature in the slow-time varying cosmic ray count rates in all stations, and in the mid latitude geomagnetic stations suggest that the local geomagnetic disturbance do not play a significant role in modulating the cosmic ray flux.

  19. An integral-factorized implementation of the driven similarity renormalization group second-order multireference perturbation theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hannon, Kevin P.; Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A., E-mail: francesco.evangelista@emory.edu

    2016-05-28

    We report an efficient implementation of a second-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT2) [C. Li and F. A. Evangelista, J. Chem. Theory Comput. 11, 2097 (2015)]. Our implementation employs factorized two-electron integrals to avoid storage of large four-index intermediates. It also exploits the block structure of the reference density matrices to reduce the computational cost to that of second-order Møller–Plesset perturbation theory. Our new DSRG-MRPT2 implementation is benchmarked on ten naphthyne isomers using basis sets up to quintuple-ζ quality. We find that the singlet-triplet splittings (Δ{sub ST}) of the naphthyne isomers strongly depend onmore » the equilibrium structures. For a consistent set of geometries, the Δ{sub ST} values predicted by the DSRG-MRPT2 are in good agreements with those computed by the reduced multireference coupled cluster theory with singles, doubles, and perturbative triples.« less

  20. Reprint of: Combining theory and experiment for X-ray absorption spectroscopy and resonant X-ray scattering characterization of polymers

    DOE PAGES

    Su, Gregory M.; Cordova, Isvar A.; Brady, Michael A.; ...

    2016-11-01

    An improved understanding of fundamental chemistry, electronic structure, morphology, and dynamics in polymers and soft materials requires advanced characterization techniques that are amenable to in situ and operando studies. Soft X-ray methods are especially useful in their ability to non-destructively provide information on specific materials or chemical moieties. Analysis of these experiments, which can be very dependent on X-ray energy and polarization, can quickly become complex. Complementary modeling and predictive capabilities are required to properly probe these critical features. Here in this paper, we present relevant background on this emerging suite of techniques. We focus on how the combination ofmore » theory and experiment has been applied and can be further developed to drive our understanding of how these methods probe relevant chemistry, structure, and dynamics in soft materials.« less

  1. X-ray and Raman scattering study of orientational order in nematic and heliconical nematic liquid crystals.

    PubMed

    Singh, Gautam; Fu, Jinxin; Agra-Kooijman, Dena M; Song, Jang-Kun; Vengatesan, M R; Srinivasarao, Mohan; Fisch, Michael R; Kumar, Satyendra

    2016-12-01

    The temperature dependence of the orientational order parameters 〈P_{2}(cosβ)〉 and 〈P_{4}(cosβ)〉 in the nematic (N) and twist-bend nematic (N_{tb}) phases of the liquid crystal dimer CB7CB have been measured using x-ray and polarized Raman scattering. The 〈P_{2}(cosβ)〉 obtained from both techniques are the same, while 〈P_{4}(cosβ)〉, determined by Raman scattering is, as expected, systematically larger than its x-ray value. Both order parameters increase in the N phase with decreasing temperature, drop across the N-N_{tb} transition, and continue to decrease. In the N_{tb} phase, the x-ray value of 〈P_{4}(cosβ)〉 eventually becomes negative, providing a direct and independent confirmation of a conical molecular orientational distribution. The heliconical tilt angle α, determined from orientational distribution functions in the N_{tb} phase, increases to ∼24^{∘} at ∼15 K below the transition. In the N_{tb} phase, α(T)∝(T^{*}-T)^{λ}, with λ=0.19±0.03. The transition supercools by 1.7 K, consistent with its weakly first-order nature. The value of λ is close to 0.25 indicating close proximity to a tricritical point.

  2. Testing higher-order Lagrangian perturbation theory against numerical simulations. 2: Hierarchical models

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Melott, A. L.; Buchert, T.; Weib, A. G.

    1995-01-01

    We present results showing an improvement of the accuracy of perturbation theory as applied to cosmological structure formation for a useful range of scales. The Lagrangian theory of gravitational instability of Friedmann-Lemaitre cosmogonies is compared with numerical simulations. We study the dynamics of hierarchical models as a second step. In the first step we analyzed the performance of the Lagrangian schemes for pancake models, the difference being that in the latter models the initial power spectrum is truncated. This work probed the quasi-linear and weakly non-linear regimes. We here explore whether the results found for pancake models carry over to hierarchical models which are evolved deeply into the non-linear regime. We smooth the initial data by using a variety of filter types and filter scales in order to determine the optimal performance of the analytical models, as has been done for the 'Zel'dovich-approximation' - hereafter TZA - in previous work. We find that for spectra with negative power-index the second-order scheme performs considerably better than TZA in terms of statistics which probe the dynamics, and slightly better in terms of low-order statistics like the power-spectrum. However, in contrast to the results found for pancake models, where the higher-order schemes get worse than TZA at late non-linear stages and on small scales, we here find that the second-order model is as robust as TZA, retaining the improvement at later stages and on smaller scales. In view of these results we expect that the second-order truncated Lagrangian model is especially useful for the modelling of standard dark matter models such as Hot-, Cold-, and Mixed-Dark-Matter.

  3. Second-Order Perturbation Theory for Generalized Active Space Self-Consistent-Field Wave Functions.

    PubMed

    Ma, Dongxia; Li Manni, Giovanni; Olsen, Jeppe; Gagliardi, Laura

    2016-07-12

    A multireference second-order perturbation theory approach based on the generalized active space self-consistent-field (GASSCF) wave function is presented. Compared with the complete active space (CAS) and restricted active space (RAS) wave functions, GAS wave functions are more flexible and can employ larger active spaces and/or different truncations of the configuration interaction expansion. With GASSCF, one can explore chemical systems that are not affordable with either CASSCF or RASSCF. Perturbation theory to second order on top of GAS wave functions (GASPT2) has been implemented to recover the remaining electron correlation. The method has been benchmarked by computing the chromium dimer ground-state potential energy curve. These calculations show that GASPT2 gives results similar to CASPT2 even with a configuration interaction expansion much smaller than the corresponding CAS expansion.

  4. Performance analysis of grazing incidence imaging systems. [X ray telescope aberrations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Winkler, C. E.; Korsch, D.

    1977-01-01

    An exact expression relating the coordinates of a point on the incident ray, a point of reflection from an arbitrary surface, and a point on the reflected ray is derived. The exact relation is then specialized for the case of grazing incidence, and first order and third order systematic analyses are carried out for a single reflective surface and then for a combination of two surfaces. The third order treatment yields a complete set of primary aberrations for single element and two element systems. The importance of a judicious choice for a coordinate system in showing field curvature to clearly be the predominant aberration for a two element system is discussed. The validity of the theory is verified through comparisons with the exact ray trace results for the case of the telescope.

  5. (U) Second-Order Sensitivity Analysis of Uncollided Particle Contributions to Radiation Detector Responses Using Ray-Tracing

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Favorite, Jeffrey A.

    The Second-Level Adjoint Sensitivity System (2nd-LASS) that yields the second-order sensitivities of a response of uncollided particles with respect to isotope densities, cross sections, and source emission rates is derived in Refs. 1 and 2. In Ref. 2, we solved problems for the uncollided leakage from a homogeneous sphere and a multiregion cylinder using the PARTISN multigroup discrete-ordinates code. In this memo, we derive solutions of the 2nd-LASS for the particular case when the response is a flux or partial current density computed at a single point on the boundary, and the inner products are computed using ray-tracing. Both themore » PARTISN approach and the ray-tracing approach are implemented in a computer code, SENSPG. The next section of this report presents the equations of the 1st- and 2nd-LASS for uncollided particles and the first- and second-order sensitivities that use the solutions of the 1st- and 2nd-LASS. Section III presents solutions of the 1st- and 2nd-LASS equations for the case of ray-tracing from a detector point. Section IV presents specific solutions of the 2nd-LASS and derives the ray-trace form of the inner products needed for second-order sensitivities. Numerical results for the total leakage from a homogeneous sphere are presented in Sec. V and for the leakage from one side of a two-region slab in Sec. VI. Section VII is a summary and conclusions.« less

  6. A higher-order theory of emotional consciousness

    PubMed Central

    LeDoux, Joseph E.; Brown, Richard

    2017-01-01

    Emotional states of consciousness, or what are typically called emotional feelings, are traditionally viewed as being innately programmed in subcortical areas of the brain, and are often treated as different from cognitive states of consciousness, such as those related to the perception of external stimuli. We argue that conscious experiences, regardless of their content, arise from one system in the brain. In this view, what differs in emotional and nonemotional states are the kinds of inputs that are processed by a general cortical network of cognition, a network essential for conscious experiences. Although subcortical circuits are not directly responsible for conscious feelings, they provide nonconscious inputs that coalesce with other kinds of neural signals in the cognitive assembly of conscious emotional experiences. In building the case for this proposal, we defend a modified version of what is known as the higher-order theory of consciousness. PMID:28202735

  7. Zero-order bows in radially inhomogeneous spheres: direct and inverse problems.

    PubMed

    Adam, John A

    2011-10-01

    Zero-order ray paths are examined in radially inhomogeneous spheres with differentiable refractive index profiles. It is demonstrated that zero-order and sometimes twin zero-order bows can exist when the gradient of refractive index is sufficiently negative. Abel inversion is used to "recover" the refractive index profiles; it is therefore possible in principle to specify the nature and type of bows and determine the refractive index profile that induces them. This may be of interest in the field of rainbow refractometry and optical fiber studies. This ray-theoretic analysis has direct similarities with the phenomenon of "orbiting" and other phenomena in scattering theory and also in seismological, surface gravity wave, and gravitational "lensing" studies. For completeness these topics are briefly discussed in the appendixes; they may also be of pedagogic interest.

  8. Analysis of eccentric annular incompressible seals. II - Effects of eccentricity on rotordynamic coefficients

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nelson, C. C.; Nguyen, D. T.

    1987-01-01

    A new analysis procedure has been presented which solves for the flow variables of an annular pressure seal in which the rotor has a large static displacement (eccentricity) from the centered position. The present paper incorporates the solutions to investigate the effect of eccentricity on the rotordynamic coefficients. The analysis begins with a set of governing equations based on a turbulent bulk-flow model and Moody's friction factor equation. Perturbations of the flow variables yields a set of zeroth- and first-order equations. After integration of the zeroth-order equations, the resulting zeroth-order flow variables are used as input in the solution of the first-order equations. Further integration of the first order pressures yields the eccentric rotordynamic coefficients. The results from this procedure compare well with available experimental and theoretical data, with accuracy just as good or slightly better than the predictions based on a finite-element model.

  9. Observation and theory of X-ray mirages

    PubMed Central

    Magnitskiy, Sergey; Nagorskiy, Nikolay; Faenov, Anatoly; Pikuz, Tatiana; Tanaka, Mamoko; Ishino, Masahiko; Nishikino, Masaharu; Fukuda, Yuji; Kando, Masaki; Kawachi, Tetsuya; Kato, Yoshiaki

    2013-01-01

    The advent of X-ray lasers allowed the realization of compact coherent soft X-ray sources, thus opening the way to a wide range of applications. Here we report the observation of unexpected concentric rings in the far-field beam profile at the output of a two-stage plasma-based X-ray laser, which can be considered as the first manifestation of a mirage phenomenon in X-rays. We have developed a method of solving the Maxwell–Bloch equations for this problem, and find that the experimentally observed phenomenon is due to the emergence of X-ray mirages in the plasma amplifier, appearing as phase-matched coherent virtual point sources. The obtained results bring a new insight into the physical nature of amplification of X-ray radiation in laser-induced plasma amplifiers and open additional opportunities for X-ray plasma diagnostics and extreme ultraviolet lithography. PMID:23733009

  10. Observation and theory of X-ray mirages.

    PubMed

    Magnitskiy, Sergey; Nagorskiy, Nikolay; Faenov, Anatoly; Pikuz, Tatiana; Tanaka, Mamoko; Ishino, Masahiko; Nishikino, Masaharu; Fukuda, Yuji; Kando, Masaki; Kawachi, Tetsuya; Kato, Yoshiaki

    2013-01-01

    The advent of X-ray lasers allowed the realization of compact coherent soft X-ray sources, thus opening the way to a wide range of applications. Here we report the observation of unexpected concentric rings in the far-field beam profile at the output of a two-stage plasma-based X-ray laser, which can be considered as the first manifestation of a mirage phenomenon in X-rays. We have developed a method of solving the Maxwell-Bloch equations for this problem, and find that the experimentally observed phenomenon is due to the emergence of X-ray mirages in the plasma amplifier, appearing as phase-matched coherent virtual point sources. The obtained results bring a new insight into the physical nature of amplification of X-ray radiation in laser-induced plasma amplifiers and open additional opportunities for X-ray plasma diagnostics and extreme ultraviolet lithography.

  11. Leading order relativistic hyperon-nucleon interactions in chiral effective field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Kai-Wen; Ren, Xiu-Lei; Geng, Li-Sheng; Long, Bing-Wei

    2018-01-01

    We apply a recently proposed covariant power counting in nucleon-nucleon interactions to study strangeness S=-1 {{\\varLambda }}N-{{\\varSigma }}N interactions in chiral effective field theory. At leading order, Lorentz invariance introduces 12 low energy constants, in contrast to the heavy baryon approach, where only five appear. The Kadyshevsky equation is adopted to resum the potential in order to account for the non-perturbative nature of hyperon-nucleon interactions. A fit to the 36 hyperon-nucleon scattering data points yields {χ }2≃ 16, which is comparable with the sophisticated phenomenological models and the next-to-leading order heavy baryon approach. However, one cannot achieve a simultaneous description of the nucleon-nucleon phase shifts and strangeness S=-1 hyperon-nucleon scattering data at leading order. Supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (11375024, 11522539, 11375120), the China Postdoctoral Science Foundation (2016M600845, 2017T100008) and the Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities

  12. The Physics of Ultracold Sr2 Molecules: Optical Production and Precision Measurement

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-01-01

    causing stimulated emission. The wavelength of the feedback light is determined by the angle of the feedback mirror . The zeroth order is the output from...with representative mirror , diffraction grating and diode housing (right). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.14 Schematic of...of the feedback light is determined by the angle of the feedback mirror . The zeroth order is the output from the ECDL. . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.15

  13. Teaching Fourier optics through ray matrices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moreno, I.; Sánchez-López, M. M.; Ferreira, C.; Davis, J. A.; Mateos, F.

    2005-03-01

    In this work we examine the use of ray-transfer matrices for teaching and for deriving some topics in a Fourier optics course, exploiting the mathematical simplicity of ray matrices compared to diffraction integrals. A simple analysis of the physical meaning of the elements of the ray matrix provides a fast derivation of the conditions to obtain the optical Fourier transform. We extend this derivation to fractional Fourier transform optical systems, and derive the order of the transform from the ray matrix. Some examples are provided to stress this point of view, both with classical and with graded index lenses. This formulation cannot replace the complete explanation of Fourier optics provided by the wave theory, but it is a complementary tool useful to simplify many aspects of Fourier optics and to relate them to geometrical optics.

  14. The distribution of cosmic rays in the galaxy and their dynamics as deduced from recent gamma ray observations. [noting maximum in toroidal region between 4 and 5 kpc from galactic center

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Puget, J. L.; Stecker, F. W.

    1974-01-01

    Data from SAS-2 on the galactic gamma ray line flux as a function of longitude is examined. It is shown that the gamma ray emissivity varies with galactocentric distance and is about an order of magnitude higher than the local value in a toroidal region between 4 and 5 kpc from the galactic center. This enhancement is accounted for in part by first-order Fermi acceleration, compression, and trapping of cosmic rays consistent with present ideas of galactic dynamics and galactic structure theory. Calculations indicate that cosmic rays in the 4 to 5 kpc region are trapped and accelerated over a mean time of the order of a few million years or about 2 to 4 times the assumed trapping time in the solar region of the galaxy on the assumption that only an increased cosmic ray flux is responsible for the observed emission. Cosmic ray nucleons, cosmic ray electrons, and ionized hydrogen gas were found to have a strikingly similar distribution in the galaxy according to both the observational data and the theoretical model discussed.

  15. α '-corrected black holes in String Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cano, Pablo A.; Meessen, Patrick; Ortín, Tomás; Ramírez, Pedro F.

    2018-05-01

    We consider the well-known solution of the Heterotic Superstring effective action to zeroth order in α ' that describes the intersection of a fundamental string with momentum and a solitonic 5-brane and which gives a 3-charge, static, extremal, supersymmetric black hole in 5 dimensions upon dimensional reduction on T5. We compute explicitly the first-order in α ' corrections to this solution, including SU(2) Yang-Mills fields which can be used to cancel some of these corrections and we study the main properties of this α '-corrected solution: supersymmetry, values of the near-horizon and asymptotic charges, behavior under α '-corrected T-duality, value of the entropy (using Wald formula directly in 10 dimensions), existence of small black holes etc. The value obtained for the entropy agrees, within the limits of approximation, with that obtained by microscopic methods. The α ' corrections coming from Wald's formula prove crucial for this result.

  16. Short-range order of undercooled melts of PdZr2 intermetallic compound studied by X-ray and neutron scattering experiments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Klein, S.; Holland-Moritz, D.; Herlach, D. M.; Mauro, N. A.; Kelton, K. F.

    2013-05-01

    The short-range order in undercooled melts of the intermetallic Zr2Pd glass-forming alloy is investigated by combining electrostatic levitation (ESL) with high-energy X-ray diffraction and neutron diffraction. Experimentally determined structure factors are measured and analyzed with respect to various structures of short-range order. The comparative X-ray and neutron scattering experiments allow for investigations of topological and chemical short-range order. Based on these studies, no preference of a specific short-range order is found for the liquid Zr2Pd glass-forming alloy, even in the metastable state of the deeply undercooled melt. This is in agreement with an earlier report from X-ray diffraction and molecular-dynamics studies of a Zr75.5Pd24.5 liquid, which showed a broad distribution of cluster types. The results for the Zr2Pd liquid are discussed with respect to the glass-forming ability of this melt.

  17. Generalized quantum kinetic expansion: Higher-order corrections to multichromophoric Förster theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Jianlan; Gong, Zhihao; Tang, Zhoufei

    2015-08-01

    For a general two-cluster energy transfer network, a new methodology of the generalized quantum kinetic expansion (GQKE) method is developed, which predicts an exact time-convolution equation for the cluster population evolution under the initial condition of the local cluster equilibrium state. The cluster-to-cluster rate kernel is expanded over the inter-cluster couplings. The lowest second-order GQKE rate recovers the multichromophoric Förster theory (MCFT) rate. The higher-order corrections to the MCFT rate are systematically included using the continued fraction resummation form, resulting in the resummed GQKE method. The reliability of the GQKE methodology is verified in two model systems, revealing the relevance of higher-order corrections.

  18. Measuring order in disordered systems and disorder in ordered systems: Random matrix theory for isotropic and nematic liquid crystals and its perspective on pseudo-nematic domains

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhao, Yan; Stratt, Richard M.

    2018-05-01

    Surprisingly long-ranged intermolecular correlations begin to appear in isotropic (orientationally disordered) phases of liquid crystal forming molecules when the temperature or density starts to close in on the boundary with the nematic (ordered) phase. Indeed, the presence of slowly relaxing, strongly orientationally correlated, sets of molecules under putatively disordered conditions ("pseudo-nematic domains") has been apparent for some time from light-scattering and optical-Kerr experiments. Still, a fully microscopic characterization of these domains has been lacking. We illustrate in this paper how pseudo-nematic domains can be studied in even relatively small computer simulations by looking for order-parameter tensor fluctuations much larger than one would expect from random matrix theory. To develop this idea, we show that random matrix theory offers an exact description of how the probability distribution for liquid-crystal order parameter tensors converges to its macroscopic-system limit. We then illustrate how domain properties can be inferred from finite-size-induced deviations from these random matrix predictions. A straightforward generalization of time-independent random matrix theory also allows us to prove that the analogous random matrix predictions for the time dependence of the order-parameter tensor are similarly exact in the macroscopic limit, and that relaxation behavior of the domains can be seen in the breakdown of the finite-size scaling required by that random-matrix theory.

  19. A Many-Body Formalism of ΔSCF Approach for Simulating X-Ray Spectra from First-Principles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liang, Yufeng; Vinson, John; Pemmaraju, Sri; Drisdell, Walter; Shirley, Eric; Prendegast, David

    Accurately reproducing X-ray spectral fingerprints for materials characterization relies heavily on how to correctly model the many-electron response to the generation of an X-ray core hole. In this talk, we present a novel first-principles theory for simulating X-ray spectra that is based on many-electron wavefunctions. The proposed theory go beyond the electron-hole correlations within the Bethe-Saltpeter Equation and consider higher-order vertex corrections up to the level of Mahan-Noziéres-De Dominicis (MND) theory. An efficient algorithm is invented to incorporate these many-electron processes by using linear algebra rather than iterating over all Feynman diag United States Department of Energy under Contact No. DE-AC02-05CH11231, No. DE-SC0004993.

  20. A second-order theory for transverse ion heating and momentum coupling due to electrostatic ion cyclotron waves

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Miller, Ronald H.; Winske, Dan; Gary, S. P.

    1992-01-01

    A second-order theory for electrostatic instabilities driven by counterstreaming ion beams is developed which describes momentum coupling and heating of the plasma via wave-particle interactions. Exchange rates between the waves and particles are derived, which are suitable for the fluid equations simulating microscopic effects on macroscopic scales. Using a fully kinetic simulation, the electrostatic ion cyclotron instability due to counterstreaming H(+) beams has been simulated. A power spectrum from the kinetic simulation is used to evaluate second-order exchange rates. The calculated heating and momentum loss from second-order theory is compared to the numerical simulation.

  1. Quantum theory for the dynamic structure factor in correlated two-component systems in nonequilibrium: Application to x-ray scattering.

    PubMed

    Vorberger, J; Chapman, D A

    2018-01-01

    We present a quantum theory for the dynamic structure factors in nonequilibrium, correlated, two-component systems such as plasmas or warm dense matter. The polarization function, which is needed as the input for the calculation of the structure factors, is calculated in nonequilibrium based on a perturbation expansion in the interaction strength. To make our theory applicable for x-ray scattering, a generalized Chihara decomposition for the total electron structure factor in nonequilibrium is derived. Examples are given and the influence of correlations and exchange on the structure and the x-ray-scattering spectrum are discussed for a model nonequilibrium distribution, as often encountered during laser heating of materials, as well as for two-temperature systems.

  2. Quantum theory for the dynamic structure factor in correlated two-component systems in nonequilibrium: Application to x-ray scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vorberger, J.; Chapman, D. A.

    2018-01-01

    We present a quantum theory for the dynamic structure factors in nonequilibrium, correlated, two-component systems such as plasmas or warm dense matter. The polarization function, which is needed as the input for the calculation of the structure factors, is calculated in nonequilibrium based on a perturbation expansion in the interaction strength. To make our theory applicable for x-ray scattering, a generalized Chihara decomposition for the total electron structure factor in nonequilibrium is derived. Examples are given and the influence of correlations and exchange on the structure and the x-ray-scattering spectrum are discussed for a model nonequilibrium distribution, as often encountered during laser heating of materials, as well as for two-temperature systems.

  3. The role of relativity in the optical response of gold within the time-dependent current-density-functional theory.

    PubMed

    Romaniello, P; de Boeij, P L

    2005-04-22

    We included relativistic effects in the formulation of the time-dependent current-density-functional theory for the calculation of linear response properties of metals [P. Romaniello and P. L. de Boeij, Phys. Rev. B (to be published)]. We treat the dominant scalar-relativistic effects using the zeroth-order regular approximation in the ground-state density-functional theory calculations, as well as in the time-dependent response calculations. The results for the dielectric function of gold calculated in the spectral range of 0-10 eV are compared with experimental data reported in literature and recent ellipsometric measurements. As well known, relativistic effects strongly influence the color of gold. We find that the onset of interband transitions is shifted from around 3.5 eV, obtained in a nonrelativistic calculation, to around 1.9 eV when relativity is included. With the inclusion of the scalar-relativistic effects there is an overall improvement of both real and imaginary parts of the dielectric function over the nonrelativistic ones. Nevertheless some important features in the absorption spectrum are not well reproduced, but can be explained in terms of spin-orbit coupling effects. The remaining deviations are attributed to the underestimation of the interband gap (5d-6sp band gap) in the local-density approximation and to the use of the adiabatic local-density approximation in the response calculation.

  4. Deriving Lindblad master equations with Keldysh diagrams: Correlated gain and loss in higher order perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Müller, Clemens; Stace, Thomas M.

    2017-01-01

    Motivated by correlated decay processes producing gain, loss, and lasing in driven semiconductor quantum dots [Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 036801 (2014), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.113.036801; Science 347, 285 (2015), 10.1126/science.aaa2501; Phys. Rev. Lett. 114, 196802 (2015), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.114.196802], we develop a theoretical technique by using Keldysh diagrammatic perturbation theory to derive a Lindblad master equation that goes beyond the usual second-order perturbation theory. We demonstrate the method on the driven dissipative Rabi model, including terms up to fourth order in the interaction between the qubit and both the resonator and environment. This results in a large class of Lindblad dissipators and associated rates which go beyond the terms that have previously been proposed to describe similar systems. All of the additional terms contribute to the system behavior at the same order of perturbation theory. We then apply these results to analyze the phonon-assisted steady-state gain of a microwave field driving a double quantum dot in a resonator. We show that resonator gain and loss are substantially affected by dephasing-assisted dissipative processes in the quantum-dot system. These additional processes, which go beyond recently proposed polaronic theories, are in good quantitative agreement with experimental observations.

  5. Orbitally invariant internally contracted multireference unitary coupled cluster theory and its perturbative approximation: theory and test calculations of second order approximation.

    PubMed

    Chen, Zhenhua; Hoffmann, Mark R

    2012-07-07

    A unitary wave operator, exp (G), G(+) = -G, is considered to transform a multiconfigurational reference wave function Φ to the potentially exact, within basis set limit, wave function Ψ = exp (G)Φ. To obtain a useful approximation, the Hausdorff expansion of the similarity transformed effective Hamiltonian, exp (-G)Hexp (G), is truncated at second order and the excitation manifold is limited; an additional separate perturbation approximation can also be made. In the perturbation approximation, which we refer to as multireference unitary second-order perturbation theory (MRUPT2), the Hamiltonian operator in the highest order commutator is approximated by a Mo̸ller-Plesset-type one-body zero-order Hamiltonian. If a complete active space self-consistent field wave function is used as reference, then the energy is invariant under orbital rotations within the inactive, active, and virtual orbital subspaces for both the second-order unitary coupled cluster method and its perturbative approximation. Furthermore, the redundancies of the excitation operators are addressed in a novel way, which is potentially more efficient compared to the usual full diagonalization of the metric of the excited configurations. Despite the loss of rigorous size-extensivity possibly due to the use of a variational approach rather than a projective one in the solution of the amplitudes, test calculations show that the size-extensivity errors are very small. Compared to other internally contracted multireference perturbation theories, MRUPT2 only needs reduced density matrices up to three-body even with a non-complete active space reference wave function when two-body excitations within the active orbital subspace are involved in the wave operator, exp (G). Both the coupled cluster and perturbation theory variants are amenable to large, incomplete model spaces. Applications to some widely studied model systems that can be problematic because of geometry dependent quasidegeneracy, H4, P4

  6. Double field theory at order α'

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hohm, Olaf; Zwiebach, Barton

    2014-11-01

    We investigate α' corrections of bosonic strings in the framework of double field theory. The previously introduced "doubled α'-geometry" gives α'-deformed gauge transformations arising in the Green-Schwarz anomaly cancellation mechanism but does not apply to bosonic strings. These require a different deformation of the duality-covariantized Courant bracket which governs the gauge structure. This is revealed by examining the α' corrections in the gauge algebra of closed string field theory. We construct a four-derivative cubic double field theory action invariant under the deformed gauge transformations, giving a first glimpse of the gauge principle underlying bosonic string α' corrections. The usual metric and b-field are related to the duality covariant fields by non-covariant field redefinitions.

  7. Polyphenylsilole multilayers--an insight from X-ray electron spectroscopy and density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Diller, Katharina; Ma, Yong; Luo, Yi; Allegretti, Francesco; Liu, Jianzhao; Tang, Ben Zhong; Lin, Nian; Barth, Johannes V; Klappenberger, Florian

    2015-12-14

    We present a combined investigation by means of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and near-edge X-ray absorption fine-structure (NEXAFS) spectroscopy of condensed multilayers of two polyphenylsiloles, namely hexaphenylsilole (HPS) and tetraphenylsilole (TPS). Both compounds exhibit very similar spectroscopic signatures, whose interpretation is aided by density functional theory (DFT) calculations. High-resolution XPS spectra of the Si 2p and C 1s core levels of these multilayers indicate a positively charged silicon ion flanked by two negatively charged adjacent carbon atoms in the silole core of both molecules. This result is corroborated quantitatively by DFT calculations on isolated HPS (TPS) molecules, which show a natural bond orbital partial charge of +1.67 e (+1.58 e) on the silicon and -0.34 e (-0.58 e) on the two neighbouring carbon atoms in the silole ring. These charges are conserved in direct contact with a Cu(111) substrate for films of submonolayer coverage, as evidenced by the Si 2p XPS data. The C K-edge NEXAFS spectra of HPS and TPS multilayers exhibit distinct and differing features. Their main characteristics reappear in the simulated spectra and are assigned to the different inequivalent carbon species in the molecule. The angle-dependent measurements hardly reveal any dichroism, i.e., the molecular π-systems are not uniformly oriented parallel or perpendicular with respect to the surface. Changes in the growth conditions of TPS, i.e., a reduction of the substrate temperature from 240 K to 80 K during deposition, lead to a broadening of both XPS and NEXAFS signatures, as well as an upward shift of the Si 2p and C 1s binding energies, indicative of a less ordered growth mode at low temperature.

  8. The origin of cosmic rays

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Eichler, D.

    1986-01-01

    Data related to the development of cosmic rays are discussed. The relationship between cosmic ray production and the steady-state Boltzmann equation is analyzed. The importance of the power-law spectrum, the scattering rate, the theory of shock acceleration, anisotropic instabilities, and cosmic ray diffusion in the formation of cosmic rays is described. It is noted that spacecraft observations at the earth's bow shock are useful for studying cosmic rays and that the data support the collisionless shock-wave theory of cosmic ray origin.

  9. The second-order theory of electromagnetic hot ion beam instabilities. [in interplanetary magnetic field

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gary, S. P.; Tokar, R. L.

    1985-01-01

    The present investigation is concerned with the application of a second-order theory for electromagnetic instabilities in a collisionless plasma to two modes which resonate with hot ion beams. The application of the theory is strictly limited to the linear growth phase. However, the application of the theory may be extended to obtain a description of the beam at postsaturation if the wave-beam resonance is sufficiently broad in velocity space. Under the considered limitations, it is shown that, as in the cold beam case, the fluctuating fields do not gain appreciable momentum and that the primary exchange of momentum is between the beam and main component.

  10. Relativistic theory for time and frequency transfer to order c-3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blanchet, L.; Salomon, C.; Teyssandier, P.; Wolf, P.

    2001-04-01

    This paper is motivated by the current development of several space missions (e.g. ACES on International Space Station) that will use Earth-orbit laser cooled atomic clocks, providing a time-keeping accuracy of the order of 5 10-17 in fractional frequency. We show that to such accuracy, the theory of frequency transfer between Earth and Space must be extended from the currently known relativistic order 1/c2 (which has been needed in previous space experiments such as GP-A) to the next relativistic correction of order 1/c3. We find that the frequency transfer includes the first and second-order Doppler contributions, the Einstein gravitational red-shift and, at the order 1/c3, a mixture of these effects. As for the time transfer, it contains the standard Shapiro time delay, and we present an expression also including the first and second-order Sagnac corrections. Higher-order relativistic corrections, at least {cal O}(1/c4), are numerically negligible for time and frequency transfers in these experiments, being for instance of order 10-20 in fractional frequency. Particular attention is paid to the problem of the frequency transfer in the two-way experimental configuration. In this case we find a simple theoretical expression which extends the previous formula (Vessot et al. \\cite{VessotLevine}) to the next order 1/c3. In the Appendix we present the detailed proofs of all the formulas which will be needed in such experiments.

  11. An Extension of the Krieger-Li-Iafrate Approximation to the Optimized-Effective-Potential Method

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wilson, B.G.

    1999-11-11

    The Krieger-Li-Iafrate approximation can be expressed as the zeroth order result of an unstable iterative method for solving the integral equation form of the optimized-effective-potential method. By pre-conditioning the iterate a first order correction can be obtained which recovers the bulk of quantal oscillations missing in the zeroth order approximation. A comparison of calculated total energies are given with Krieger-Li-Iafrate, Local Density Functional, and Hyper-Hartree-Fock results for non-relativistic atoms and ions.

  12. A Nonlinear Finite Element Framework for Viscoelastic Beams Based on the High-Order Reddy Beam Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2012-06-09

    employed theories are the Euler-Bernoulli beam theory (EBT) and the Timoshenko beam theory ( TBT ). The major deficiency associated with the EBT is failure to...account for defor- mations associated with shearing. The TBT relaxes the normality assumption of the EBT and admits a constant state of shear strain...on a given cross-section. As a result, the TBT necessitates the use of shear correction coefficients in order to accurately predict transverse

  13. Ray propagation in oblate atmospheres. [for Jupiter

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hubbard, W. B.

    1976-01-01

    Phinney and Anderson's (1968) exact theory for the inversion of radio-occultation data for planetary atmospheres breaks down seriously when applied to occultations by oblate atmospheres because of departures from Bouguer's law. It has been proposed that this breakdown can be overcome by transforming the theory to a local spherical symmetry which osculates a ray's point of closest approach. The accuracy of this transformation procedure is assessed by evaluating the size of terms which are intrinsic to an oblate atmosphere and which are not eliminated by a local spherical approximation. The departures from Bouguer's law are analyzed, and it is shown that in the lowest-order deviation from that law, the plane of refraction is defined by the normal to the atmosphere at closest approach. In the next order, it is found that the oblateness of the atmosphere 'warps' the ray path out of a single plane, but the effect appears to be negligible for most purposes. It is concluded that there seems to be no source of serious error in making an approximation of local spherical symmetry with the refraction plane defined by the normal at closest approach.

  14. High-Resolution X-Ray Spectroscopy of the Seyfert 2 Galaxy Circinus with Chandra

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sambruna, Rita M.; Netzer, Hagai; Kaspi, Shai; Brandt, W. N.; Chartas, G.; Garmire, G. P.; Nousek, John A.; Weaver, K. A.

    2000-01-01

    Results from a 60 ks Chandra High Energy Transmission Grating Spectrometer (HETGS) observation of the nearby Seyfert 2 Circinus are presented. The spectrum shows a wealth of emission lines at both soft and hard X-rays, including lines of Ne, Mg, Si, S, Ar, Ca, and Fe, and a prominent Fe K(alpha) line at 6.4 keV. We identify several of the He-like components and measure several of the Lyman lines of the N-like ions. The lines' profiles are unresolved at the limited signal-to-noise ratio of the data. Our analysis of the zeroth-order image in a companion paper constrains the size of the emission region to be 20-60 pc, suggesting that emission within this volume is almost entirely due to the reprocessing of the obscured central source. Here we show that a model containing two distinct components can reproduce almost all the observed properties of this gas. The ionized component can explain the observed intensities of the ionized species, assuming twice-solar composition and an N is proportional r(exp -1.5) density distribution. The neutral component is highly concentrated, well within the 0.8" point source, and is responsible for almost all of the observed K(alpha) (6.4 keV) emission. Circinus seems to be different than Mkn 3 in terms of its gas distribution.

  15. The analysis of harmonic generation coefficients in the ablative Rayleigh-Taylor instability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, Yan; Fan, Zhengfeng; Lu, Xinpei; Ye, Wenhua; Zou, Changlin; Zhang, Ziyun; Zhang, Wen

    2017-10-01

    In this research, we use the numerical simulation method to investigate the generation coefficients of the first three harmonics and the zeroth harmonic in the Ablative Rayleigh-Taylor Instability. It is shown that the interface shifts to the low temperature side during the ablation process. In consideration of the third-order perturbation theory, the first three harmonic amplitudes of the weakly nonlinear regime are calculated and then the harmonic generation coefficients are obtained by curve fitting. The simulation results show that the harmonic generation coefficients changed with time and wavelength. Using the higher-order perturbation theory, we find that more and more harmonics are generated in the later weakly nonlinear stage, which is caused by the negative feedback of the later higher harmonics. Furthermore, extending the third-order theory to the fifth-order theory, we find that the second and the third harmonics coefficients linearly depend on the wavelength, while the feedback coefficients are almost constant. Further analysis also shows that when the fifth-order theory is considered, the normalized effective amplitudes of second and third harmonics can reach about 25%-40%, which are only 15%-25% in the frame of the previous third-order theory. Therefore, the third order perturbation theory is needed to be modified by the higher-order theory when ηL reaches about 20% of the perturbation wavelength.

  16. A Jeziorski-Monkhorst fully uncontracted multi-reference perturbative treatment. I. Principles, second-order versions, and tests on ground state potential energy curves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Giner, Emmanuel; Angeli, Celestino; Garniron, Yann; Scemama, Anthony; Malrieu, Jean-Paul

    2017-06-01

    The present paper introduces a new multi-reference perturbation approach developed at second order, based on a Jeziorski-Mokhorst expansion using individual Slater determinants as perturbers. Thanks to this choice of perturbers, an effective Hamiltonian may be built, allowing for the dressing of the Hamiltonian matrix within the reference space, assumed here to be a CAS-CI. Such a formulation accounts then for the coupling between the static and dynamic correlation effects. With our new definition of zeroth-order energies, these two approaches are strictly size-extensive provided that local orbitals are used, as numerically illustrated here and formally demonstrated in the Appendix. Also, the present formalism allows for the factorization of all double excitation operators, just as in internally contracted approaches, strongly reducing the computational cost of these two approaches with respect to other determinant-based perturbation theories. The accuracy of these methods has been investigated on ground-state potential curves up to full dissociation limits for a set of six molecules involving single, double, and triple bond breaking together with an excited state calculation. The spectroscopic constants obtained with the present methods are found to be in very good agreement with the full configuration interaction results. As the present formalism does not use any parameter or numerically unstable operation, the curves obtained with the two methods are smooth all along the dissociation path.

  17. Magnetic order at a single-crystal surface in the diffuse-scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zasada, I.

    2003-06-01

    A theoretical description of incoherent spin-dependent multiple scattering of electrons at a magnetically disordered single-crystal surface is reported. A formalism in which the spin operators specify the magnetic state of a surface atom is used for the description of magnetic order at the surface. The theory is based upon the concepts used in multiple scattering spin-dependent diffuse LEED theory (DSPLEED) theory. In the present considerations, this theory is extended to the case of magnetic materials by using the time-independent Dirac equation with an effective magnetic field. Thus, an expression for incoherent spin-dependent intensity for magnetic material is obtained. It depends on the Fourier transform on the surface lattice of the spin-pair correlation function and, as a consequence, on the magnetic properties of the surface. The equations for the description of magnetization and various correlation functions in the frame of effective field theory are derived and the results of the numerical calculations are presented for the particular case of Ni(1 0 0) surface. The spin-orbit induced and exchange asymmetries are calculated. It is found that the magnetic DSPLEED is sensitive to the properties of the surface characterized by the spin-pair correlation functions. Thus, it is demonstrated that the magnetic DSPLEED can be an effective method in the investigation of critical behaviour of magnetic surfaces.

  18. An analysis of the radiation from apertures in curved surfaces by the geometrical theory of diffraction. [ray technique for electromagnetic fields

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pathak, P. H.; Kouyoumjian, R. G.

    1974-01-01

    In this paper the geometrical theory of diffraction is extended to treat the radiation from apertures of slots in convex perfectly conducting surfaces. It is assumed that the tangential electric field in the aperture is known so that an equivalent infinitesimal source can be defined at each point in the aperture. Surface rays emanate from this source which is a caustic of the ray system. A launching coefficient is introduced to describe the excitation of the surface ray modes. If the field radiated from the surface is desired, the ordinary diffraction coefficients are used to determine the field of the rays shed tangentially from the surface rays. The field of the surface ray modes is not the field on the surface; hence if the mutual coupling between slots is of interest, a second coefficient related to the launching coefficient must be employed. In the region adjacent to the shadow boundary, the component of the field directly radiated from the source is represented by Fock-type functions. In the illuminated region the incident radiation from the source (this does not include the diffracted field components) is treated by geometrical optics. This extension of the geometrical theory of diffraction is applied to calculate the radiation from slots on elliptic cylinders, spheres, and spheroids.

  19. Angular fluctuations of a multi-component order describe the pseudogap regime of the cuprate superconductors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sachdev, Subir

    2014-03-01

    The hole-doped cuprate high temperature superconductors enter the pseudogap regime as their superconducting critical temperature, Tc, falls with decreasing hole density. Experiments have probed this regime for over two decades, but we argue that decisive new information has emerged from recent X-ray scattering experiments. The experiments observe incommensurate charge density wave fluctuations whose strength rises gradually over a wide temperature range above Tc, but then decreases as the temperature is lowered below Tc. We propose a theory in which the superconducting and charge-density wave orders exhibit angular fluctuations in a 6-dimensional space. The theory provides a natural quantitative fit to the X-ray data, and is consistent with other observed characteristics of the pseudogap. Results will also be presented on the microscopic origins of these order parameters. Work in collaboration with Lauren Hayward, Roger Melko, David Hawthorn, and Jay Sau.

  20. Zeroth order Fabry-Perot resonance enabled ultra-thin perfect light absorber using percolation aluminum and silicon nanofilms

    DOE PAGES

    Mirshafieyan, Seyed Sadreddin; Luk, Ting S.; Guo, Junpeng

    2016-03-04

    Here, we demonstrated perfect light absorption in optical nanocavities made of ultra-thin percolation aluminum and silicon films deposited on an aluminum surface. The total layer thickness of the aluminum and silicon films is one order of magnitude less than perfect absorption wavelength in the visible spectral range. The ratio of silicon cavity layer thickness to perfect absorption wavelength decreases as wavelength decreases due to the increased phase delays at silicon-aluminum boundaries at shorter wavelengths. It is explained that perfect light absorption is due to critical coupling of incident wave to the fundamental Fabry-Perot resonance mode of the structure where themore » round trip phase delay is zero. Simulations were performed and the results agree well with the measurement results.« less

  1. The Effect of Concomitant Fields in Fast Spin Echo Acquisition on Asymmetric MRI Gradient Systems

    PubMed Central

    Tao, Shengzhen; Weavers, Paul T.; Trzasko, Joshua D.; Huston, John; Shu, Yunhong; Gray, Erin M.; Foo, Thomas K.F.; Bernstein, Matt A.

    2017-01-01

    Purpose To investigate the effect of the asymmetric gradient concomitant fields (CF) with zeroth and first-order spatial dependence on fast/turbo spin-echo acquisitions, and to demonstrate the effectiveness of their real-time compensation. Methods After briefly reviewing the CF produced by asymmetric gradients, the effects of the additional zeroth and first-order CFs on these systems are investigated using extended-phase graph simulations. Phantom and in vivo experiments are performed to corroborate the simulation. Experiments are performed before and after the real-time compensations using frequency tracking and gradient pre-emphasis to demonstrate their effectiveness in correcting the additional CFs. The interaction between the CFs and prescan-based correction to compensate for eddy currents is also investigated. Results It is demonstrated that, unlike the second-order CFs on conventional gradients, the additional zeroth/first-order CFs on asymmetric gradients cause substantial signal loss and dark banding in fast spin-echo acquisitions within a typical brain-scan field of view. They can confound the prescan correction for eddy currents and degrade image quality. Performing real-time compensation successfully eliminates the artifacts. Conclusions We demonstrate that the zeroth/first-order CFs specific to asymmetric gradients can cause substantial artifacts, including signal loss and dark bands for brain imaging. These effects can be corrected using real-time compensation. PMID:28643408

  2. Diffusive Cosmic-Ray Acceleration at Shock Waves of Arbitrary Speed with Magnetostatic Turbulence. I. General Theory and Correct Nonrelativistic Speed Limit

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schlickeiser, R.; Oppotsch, J.

    2017-12-01

    The analytical theory of diffusive acceleration of cosmic rays at parallel stationary shock waves of arbitrary speed with magnetostatic turbulence is developed from first principles. The theory is based on the diffusion approximation to the gyrotropic cosmic-ray particle phase-space distribution functions in the respective rest frames of the up- and downstream medium. We derive the correct cosmic-ray jump conditions for the cosmic-ray current and density, and match the up- and downstream distribution functions at the position of the shock. It is essential to account for the different particle momentum coordinates in the up- and downstream media. Analytical expressions for the momentum spectra of shock-accelerated cosmic rays are calculated. These are valid for arbitrary shock speeds including relativistic shocks. The correctly taken limit for nonrelativistic shock speeds leads to a universal broken power-law momentum spectrum of accelerated particles with velocities well above the injection velocity threshold, where the universal power-law spectral index q≃ 2-{γ }1-4 is independent of the flow compression ratio r. For nonrelativistic shock speeds, we calculate for the first time the injection velocity threshold, settling the long-standing injection problem for nonrelativistic shock acceleration.

  3. Determination of layer ordering using sliding-window Fourier transform of x-ray reflectivity data

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smigiel, E.; Knoll, A.; Broll, N.; Cornet, A.

    1998-01-01

    X-ray reflectometry allows the determination of the thickness, density and roughness of thin layers on a substrate from several Angstroms to some hundred nanometres. The thickness is determined by simulation with trial-and-error methods after extracting initial values of the layer thicknesses from the result of a classical Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) of the reflectivity data. However, the order information of the layers is lost during classical FFT. The order of the layers has then to be known a priori. In this paper, it will be shown that the order of the layers can be obtained by a sliding-window Fourier transform, the so-called Gabor representation. This joint time-frequency analysis allows the direct determination of the order of the layers and, therefore, the use of a more appropriate starting model for refining simulations. A simulated and a measured example show the interest of this method.

  4. A Higher-Order Bending Theory for Laminated Composite and Sandwich Beams

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cook, Geoffrey M.

    1997-01-01

    A higher-order bending theory is derived for laminated composite and sandwich beams. This is accomplished by assuming a special form for the axial and transverse displacement expansions. An independent expansion is also assumed for the transverse normal stress. Appropriate shear correction factors based on energy considerations are used to adjust the shear stiffness. A set of transverse normal correction factors is introduced, leading to significant improvements in the transverse normal strain and stress for laminated composite and sandwich beams. A closed-form solution to the cylindrical elasticity solutions for a wide range of beam aspect ratios and commonly used material systems. Accurate shear stresses for a wide range of laminates, including the challenging unsymmetric composite and sandwich laminates, are obtained using an original corrected integration scheme. For application of the theory to a wider range of problems, guidelines for finite element approximations are presented.

  5. A quantum theory account of order effects and conjunction fallacies in political judgments.

    PubMed

    Yearsley, James M; Trueblood, Jennifer S

    2017-09-06

    Are our everyday judgments about the world around us normative? Decades of research in the judgment and decision-making literature suggest the answer is no. If people's judgments do not follow normative rules, then what rules if any do they follow? Quantum probability theory is a promising new approach to modeling human behavior that is at odds with normative, classical rules. One key advantage of using quantum theory is that it explains multiple types of judgment errors using the same basic machinery, unifying what have previously been thought of as disparate phenomena. In this article, we test predictions from quantum theory related to the co-occurrence of two classic judgment phenomena, order effects and conjunction fallacies, using judgments about real-world events (related to the U.S. presidential primaries). We also show that our data obeys two a priori and parameter free constraints derived from quantum theory. Further, we examine two factors that moderate the effects, cognitive thinking style (as measured by the Cognitive Reflection Test) and political ideology.

  6. Order parameter fluctuations at a buried quantum critical point

    PubMed Central

    Feng, Yejun; Wang, Jiyang; Jaramillo, R.; van Wezel, Jasper; Haravifard, S.; Srajer, G.; Liu, Y.; Xu, Z.-A.; Littlewood, P. B.; Rosenbaum, T. F.

    2012-01-01

    Quantum criticality is a central concept in condensed matter physics, but the direct observation of quantum critical fluctuations has remained elusive. Here we present an X-ray diffraction study of the charge density wave (CDW) in 2H-NbSe2 at high pressure and low temperature, where we observe a broad regime of order parameter fluctuations that are controlled by proximity to a quantum critical point. X-rays can track the CDW despite the fact that the quantum critical regime is shrouded inside a superconducting phase; and in contrast to transport probes, allow direct measurement of the critical fluctuations of the charge order. Concurrent measurements of the crystal lattice point to a critical transition that is continuous in nature. Our results confirm the long-standing expectations of enhanced quantum fluctuations in low-dimensional systems, and may help to constrain theories of the quantum critical Fermi surface. PMID:22529348

  7. Determination of the radiation resistance order of high explosives by the two dimensional correlation X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sui, Heliang; Hao, Xiaofei; Luo, Yiwei; Xu, Jinjiang; Zhong, Fachun; Xu, Ruijuan

    2017-09-01

    Two-dimensional X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (2DXPS) was employed to obtain the radiation resistance order of high explosives. Mixed hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane (CL-20) and 1,3,5-triamino-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene (TATB) were irradiated by X-ray radiation. The time-dependent N1s XPS spectra were collected. 2DXPS was used to analyze the variation of the binding energy peaks. The main degradation time of TATB was longer than that of CL-20. CL-20 changes occurred prior to that of TATB during radiation. These changes suggest that TATB exhibited higher radiation resistance property than CL-20. 2DXPS is a very useful method to distinguish the radiation resistance orders of materials.

  8. Modulation transfer function of a fish-eye lens based on the sixth-order wave aberration theory.

    PubMed

    Jia, Han; Lu, Lijun; Cao, Yiqing

    2018-01-10

    A calculation program of the modulation transfer function (MTF) of a fish-eye lens is developed with the autocorrelation method, in which the sixth-order wave aberration theory of ultra-wide-angle optical systems is used to simulate the wave aberration distribution at the exit pupil of the optical systems. The autocorrelation integral is processed with the Gauss-Legendre integral, and the magnification chromatic aberration is discussed to calculate polychromatic MTF. The MTF calculation results of a given example are then compared with those previously obtained based on the fourth-order wave aberration theory of plane-symmetrical optical systems and with those from the Zemax program. The study shows that MTF based on the sixth-order wave aberration theory has satisfactory calculation accuracy even for a fish-eye lens with a large acceptance aperture. And the impacts of different types of aberrations on the MTF of a fish-eye lens are analyzed. Finally, we apply the self-adaptive and normalized real-coded genetic algorithm and the MTF developed in the paper to optimize the Nikon F/2.8 fish-eye lens; consequently, the optimized system shows better MTF performances than those of the original design.

  9. Synchrotron x-ray scattering study of charge-density-wave order in HgBa2CuO4 +δ

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tabis, W.; Yu, B.; Bialo, I.; Bluschke, M.; Kolodziej, T.; Kozlowski, A.; Blackburn, E.; Sen, K.; Forgan, E. M.; Zimmermann, M. v.; Tang, Y.; Weschke, E.; Vignolle, B.; Hepting, M.; Gretarsson, H.; Sutarto, R.; He, F.; Le Tacon, M.; Barišić, N.; Yu, G.; Greven, M.

    2017-10-01

    We present a detailed synchrotron x-ray scattering study of the charge-density-wave (CDW) order in simple tetragonal HgBa2CuO4 +δ (Hg1201). Resonant soft x-ray scattering measurements reveal that short-range order appears at a temperature that is distinctly lower than the pseudogap temperature and in excellent agreement with a prior transient reflectivity result. Despite considerable structural differences between Hg1201 and YBa2Cu3O6 +δ , the CDW correlations exhibit similar doping dependencies, and we demonstrate a universal relationship between the CDW wave vector and the size of the reconstructed Fermi pocket observed in quantum oscillation experiments. The CDW correlations in Hg1201 vanish already below optimal doping, once the correlation length is comparable to the CDW modulation period, and they appear to be limited by the disorder potential from unit cells hosting two interstitial oxygen atoms. A complementary hard x-ray diffraction measurement, performed on an underdoped Hg1201 sample in magnetic fields along the crystallographic c axis of up to 16 T, provides information on the form factor of the CDW order. As expected from the single-CuO2-layer structure of Hg1201, the CDW correlations vanish at half-integer values of L and appear to be peaked at integer L . We conclude that the atomic displacements associated with the short-range CDW order are mainly planar, within the CuO2 layers.

  10. Structure factor of blends of solvent-free nanoparticle-organic hybrid materials: density-functional theory and small angle X-ray scattering.

    PubMed

    Yu, Hsiu-Yu; Srivastava, Samanvaya; Archer, Lynden A; Koch, Donald L

    2014-12-07

    We investigate the static structure factor S(q) of solvent-free nanoparticle-organic hybrid materials consisting of silica nanocores and space-filling polyethylene glycol coronas using a density-functional theory and small angle X-ray scattering measurements. The theory considers a bidisperse suspension of hard spheres with different radii and tethered bead-spring oligomers with different grafting densities to approximate the polydispersity effects in experiments. The experimental systems studied include pure samples with different silica core volume fractions and the associated mean corona grafting densities, and blends with different mixing ratios of the pure samples, in order to introduce varying polydispersity of corona grafting density. Our scattering experiments and theory show that, compared to the hard-sphere suspension with the same core volume fraction, S(q) for pure samples exhibit both substantially smaller values at small q and stronger particle correlations corresponding to a larger effective hard core at large q, indicating that the tethered incompressible oligomers enforce a more uniform particle distribution, and the densely grafted brush gives rise to an additional exclusionary effect between the nanoparticles. According to the theory, polydispersity in the oligomer grafting density controls the deviation of S(q) from the monodisperse system at smaller q, and the interplay of the enhanced effective core size and the entropic attraction among the particles is responsible for complex variations in the particle correlations at larger q. The successful comparison between the predictions and the measurements for the blends further suggests that S(q) can be used to assess the uniformity of grafting density in polymer-grafted nanoparticle materials.

  11. Density functional theory for hard uniaxial particles: Complex ordering of pear-shaped and spheroidal particles near a substrate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schönhöfer, Philipp W. A.; Schröder-Turk, Gerd E.; Marechal, Matthieu

    2018-03-01

    We develop a density functional for hard particles with a smooth uniaxial shape (including non-inversion-symmetric particles) within the framework of fundamental measure theory. By applying it to a system of tapered, aspherical liquid-crystal formers, reminiscent of pears, we analyse their behaviour near a hard substrate. The theory predicts a complex orientational ordering close to the substrate, which can be directly related to the particle shape, in good agreement with our simulation results. Furthermore, the lack of particle inversion-symmetry implies the possibility of alternating orientations in subsequent layers as found in a smectic/lamellar phase of such particles. Both theory and Monte Carlo simulations confirm that such ordering occurs in our system. Our results are relevant for adsorption processes of asymmetric colloidal particles and molecules at hard interfaces and show once again that tapering strongly affects the properties of orientationally ordered phases.

  12. Second-Order Slender-Body Theory-Axisymmetric Flow

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    VanDyke, Milton D.

    1959-01-01

    Slender-body theory for subsonic and supersonic flow past bodies of revolution is extended to a second approximation, Methods are developed for handling the difficulties that arise at round ends, Comparison is made with experiment and with other theories for several simple shapes.

  13. Gamma-ray burst theory after Swift.

    PubMed

    Piran, Tsvi; Fan, Yi-Zhong

    2007-05-15

    Afterglow observations in the pre-Swift era confirmed to a large extend the relativistic blast wave model for gamma-ray bursts (GRBs). Together with the observations of properties of host galaxies and the association with (type Ic) SNe, this has led to the generally accepted collapsar origin of long GRBs. However, most of the afterglow data was collected hours after the burst. The X-ray telescope and the UV/optical telescope onboard Swift are able to slew to the direction of a burst in real time and record the early broadband afterglow light curves. These observations, and in particular the X-ray observations, resulted in many surprises. While we have anticipated a smooth transition from the prompt emission to the afterglow, many observed that early light curves are drastically different. We review here how these observations are changing our understanding of GRBs.

  14. Competition Between Electromagnetic Modes in a Free-Electron Maser

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1994-02-28

    electron perpendicular momentum familiar from gyrotron theory 111). The electron mass is me, initial electron velocity perpendicular and parallel to the...are Q Q2 of zeroth order (-1). Similarly, 48 Y tqfia IIOP --T-V I V s_*/ U- s sI J(93~+ I(*JQL4 8aq 5 Using matrix notation, we can write (i) = (C...disks were in turn electron beam welded to stainless steel flanges. While Kovar was needed to provide a good brazing interface, the mass of the material

  15. An assessment of first-order stochastic dispersion theories in porous media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chin, David A.

    1997-12-01

    Random realizations of three-dimensional exponentially correlated hydraulic conductivity fields are used in a finite-difference numerical flow model to calculate the mean and covariance of the corresponding Lagrangian-velocity fields. The dispersivity of the porous medium is then determined from the Lagrangian-velocity statistics using the Taylor definition. This estimation procedure is exact, except for numerical errors, and the results are used to assess the accuracy of various first-order dispersion theories in both isotropic and anisotropic porous media. The results show that the Dagan theory is by far the most robust in both isotropic and anisotropic media, producing accurate values of the principal dispersivity components for σy as high as 1.0, In the case of anisotropic media where the flow is at an angle to the principal axis of hydraulic conductivity, it is shown that the dispersivity tensor is rotated away from the flow direction in the non-Fickian phase, but eventually coincides with the flow direction in the Fickian phase.

  16. Light ion components of the galactic cosmic rays: Nuclear interactions and transport theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cucinotta, F. A.; Townsend, L. W.; Wilson, J. W.; Shinn, J. L.; Badhwar, G. D.; Dubey, R. R.

    1996-01-01

    Light nuclei are present in the primary galactic cosmic rays (GCR) and are produced in thick targets due to projectile or target fragmentation from both nucleon and heavy induced reactions. In the primary GCR, He-4 is the most abundant nucleus after H-1. However, there are also a substantial fluxes of H-2 and He-3. In this paper we describe theoretical models based on quantum multiple scattering theory for the description of light ion nuclear interactions. The energy dependence of the light ion fragmentation cross section is considered with comparisons of inclusive yields and secondary momentum distributions to experiments described. We also analyze the importance of a fast component of lights ions from proton and neutron induced target fragementation. These theoretical models have been incorporated into the cosmic ray transport code HZETRN and will be used to analyze the role of shielding materials in modulating the production and the energy spectrum of light ions.

  17. Breakdown of the single-exchange approximation in third-order symmetry-adapted perturbation theory.

    PubMed

    Lao, Ka Un; Herbert, John M

    2012-03-22

    We report third-order symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT) calculations for several dimers whose intermolecular interactions are dominated by induction. We demonstrate that the single-exchange approximation (SEA) employed to derive the third-order exchange-induction correction (E(exch-ind)((30))) fails to quench the attractive nature of the third-order induction (E(ind)((30))), leading to one-dimensional potential curves that become attractive rather than repulsive at short intermolecular separations. A scaling equation for (E(exch-ind)((30))), based on an exact formula for the first-order exchange correction, is introduced to approximate exchange effects beyond the SEA, and qualitatively correct potential energy curves that include third-order induction are thereby obtained. For induction-dominated systems, our results indicate that a "hybrid" SAPT approach, in which a dimer Hartree-Fock calculation is performed in order to obtain a correction for higher-order induction, is necessary not only to obtain quantitative binding energies but also to obtain qualitatively correct potential energy surfaces. These results underscore the need to develop higher-order exchange-induction formulas that go beyond the SEA. © 2012 American Chemical Society

  18. Search of the energetic gamma-ray experiment telescope (EGRET) data for high-energy gamma-ray microsecond bursts

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fichtel, C. E.; Bertsch, D. L.; Dingus, B. L.; Esposito, J. A.; Hartman, R. C.; Hunter, S. D.; Kanbach, G.; Kniffen, D. A.; Lin, Y. C.; Mattox, J. R.

    1994-01-01

    Hawking (1974) and Page & Hawking (1976) investigated theoretically the possibility of detecting high-energy gamma rays produced by the quantum-mechanical decay of a small black hole created in the early universe. They concluded that, at the very end of the life of the small black hole, it would radiate a burst of gamma rays peaked near 250 MeV with a total energy of about 10(exp 34) ergs in the order of a microsecond or less. The characteristics of a black hole are determined by laws of physics beyond the range of current particle accelerators; hence, the search for these short bursts of high-energy gamma rays provides at least the possibility of being the first test of this region of physics. The Compton Observatory Energetic Gamma-Ray Experiment Telescope (EGRET) has the capability of detecting directly the gamma rays from such bursts at a much fainter level than SAS 2, and a search of the EGRET data has led to an upper limit of 5 x 10(exp -2) black hole decays per cu pc per yr, placing constraints on this and other theories predicting microsecond high-energy gamma-ray bursts.

  19. Nonlinear X-Ray and Auger Spectroscopy at X-Ray Free-Electron Laser Sources

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rohringer, Nina

    2015-05-01

    X-ray free-electron lasers (XFELs) open the pathway to transfer non-linear spectroscopic techniques to the x-ray domain. A promising all x-ray pump probe technique is based on coherent stimulated electronic x-ray Raman scattering, which was recently demonstrated in atomic neon. By tuning the XFEL pulse to core-excited resonances, a few seed photons in the spectral tail of the XFEL pulse drive an avalanche of resonant inelastic x-ray scattering events, resulting in exponential amplification of the scattering signal by of 6-7 orders of magnitude. Analysis of the line profile of the emitted radiation permits to demonstrate the cross over from amplified spontaneous emission to coherent stimulated resonance scattering. In combination with statistical covariance mapping, a high-resolution spectrum of the resonant inelastic scattering process can be obtained, opening the path to coherent stimulated x-ray Raman spectroscopy. An extension of these ideas to molecules and a realistic feasibility study of stimulated electronic x-ray Raman scattering in CO will be presented. Challenges to realizing stimulated electronic x-ray Raman scattering at present-day XFEL sources will be discussed, corroborated by results of a recent experiment at the LCLS XFEL. Due to the small gain cross section in molecular targets, other nonlinear spectroscopic techniques such as nonlinear Auger spectroscopy could become a powerful alternative. Theory predictions of a novel pump probe technique based on resonant nonlinear Auger spectroscopic will be discussed and the method will be compared to stimulated x-ray Raman spectroscopy.

  20. Heavy dark matter annihilation from effective field theory.

    PubMed

    Ovanesyan, Grigory; Slatyer, Tracy R; Stewart, Iain W

    2015-05-29

    We formulate an effective field theory description for SU(2)_{L} triplet fermionic dark matter by combining nonrelativistic dark matter with gauge bosons in the soft-collinear effective theory. For a given dark matter mass, the annihilation cross section to line photons is obtained with 5% precision by simultaneously including Sommerfeld enhancement and the resummation of electroweak Sudakov logarithms at next-to-leading logarithmic order. Using these results, we present more accurate and precise predictions for the gamma-ray line signal from annihilation, updating both existing constraints and the reach of future experiments.

  1. Analysis of symmetric cross-ply laminated elastic plates using a higher-order theory. I - Stress and displacement

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Librescu, L.; Khdeir, A. A.

    1988-01-01

    A simple theory for bending of composite anisotropic plates that are laminated symmetrically about their mid-plane is presented. This theory incorporates transverse shear deformation and transverse normal stress as well as the higher-order effects and fulfills the static conditions on the external boundary planes. Further on, by using Levy-type solutions considered in conjunction with the state space concept, the state of stress and displacement of rectangular plates for a variety of edge conditions is determined and the results are compared to their first-order shear deformation and classical counterparts, obtained by using the same state-space technique.

  2. NEW DEVELOPMENTS ON INVERSE POLYGON MAPPING TO CALCULATE GRAVITATIONAL LENSING MAGNIFICATION MAPS: OPTIMIZED COMPUTATIONS

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mediavilla, E.; Lopez, P.; Mediavilla, T.

    2011-11-01

    We derive an exact solution (in the form of a series expansion) to compute gravitational lensing magnification maps. It is based on the backward gravitational lens mapping of a partition of the image plane in polygonal cells (inverse polygon mapping, IPM), not including critical points (except perhaps at the cell boundaries). The zeroth-order term of the series expansion leads to the method described by Mediavilla et al. The first-order term is used to study the error induced by the truncation of the series at zeroth order, explaining the high accuracy of the IPM even at this low order of approximation.more » Interpreting the Inverse Ray Shooting (IRS) method in terms of IPM, we explain the previously reported N {sup -3/4} dependence of the IRS error with the number of collected rays per pixel. Cells intersected by critical curves (critical cells) transform to non-simply connected regions with topological pathologies like auto-overlapping or non-preservation of the boundary under the transformation. To define a non-critical partition, we use a linear approximation of the critical curve to divide each critical cell into two non-critical subcells. The optimal choice of the cell size depends basically on the curvature of the critical curves. For typical applications in which the pixel of the magnification map is a small fraction of the Einstein radius, a one-to-one relationship between the cell and pixel sizes in the absence of lensing guarantees both the consistence of the method and a very high accuracy. This prescription is simple but very conservative. We show that substantially larger cells can be used to obtain magnification maps with huge savings in computation time.« less

  3. Theory of resonant x-ray emission spectra in compounds with localized f electrons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kolorenč, Jindřich

    2018-05-01

    I discuss a theoretical description of the resonant x-ray emission spectroscopy (RXES) that is based on the Anderson impurity model. The parameters entering the model are determined from material-specific LDA+DMFT calculations. The theory is applicable across the whole f series, not only in the limits of nearly empty (La, Ce) or nearly full (Yb) valence f shell. Its performance is illustrated on the pressure-enhanced intermediate valency of elemental praseodymium. The obtained results are compared to the usual interpretation of RXES, which assumes that the spectrum is a superposition of several signals, each corresponding to one configuration of the 4f shell. The present theory simplifies to such superposition only if nearly all effects of hybridization of the 4f shell with the surrounding states are neglected. Although the assumption of negligible hybridization sounds reasonable for lanthanides, the explicit calculations show that it substantially distorts the analysis of the RXES data.

  4. First-order symmetry-adapted perturbation theory for multiplet splittings.

    PubMed

    Patkowski, Konrad; Żuchowski, Piotr S; Smith, Daniel G A

    2018-04-28

    We present a symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT) for the interaction of two high-spin open-shell molecules (described by their restricted open-shell Hartree-Fock determinants) resulting in low-spin states of the complex. The previously available SAPT formalisms, except for some system-specific studies for few-electron complexes, were restricted to the high-spin state of the interacting system. Thus, the new approach provides, for the first time, a SAPT-based estimate of the splittings between different spin states of the complex. We have derived and implemented the lowest-order SAPT term responsible for these splittings, that is, the first-order exchange energy. We show that within the so-called S 2 approximation commonly used in SAPT (neglecting effects that vanish as fourth or higher powers of intermolecular overlap integrals), the first-order exchange energies for all multiplets are linear combinations of two matrix elements: a diagonal exchange term that determines the spin-averaged effect and a spin-flip term responsible for the splittings between the states. The numerical factors in this linear combination are determined solely by the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients: accordingly, the S 2 approximation implies a Heisenberg Hamiltonian picture with a single coupling strength parameter determining all the splittings. The new approach is cast into both molecular-orbital and atomic-orbital expressions: the latter enable an efficient density-fitted implementation. We test the newly developed formalism on several open-shell complexes ranging from diatomic systems (Li⋯H, Mn⋯Mn, …) to the phenalenyl dimer.

  5. First-order symmetry-adapted perturbation theory for multiplet splittings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Patkowski, Konrad; Żuchowski, Piotr S.; Smith, Daniel G. A.

    2018-04-01

    We present a symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT) for the interaction of two high-spin open-shell molecules (described by their restricted open-shell Hartree-Fock determinants) resulting in low-spin states of the complex. The previously available SAPT formalisms, except for some system-specific studies for few-electron complexes, were restricted to the high-spin state of the interacting system. Thus, the new approach provides, for the first time, a SAPT-based estimate of the splittings between different spin states of the complex. We have derived and implemented the lowest-order SAPT term responsible for these splittings, that is, the first-order exchange energy. We show that within the so-called S2 approximation commonly used in SAPT (neglecting effects that vanish as fourth or higher powers of intermolecular overlap integrals), the first-order exchange energies for all multiplets are linear combinations of two matrix elements: a diagonal exchange term that determines the spin-averaged effect and a spin-flip term responsible for the splittings between the states. The numerical factors in this linear combination are determined solely by the Clebsch-Gordan coefficients: accordingly, the S2 approximation implies a Heisenberg Hamiltonian picture with a single coupling strength parameter determining all the splittings. The new approach is cast into both molecular-orbital and atomic-orbital expressions: the latter enable an efficient density-fitted implementation. We test the newly developed formalism on several open-shell complexes ranging from diatomic systems (Li⋯H, Mn⋯Mn, …) to the phenalenyl dimer.

  6. Ordering theories: Typologies and conceptual frameworks for sociotechnical change.

    PubMed

    Sovacool, Benjamin K; Hess, David J

    2017-10-01

    What theories or concepts are most useful at explaining socio technical change? How can - or cannot - these be integrated? To provide an answer, this study presents the results from 35 semi-structured research interviews with social science experts who also shared more than two hundred articles, reports and books on the topic of the acceptance, adoption, use, or diffusion of technology. This material led to the identification of 96 theories and conceptual approaches spanning 22 identified disciplines. The article begins by explaining its research terms and methods before honing in on a combination of fourteen theories deemed most relevant and useful by the material. These are: Sociotechnical Transitions, Social Practice Theory, Discourse Theory, Domestication Theory, Large Technical Systems, Social Construction of Technology, Sociotechnical Imaginaries, Actor-Network Theory, Social Justice Theory, Sociology of Expectations, Sustainable Development, Values Beliefs Norms Theory, Lifestyle Theory, and the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology. It then positions these theories in terms of two distinct typologies. Theories can be placed into five general categories of being centered on agency, structure, meaning, relations or norms. They can also be classified based on their assumptions and goals rooted in functionalism, interpretivism, humanism or conflict. The article lays out tips for research methodology before concluding with insights about technology itself, analytical processes associated with technology, and the framing and communication of results. An interdisciplinary theoretical and conceptual inventory has much to offer students, analysts and scholars wanting to study technological change and society.

  7. Orbital Ordering Transition in La_4Ru_2O_10 probed by O K-edge X-ray Absorption

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Denlinger, J. D.; Rossnagel, Kai; Allen, J. W.; Khalifah, P.; Mandrus, D.; Cava, R. J.

    2004-03-01

    The layered ruthenate compound La_4Ru_2O_10 undergoes a first order monoclinic-to-triclinic structural phase transition at 160 K. An accompanying loss of the Ru local moment gives evidence for a full orbital ordering transition in which the Ru d_yz orbitals become completely unoccupied in the low temperature phase.(P. Khalifah et al.), Science 297, 2237 (2002). Via hybridization of Ru t_2g and O 2p orbitals this temperature-dependent Ru orbital ordering can be indirectly probed using polarized O K-edge x-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS). O 1s core-level energy shifts allow O site-specific separation of Ru t_2g hybridizations. Identification of O sites is accomplished using polarized XAS angular dependence as well as by O 2p valence PDOS obtained from site-selective soft x-ray emission. Distinct XAS energy and intensity changes are observed upon cooling through the phase transition and are rationalized within the framework of the complete orbital ordering scenario. Supported by the U.S. NSF at U. Mich. (DMR-03-02825) and by the DOE at the Advanced Light Source (DE-AC03-76SF00098).

  8. Corrections to the thin wall approximation in general relativity

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Garfinkle, David; Gregory, Ruth

    1989-01-01

    The question is considered whether the thin wall formalism of Israel applies to the gravitating domain walls of a lambda phi(exp 4) theory. The coupled Einstein-scalar equations that describe the thick gravitating wall are expanded in powers of the thickness of the wall. The solutions of the zeroth order equations reproduce the results of the usual Israel thin wall approximation for domain walls. The solutions of the first order equations provide corrections to the expressions for the stress-energy of the wall and to the Israel thin wall equations. The modified thin wall equations are then used to treat the motion of spherical and planar domain walls.

  9. A unified data representation theory for network visualization, ordering and coarse-graining

    PubMed Central

    Kovács, István A.; Mizsei, Réka; Csermely, Péter

    2015-01-01

    Representation of large data sets became a key question of many scientific disciplines in the last decade. Several approaches for network visualization, data ordering and coarse-graining accomplished this goal. However, there was no underlying theoretical framework linking these problems. Here we show an elegant, information theoretic data representation approach as a unified solution of network visualization, data ordering and coarse-graining. The optimal representation is the hardest to distinguish from the original data matrix, measured by the relative entropy. The representation of network nodes as probability distributions provides an efficient visualization method and, in one dimension, an ordering of network nodes and edges. Coarse-grained representations of the input network enable both efficient data compression and hierarchical visualization to achieve high quality representations of larger data sets. Our unified data representation theory will help the analysis of extensive data sets, by revealing the large-scale structure of complex networks in a comprehensible form. PMID:26348923

  10. Ordering theories: Typologies and conceptual frameworks for sociotechnical change

    PubMed Central

    Sovacool, Benjamin K; Hess, David J

    2017-01-01

    What theories or concepts are most useful at explaining socio technical change? How can – or cannot – these be integrated? To provide an answer, this study presents the results from 35 semi-structured research interviews with social science experts who also shared more than two hundred articles, reports and books on the topic of the acceptance, adoption, use, or diffusion of technology. This material led to the identification of 96 theories and conceptual approaches spanning 22 identified disciplines. The article begins by explaining its research terms and methods before honing in on a combination of fourteen theories deemed most relevant and useful by the material. These are: Sociotechnical Transitions, Social Practice Theory, Discourse Theory, Domestication Theory, Large Technical Systems, Social Construction of Technology, Sociotechnical Imaginaries, Actor-Network Theory, Social Justice Theory, Sociology of Expectations, Sustainable Development, Values Beliefs Norms Theory, Lifestyle Theory, and the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology. It then positions these theories in terms of two distinct typologies. Theories can be placed into five general categories of being centered on agency, structure, meaning, relations or norms. They can also be classified based on their assumptions and goals rooted in functionalism, interpretivism, humanism or conflict. The article lays out tips for research methodology before concluding with insights about technology itself, analytical processes associated with technology, and the framing and communication of results. An interdisciplinary theoretical and conceptual inventory has much to offer students, analysts and scholars wanting to study technological change and society. PMID:28641502

  11. HOTCFGM-1D: A Coupled Higher-Order Theory for Cylindrical Structural Components with Through-Thickness Functionally Graded Microstructures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pindera, Marek-Jerzy; Aboudi, Jacob

    1998-01-01

    The objective of this three-year project was to develop and deliver to NASA Lewis one-dimensional and two-dimensional higher-order theories, and related computer codes, for the analysis, optimization and design of cylindrical functionally graded materials/structural components for use in advanced aircraft engines (e.g., combustor linings, rotor disks, heat shields, blisk blades). To satisfy this objective, a quasi one-dimensional version of the higher-order theory, HOTCFGM-1D, and four computer codes based on this theory, for the analysis, design and optimization of cylindrical structural components functionally graded in the radial direction were developed. The theory is applicable to thin multi-phased composite shell/cylinders subjected to macroscopically axisymmetric thermomechanical and inertial loading applied uniformly along the axial direction such that the overall deformation is characterized by a constant average axial strain. The reinforcement phases are uniformly distributed in the axial and circumferential directions, and arbitrarily distributed in the radial direction, thereby allowing functional grading of the internal reinforcement in this direction.

  12. General Second-Order Scalar-Tensor Theory and Self-Tuning

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Charmousis, Christos; Copeland, Edmund J.; Padilla, Antonio; Saffin, Paul M.

    2012-02-01

    Starting from the most general scalar-tensor theory with second-order field equations in four dimensions, we establish the unique action that will allow for the existence of a consistent self-tuning mechanism on Friedmann-Lemaître-Robertson-Walker backgrounds, and show how it can be understood as a combination of just four base Lagrangians with an intriguing geometric structure dependent on the Ricci scalar, the Einstein tensor, the double dual of the Riemann tensor, and the Gauss-Bonnet combination. Spacetime curvature can be screened from the net cosmological constant at any given moment because we allow the scalar field to break Poincaré invariance on the self-tuning vacua, thereby evading the Weinberg no-go theorem. We show how the four arbitrary functions of the scalar field combine in an elegant way opening up the possibility of obtaining nontrivial cosmological solutions.

  13. Time-dependent Second Order Scattering Theory for Weather Radar with a Finite Beam Width

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kobayashi, Satoru; Tanelli, Simone; Im, Eastwood; Ito, Shigeo; Oguchi, Tomohiro

    2006-01-01

    Multiple scattering effects from spherical water particles of uniform diameter are studied for a W-band pulsed radar. The Gaussian transverse beam-profile and the rectangular pulse-duration are used for calculation. An second-order analytical solution is derived for a single layer structure, based on a time-dependent radiative transfer theory as described in the authors' companion paper. When the range resolution is fixed, increase in footprint radius leads to increase in the second order reflectivity that is defined as the ratio of the second order return to the first order one. This feature becomes more serious as the range increases. Since the spaceborne millimeter-wavelength radar has a large footprint radius that is competitive to the mean free path, the multiple scattering effect must be taken into account for analysis.

  14. Conical flow near singular rays. [shock generation in ideal gas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zahalak, G. I.; Myers, M. K.

    1974-01-01

    The steady flow of an ideal gas past a conical body is investigated by the method of matched asymptotic expansions, with particular emphasis on the flow near the singular ray occurring in linearized theory. The first-order problem governing the flow in this region is formulated, leading to the equation of Kuo, and an approximate solution is obtained in the case of compressive flow behind the main front. This solution is compared with the results of previous investigations with a view to assessing the applicability of the Lighthill-Whitham theories.

  15. Global diffusion of cosmic rays in random magnetic fields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Snodin, A. P.; Shukurov, A.; Sarson, G. R.; Bushby, P. J.; Rodrigues, L. F. S.

    2016-04-01

    The propagation of charged particles, including cosmic rays, in a partially ordered magnetic field is characterized by a diffusion tensor whose components depend on the particle's Larmor radius RL and the degree of order in the magnetic field. Most studies of the particle diffusion presuppose a scale separation between the mean and random magnetic fields (e.g. there being a pronounced minimum in the magnetic power spectrum at intermediate scales). Scale separation is often a good approximation in laboratory plasmas, but not in most astrophysical environments such as the interstellar medium (ISM). Modern simulations of the ISM have numerical resolution of the order of 1 pc, so the Larmor radius of the cosmic rays that dominate in energy density is at least 106 times smaller than the resolved scales. Large-scale simulations of cosmic ray propagation in the ISM thus rely on oversimplified forms of the diffusion tensor. We take the first steps towards a more realistic description of cosmic ray diffusion for such simulations, obtaining direct estimates of the diffusion tensor from test particle simulations in random magnetic fields (with the Larmor radius scale being fully resolved), for a range of particle energies corresponding to 10-2 ≲ RL/lc ≲ 103, where lc is the magnetic correlation length. We obtain explicit expressions for the cosmic ray diffusion tensor for RL/lc ≪ 1, that might be used in a sub-grid model of cosmic ray diffusion. The diffusion coefficients obtained are closely connected with existing transport theories that include the random walk of magnetic lines.

  16. A new beam theory using first-order warping functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ie, C. A.; Kosmatka, J. B.

    1990-01-01

    Due to a certain type of loading and geometrical boundary conditions, each beam will respond differently depending on its geometrical form of the cross section and its material definition. As an example, consider an isotropic rectangular beam under pure bending. Plane sections perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the beam will remain plane and perpendicular to the deformed axis after deformation. However, due to the Poisson effect, particles in the planes will move relative to each other resulting in a form of anticlastic deformation. In other words, even in pure bending of an isotropic beam, each cross section will deform in the plane. If the material of the beam above is replaced by a generally anisotropic material, then the cross sections will not only deform in the plane, but also out of plane. Hence, in general, both in-plane deformation and out-of-plane warping will exist and depend on the geometrical form and material definition of the cross sections and also on the loadings. For the purpose of explanation, an analogy is made. The geometrical forms of the bodies of each individual are unique. Hence, different sizes of clothes are needed. Finding the sizes of clothes for individuals is like determining the warping functions in beams. A new beam theory using first-order warping functions is introduced. Numerical examples will be presented for an isotropic beam with rectangular cross section. The theory can be extended for composite beams.

  17. Frame-dependence of higher-order inflationary observables in scalar-tensor theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karam, Alexandros; Pappas, Thomas; Tamvakis, Kyriakos

    2017-09-01

    In the context of scalar-tensor theories of gravity we compute the third-order corrected spectral indices in the slow-roll approximation. The calculation is carried out by employing the Green's function method for scalar and tensor perturbations in both the Einstein and Jordan frames. Then, using the interrelations between the Hubble slow-roll parameters in the two frames we find that the frames are equivalent up to third order. Since the Hubble slow-roll parameters are related to the potential slow-roll parameters, we express the observables in terms of the latter which are manifestly invariant. Nevertheless, the same inflaton excursion leads to different predictions in the two frames since the definition of the number of e -folds differs. To illustrate this effect we consider a nonminimal inflationary model and find that the difference in the predictions grows with the nonminimal coupling, and it can actually be larger than the difference between the first and third order results for the observables. Finally, we demonstrate the effect of various end-of-inflation conditions on the observables. These effects will become important for the analyses of inflationary models in view of the improved sensitivity of future experiments.

  18. Surface wave tomography of North America and the Caribbean using global and regional broad-band networks: Phase velocity maps and limitations of ray theory

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Godey, S.; Snieder, R.; Villasenor, A.; Benz, H.M.

    2003-01-01

    We present phase velocity maps of fundamental mode Rayleigh waves across the North American and Caribbean plates. Our data set consists of 1846 waveforms from 172 events recorded at 91 broad-band stations operating in North America. We compute phase velocity maps in four narrow period bands between 50 and 150 s using a non-linear waveform inversion method that solves for phase velocity perturbations relative to a reference Earth model (PREM). Our results show a strong velocity contrast between high velocities beneath the stable North American craton, and lower velocities in the tectonically active western margin, in agreement with other regional and global surface wave tomography studies. We perform detailed comparisons with global model results, which display good agreement between phase velocity maps in the location and amplitude of the anomalies. However, forward modelling shows that regional maps are more accurate for predicting waveforms. In addition, at long periods, the amplitude of the velocity anomalies imaged in our regional phase velocity maps is three time larger than in global phase velocity models. This amplitude factor is necessary to explain the data accurately, showing that regional models provide a better image of velocity structures. Synthetic tests show that the raypath coverage used in this study enables one to resolve velocity features of the order of 800-1000 km. However, only larger length-scale features are observed in the phase velocity maps. The limitation in resolution of our maps can be attributed to the wave propagation theory used in the inversion. Ray theory does not account for off-great-circle ray propagation effects, such as ray bending or scattering. For wavelengths less than 1000 km, scattering effects are significant and may need to be considered.

  19. Rotordynamic coefficients for labyrinth seals calculated by means of a finite difference technique

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nordmann, R.; Weiser, P.

    1989-01-01

    The compressible, turbulent, time dependent and three dimensional flow in a labyrinth seal can be described by the Navier-Stokes equations in conjunction with a turbulence model. Additionally, equations for mass and energy conservation and an equation of state are required. To solve these equations, a perturbation analysis is performed yielding zeroth order equations for centric shaft position and first order equations describing the flow field for small motions around the seal center. For numerical solution a finite difference method is applied to the zeroth and first order equations resulting in leakage and dynamic seal coefficients respectively.

  20. Self-accelerating universe in scalar-tensor theories after GW170817

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Crisostomi, Marco; Koyama, Kazuya

    2018-04-01

    The recent simultaneous detection of gravitational waves and a gamma-ray burst from a neutron star merger significantly shrank the space of viable scalar-tensor theories by demanding that the speed of gravity is equal to that of light. The survived theories belong to the class of degenerate higher order scalar-tensor theories. We study whether these theories are suitable as dark energy candidates. We find scaling solutions in the matter dominated universe that lead to de Sitter solutions at late times without the cosmological constant, realizing self-acceleration. We evaluate quasistatic perturbations around self-accelerating solutions and show that the stringent constraints coming from astrophysical objects and gravitational waves can be satisfied, leaving interesting possibilities to test these theories by cosmological observations.

  1. Expanding resource theory and feminist-informed theory to explain intimate partner violence perpetration by court-ordered men.

    PubMed

    Basile, Kathleen C; Hall, Jeffrey E; Walters, Mikel L

    2013-07-01

    This study tested resource and feminist-informed theories to explain physical, sexual, psychological, and stalking intimate partner violence (IPV) perpetrated by court-mandated men. Data were obtained from 340 men arrested for physical assault of a partner before their court-ordered treatment. Using path analysis, findings provided partial support for each model. Ineffective arguing and substance-use problems were moderators of resources and perpetration. Dominance mediated early exposures and perpetration in the feminist-informed model. In both models, predictors of stalking were different than those for other types of perpetration. Future studies should replicate this research and determine the utility of combining models.

  2. Finite-temperature phase transitions of third and higher order in gauge theories at large N

    DOE PAGES

    Nishimura, Hiromichi; Pisarski, Robert D.; Skokov, Vladimir V.

    2018-02-15

    We study phase transitions in SU(∞) gauge theories at nonzero temperature using matrix models. Our basic assumption is that the effective potential is dominated by double trace terms for the Polyakov loops. As a function of the various parameters, related to terms linear, quadratic, and quartic in the Polyakov loop, the phase diagram exhibits a universal structure. In a large region of this parameter space, there is a continuous phase transition whose order is larger than second. This is a generalization of the phase transition of Gross, Witten, and Wadia (GWW). Depending upon the detailed form of the matrix model,more » the eigenvalue density and the behavior of the specific heat near the transition differ drastically. Here, we speculate that in the pure gauge theory, that although the deconfining transition is thermodynamically of first order, it can be nevertheless conformally symmetric at infnite N.« less

  3. Finite-temperature phase transitions of third and higher order in gauge theories at large N

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nishimura, Hiromichi; Pisarski, Robert D.; Skokov, Vladimir V.

    We study phase transitions in SU(∞) gauge theories at nonzero temperature using matrix models. Our basic assumption is that the effective potential is dominated by double trace terms for the Polyakov loops. As a function of the various parameters, related to terms linear, quadratic, and quartic in the Polyakov loop, the phase diagram exhibits a universal structure. In a large region of this parameter space, there is a continuous phase transition whose order is larger than second. This is a generalization of the phase transition of Gross, Witten, and Wadia (GWW). Depending upon the detailed form of the matrix model,more » the eigenvalue density and the behavior of the specific heat near the transition differ drastically. Here, we speculate that in the pure gauge theory, that although the deconfining transition is thermodynamically of first order, it can be nevertheless conformally symmetric at infnite N.« less

  4. Possible higher order phase transition in large-N gauge theory at finite temperature

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Nishimura, Hiromichi

    2017-08-07

    We analyze the phase structure of SU(¥) gauge theory at finite temperature using matrix models. Our basic assumption is that the effective potential is dominated by double-trace terms for the Polyakov loops. As a function of the temperature, a background field for the Polyakov loop, and a quartic coupling, it exhibits a universal structure: in the large portion of the parameter space, there is a continuous phase transition analogous to the third-order phase transition of Gross,Witten and Wadia, but the order of phase transition can be higher than third. We show that different confining potentials give rise to drastically differentmore » behavior of the eigenvalue density and the free energy. Therefore lattice simulations at large N could probe the order of phase transition and test our results. Critical« less

  5. A complete second-order theory for the unsteady flow about an airfoil due to a periodic gust

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goldstein, M. E.; Atassi, H.

    1976-01-01

    A uniformly valid second-order theory is developed for calculating the unsteady incompressible flow that occurs when an airfoil is subjected to a convected sinusoidal gust. Explicit formulas for the airfoil response functions (i.e., fluctuating lift) are given. The theory accounts for the effect of the distortion of the gust by the steady-state potential flow around the airfoil, and this effect is found to have an important influence on the response functions. A number of results relevant to the general theory of the scattering of vorticity waves by solid objects are also presented.

  6. Theory and preliminary experimental verification of quantitative edge illumination x-ray phase contrast tomography.

    PubMed

    Hagen, C K; Diemoz, P C; Endrizzi, M; Rigon, L; Dreossi, D; Arfelli, F; Lopez, F C M; Longo, R; Olivo, A

    2014-04-07

    X-ray phase contrast imaging (XPCi) methods are sensitive to phase in addition to attenuation effects and, therefore, can achieve improved image contrast for weakly attenuating materials, such as often encountered in biomedical applications. Several XPCi methods exist, most of which have already been implemented in computed tomographic (CT) modality, thus allowing volumetric imaging. The Edge Illumination (EI) XPCi method had, until now, not been implemented as a CT modality. This article provides indications that quantitative 3D maps of an object's phase and attenuation can be reconstructed from EI XPCi measurements. Moreover, a theory for the reconstruction of combined phase and attenuation maps is presented. Both reconstruction strategies find applications in tissue characterisation and the identification of faint, weakly attenuating details. Experimental results for wires of known materials and for a biological object validate the theory and confirm the superiority of the phase over conventional, attenuation-based image contrast.

  7. Structural, optical and vibrational properties of Cr2O3 with ferromagnetic and antiferromagnetic order: A combined experimental and density functional theory study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Larbi, T.; Ouni, B.; Gantassi, A.; Doll, K.; Amlouk, M.; Manoubi, T.

    2017-12-01

    Chromium oxide (Cr2O3) thin films have been synthesized on glass substrates by the spray pyrolysis technique. The structural, morphological and optical properties of the sample have been studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Raman spectroscopy, FTIR spectroscopy, scanning probe microscopy and UV-vis spectroscopy respectively. X-ray diffraction results reveal that as deposited film is polycrystalline with a rhombohedral corundum structure and a preferential orientation of the crystallites along the (1 0 4) direction. IR and Raman spectra were recorded in the 100-900 cm-1 range and the observed modes were analysed and assigned to different normal modes of vibration. The direct optical band gap energy value calculated from the transmittance spectra of as-deposited thin film is about 3.38 eV. We employ first principles calculations based on density functional theory (DFT) with the B3LYP hybrid functional and a coupled perturbed Hartree-Fock/Kohn-Sham approach (CPHF/KS). We study the electronic structure, optimum geometry, and IR and Raman spectra of ferromagnetically and antiferromagnetically ordered Cr2O3. The computed results are consistent with the experimental measurements, and provide complete vibrational assignment, for the characterization of Cr2O3 thin film materials which can be used in photocatalysis and gas sensors.

  8. Electronic Structure of the Organic Semiconductor Alq3 (aluminum tris-8-hydroxyquinoline) from Soft X-ray Spectroscopies and Density Functional Theory Calculations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    DeMasi, A.; Piper, L; Zhang, Y

    2008-01-01

    The element-specific electronic structure of the organic semiconductor aluminum tris-8-hydroxyquinoline (Alq3) has been studied using a combination of resonant x-ray emission spectroscopy, x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, x-ray absorption spectroscopy, and density functional theory (DFT) calculations. Resonant and nonresonant x-ray emission spectroscopy were used to measure directly the carbon, nitrogen and oxygen 2p partial densities of states in Alq3, and good agreement was found with the results of DFT calculations. Furthermore, resonant x-ray emission at the carbon K-edge is shown to be able to measure the partial density of states associated with individual C sites. Finally, comparison of previous x-ray emission studiesmore » and the present data reveal the presence of clear photon-induced damage in the former.« less

  9. Electronic structure of the organic semiconductor Alq3 (aluminum tris-8-hydroxyquinoline) from soft x-ray spectroscopies and density functional theory calculations.

    PubMed

    DeMasi, A; Piper, L F J; Zhang, Y; Reid, I; Wang, S; Smith, K E; Downes, J E; Peltekis, N; McGuinness, C; Matsuura, A

    2008-12-14

    The element-specific electronic structure of the organic semiconductor aluminum tris-8-hydroxyquinoline (Alq(3)) has been studied using a combination of resonant x-ray emission spectroscopy, x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, x-ray absorption spectroscopy, and density functional theory (DFT) calculations. Resonant and nonresonant x-ray emission spectroscopy were used to measure directly the carbon, nitrogen and oxygen 2p partial densities of states in Alq(3), and good agreement was found with the results of DFT calculations. Furthermore, resonant x-ray emission at the carbon K-edge is shown to be able to measure the partial density of states associated with individual C sites. Finally, comparison of previous x-ray emission studies and the present data reveal the presence of clear photon-induced damage in the former.

  10. Order-parameter model for unstable multilane traffic flow

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lubashevsky, Ihor A.; Mahnke, Reinhard

    2000-11-01

    We discuss a phenomenological approach to the description of unstable vehicle motion on multilane highways that explains in a simple way the observed sequence of the ``free flow <--> synchronized mode <--> jam'' phase transitions as well as the hysteresis in these transitions. We introduce a variable called an order parameter that accounts for possible correlations in the vehicle motion at different lanes. So, it is principally due to the ``many-body'' effects in the car interaction in contrast to such variables as the mean car density and velocity being actually the zeroth and first moments of the ``one-particle'' distribution function. Therefore, we regard the order parameter as an additional independent state variable of traffic flow. We assume that these correlations are due to a small group of ``fast'' drivers and by taking into account the general properties of the driver behavior we formulate a governing equation for the order parameter. In this context we analyze the instability of homogeneous traffic flow that manifested itself in the above-mentioned phase transitions and gave rise to the hysteresis in both of them. Besides, the jam is characterized by the vehicle flows at different lanes which are independent of one another. We specify a certain simplified model in order to study the general features of the car cluster self-formation under the ``free flow <--> synchronized motion'' phase transition. In particular, we show that the main local parameters of the developed cluster are determined by the state characteristics of vehicle motion only.

  11. X-ray plane-wave diffraction effects in a crystal with third-order nonlinearity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Balyan, M. K., E-mail: mbalyan@ysu.am

    The two-wave dynamical diffraction in the Laue geometry has been theoretically considered for a plane X-ray wave in a crystal with a third-order nonlinear response to the external field. An analytical solution to the problem stated is found for certain diffraction conditions. A nonlinear pendulum effect is analyzed. The nonlinear extinction length is found to depend on the incident-wave intensity. A pendulum effect of a new type is revealed: the intensities of the transmitted and diffracted waves periodically depend on the incidentwave intensity at a fixed crystal thickness. The rocking curves and Borrmann nonlinear effect are numerically calculated.

  12. Zero-field magnetic response functions in Landau levels

    PubMed Central

    Gao, Yang; Niu, Qian

    2017-01-01

    We present a fresh perspective on the Landau level quantization rule; that is, by successively including zero-field magnetic response functions at zero temperature, such as zero-field magnetization and susceptibility, the Onsager’s rule can be corrected order by order. Such a perspective is further reinterpreted as a quantization of the semiclassical electron density in solids. Our theory not only reproduces Onsager’s rule at zeroth order and the Berry phase and magnetic moment correction at first order but also explains the nature of higher-order corrections in a universal way. In applications, those higher-order corrections are expected to curve the linear relation between the level index and the inverse of the magnetic field, as already observed in experiments. Our theory then provides a way to extract the correct value of Berry phase as well as the magnetic susceptibility at zero temperature from Landau level fan diagrams in experiments. Moreover, it can be used theoretically to calculate Landau levels up to second-order accuracy for realistic models. PMID:28655849

  13. Electronic structure and optical properties of CdSxSe1-x solid solution nanostructures from X-ray absorption near edge structure, X-ray excited optical luminescence, and density functional theory investigations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Murphy, M. W.; Yiu, Y. M.; Ward, M. J.; Liu, L.; Hu, Y.; Zapien, J. A.; Liu, Yingkai; Sham, T. K.

    2014-11-01

    The electronic structure and optical properties of a series of iso-electronic and iso-structural CdSxSe1-x solid solution nanostructures have been investigated using X-ray absorption near edge structure, extended X-ray absorption fine structure, and X-ray excited optical luminescence at various absorption edges of Cd, S, and Se. It is found that the system exhibits compositions, with variable local structure in-between that of CdS and CdSe accompanied by tunable optical band gap between that of CdS and CdSe. Theoretical calculation using density functional theory has been carried out to elucidate the observations. It is also found that luminescence induced by X-ray excitation shows new optical channels not observed previously with laser excitation. The implications of these observations are discussed.

  14. Application of Newton's method to the postbuckling of rings under pressure loadings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thurston, Gaylen A.

    1989-01-01

    The postbuckling response of circular rings (or long cylinders) is examined. The rings are subjected to four types of external pressure loadings; each type of pressure is defined by its magnitude and direction at points on the buckled ring. Newton's method is applied to the nonlinear differential equations of the exact inextensional theory for the ring problem. A zeroth approximation for the solution of the nonlinear equations, based on the mode shape corresponding to the first buckling pressure, is derived in closed form for each of the four types of pressure. The zeroth approximation is used to start the iteration cycle in Newton's method to compute numerical solutions of the nonlinear equations. The zeroth approximations for the postbuckling pressure-deflection curves are compared with the converged solutions from Newton's method and with similar results reported in the literature.

  15. Couple stress theory of curved rods. 2-D, high order, Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zozulya, V. V.

    2017-01-01

    New models for plane curved rods based on linear couple stress theory of elasticity have been developed.2-D theory is developed from general 2-D equations of linear couple stress elasticity using a special curvilinear system of coordinates related to the middle line of the rod as well as special hypothesis based on assumptions that take into account the fact that the rod is thin. High order theory is based on the expansion of the equations of the theory of elasticity into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials. First, stress and strain tensors, vectors of displacements and rotation along with body forces have been expanded into Fourier series in terms of Legendre polynomials with respect to a thickness coordinate.Thereby, all equations of elasticity including Hooke's law have been transformed to the corresponding equations for Fourier coefficients. Then, in the same way as in the theory of elasticity, a system of differential equations in terms of displacements and boundary conditions for Fourier coefficients have been obtained. Timoshenko's and Euler-Bernoulli theories are based on the classical hypothesis and the 2-D equations of linear couple stress theory of elasticity in a special curvilinear system. The obtained equations can be used to calculate stress-strain and to model thin walled structures in macro, micro and nano scales when taking into account couple stress and rotation effects.

  16. X-ray Constrained Extremely Localized Molecular Orbitals: Theory and Critical Assessment of the New Technique.

    PubMed

    Genoni, Alessandro

    2013-07-09

    Following the X-ray constrained wave function approach proposed by Jayatilaka, we have devised a new technique that allows to extract molecular orbitals strictly localized on small molecular fragments from sets of experimental X-ray structure factors amplitudes. Since the novel strategy enables to obtain electron distributions that have quantum mechanical features and that can be easily interpreted in terms of traditional chemical concepts, the method can be also considered as a new useful tool for the determination and the analysis of charge densities from high-resolution X-ray experiments. In this paper, we describe in detail the theory of the new technique, which, in comparison to our preliminary work, has been improved both treating the effects of isotropic secondary extinctions and introducing a new protocol to halt the fitting procedure against the experimental X-ray scattering data. The performances of the novel strategy have been studied both in function of the basis-sets flexibility and in function of the quality of the considered crystallographic data. The tests performed on four different systems (α-glycine, l-cysteine, (aminomethyl)phosphonic acid and N-(trifluoromethyl)formamide) have shown that the achievement of good statistical agreements with the experimental measures mainly depends on the quality of the crystal structures (i.e., geometry positions and thermal parameters) used in the X-ray constrained calculations. Finally, given the reliable transferability of the obtained Extremely Localized Molecular Orbitals (ELMOs), we envisage to exploit the novel approach to construct new ELMOs databases suited to the development of linear-scaling methods for the refinement of macromolecular crystal structures.

  17. Stochastic Acceleration of Galactic Cosmic Rays by Compressible Plasma Fluctuations in Supernova Shells

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Ming

    2015-10-01

    A theory of 2-stage acceleration of Galactic cosmic rays in supernova remnants is proposed. The first stage is accomplished by the supernova shock front, where a power-law spectrum is established up to a certain cutoff energy. It is followed by stochastic acceleration with compressible waves/turbulence in the downstream medium. With a broad \\propto {k}-2 spectrum for the compressible plasma fluctuations, the rate of stochastic acceleration is constant over a wide range of particle momentum. In this case, the stochastic acceleration process extends the power-law spectrum cutoff energy of Galactic cosmic rays to the knee without changing the spectral slope. This situation happens as long as the rate of stochastic acceleration is faster than 1/5 of the adiabatic cooling rate. A steeper spectrum of compressible plasma fluctuations that concentrate their power in long wavelengths will accelerate cosmic rays to the knee with a small bump before its cutoff in the comic-ray energy spectrum. This theory does not require a strong amplification of the magnetic field in the upstream interstellar medium in order to accelerate cosmic rays to the knee energy.

  18. The magnetic order of GdMn₂Ge₂ studied by neutron diffraction and x-ray resonant magnetic scattering.

    PubMed

    Granovsky, S A; Kreyssig, A; Doerr, M; Ritter, C; Dudzik, E; Feyerherm, R; Canfield, P C; Loewenhaupt, M

    2010-06-09

    The magnetic structure of GdMn₂Ge₂ (tetragonal I4/mmm) has been studied by hot neutron powder diffraction and x-ray resonant magnetic scattering techniques. These measurements, along with the results of bulk experiments, confirm the collinear ferrimagnetic structure with moment direction parallel to the c-axis below T(C) = 96 K and the collinear antiferromagnetic phase in the temperature region T(C) < T < T(N) = 365 K. In the antiferromagnetic phase, x-ray resonant magnetic scattering has been detected at Mn K and Gd L₂ absorption edges. The Gd contribution is a result of an induced Gd 5d electron polarization caused by the antiferromagnetic order of Mn-moments.

  19. Simulating Valence-to-Core X-ray Emission Spectroscopy of Transition Metal Complexes with Time-Dependent Density Functional Theory.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Yu; Mukamel, Shaul; Khalil, Munira; Govind, Niranjan

    2015-12-08

    Valence-to-core (VtC) X-ray emission spectroscopy (XES) has emerged as a powerful technique for the structural characterization of complex organometallic compounds in realistic environments. Since the spectrum represents electronic transitions from the ligand molecular orbitals to the core holes of the metal centers, the approach is more chemically sensitive to the metal-ligand bonding character compared with conventional X-ray absorption techniques. In this paper we study how linear-response time-dependent density functional theory (LR-TDDFT) can be harnessed to simulate K-edge VtC X-ray emission spectra reliably. LR-TDDFT allows one to go beyond the single-particle picture that has been extensively used to simulate VtC-XES. We consider seven low- and high-spin model complexes involving chromium, manganese, and iron transition metal centers. Our results are in good agreement with experiment.

  20. Accurate X-Ray Spectral Predictions: An Advanced Self-Consistent-Field Approach Inspired by Many-Body Perturbation Theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liang, Yufeng; Vinson, John; Pemmaraju, Sri

    Constrained-occupancy delta-self-consistent-field (ΔSCF) methods and many-body perturbation theories (MBPT) are two strategies for obtaining electronic excitations from first principles. Using the two distinct approaches, we study the O 1s core excitations that have become increasingly important for characterizing transition-metal oxides and understanding strong electronic correlation. The ΔSCF approach, in its current single-particle form, systematically underestimates the pre-edge intensity for chosen oxides, despite its success in weakly correlated systems. By contrast, the Bethe-Salpeter equation within MBPT predicts much better line shapes. This motivates one to reexamine the many-electron dynamics of x-ray excitations. We find that the single-particle ΔSCF approach can bemore » rectified by explicitly calculating many-electron transition amplitudes, producing x-ray spectra in excellent agreement with experiments. This study paves the way to accurately predict x-ray near-edge spectral fingerprints for physics and materials science beyond the Bethe-Salpether equation.« less

  1. Accurate X-Ray Spectral Predictions: An Advanced Self-Consistent-Field Approach Inspired by Many-Body Perturbation Theory

    DOE PAGES

    Liang, Yufeng; Vinson, John; Pemmaraju, Sri; ...

    2017-03-03

    Constrained-occupancy delta-self-consistent-field (ΔSCF) methods and many-body perturbation theories (MBPT) are two strategies for obtaining electronic excitations from first principles. Using the two distinct approaches, we study the O 1s core excitations that have become increasingly important for characterizing transition-metal oxides and understanding strong electronic correlation. The ΔSCF approach, in its current single-particle form, systematically underestimates the pre-edge intensity for chosen oxides, despite its success in weakly correlated systems. By contrast, the Bethe-Salpeter equation within MBPT predicts much better line shapes. This motivates one to reexamine the many-electron dynamics of x-ray excitations. We find that the single-particle ΔSCF approach can bemore » rectified by explicitly calculating many-electron transition amplitudes, producing x-ray spectra in excellent agreement with experiments. This study paves the way to accurately predict x-ray near-edge spectral fingerprints for physics and materials science beyond the Bethe-Salpether equation.« less

  2. Accurate X-Ray Spectral Predictions: An Advanced Self-Consistent-Field Approach Inspired by Many-Body Perturbation Theory.

    PubMed

    Liang, Yufeng; Vinson, John; Pemmaraju, Sri; Drisdell, Walter S; Shirley, Eric L; Prendergast, David

    2017-03-03

    Constrained-occupancy delta-self-consistent-field (ΔSCF) methods and many-body perturbation theories (MBPT) are two strategies for obtaining electronic excitations from first principles. Using the two distinct approaches, we study the O 1s core excitations that have become increasingly important for characterizing transition-metal oxides and understanding strong electronic correlation. The ΔSCF approach, in its current single-particle form, systematically underestimates the pre-edge intensity for chosen oxides, despite its success in weakly correlated systems. By contrast, the Bethe-Salpeter equation within MBPT predicts much better line shapes. This motivates one to reexamine the many-electron dynamics of x-ray excitations. We find that the single-particle ΔSCF approach can be rectified by explicitly calculating many-electron transition amplitudes, producing x-ray spectra in excellent agreement with experiments. This study paves the way to accurately predict x-ray near-edge spectral fingerprints for physics and materials science beyond the Bethe-Salpether equation.

  3. Numerical-analytic implementation of the higher-order canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory for the interpretation of medium-sized molecule vibrational spectra.

    PubMed

    Krasnoshchekov, Sergey V; Isayeva, Elena V; Stepanov, Nikolay F

    2012-04-12

    Anharmonic vibrational states of semirigid polyatomic molecules are often studied using the second-order vibrational perturbation theory (VPT2). For efficient higher-order analysis, an approach based on the canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory (CVPT), the Watson Hamiltonian and operators of creation and annihilation of vibrational quanta is employed. This method allows analysis of the convergence of perturbation theory and solves a number of theoretical problems of VPT2, e.g., yields anharmonic constants y(ijk), z(ijkl), and allows the reliable evaluation of vibrational IR and Raman anharmonic intensities in the presence of resonances. Darling-Dennison and higher-order resonance coupling coefficients can be reliably evaluated as well. The method is illustrated on classic molecules: water and formaldehyde. A number of theoretical conclusions results, including the necessity of using sextic force field in the fourth order (CVPT4) and the nearly vanishing CVPT4 contributions for bending and wagging modes. The coefficients of perturbative Dunham-type Hamiltonians in high-orders of CVPT are found to conform to the rules of equality at different orders as earlier proven analytically for diatomic molecules. The method can serve as a good substitution of the more traditional VPT2.

  4. Microscopic theory of longitudinal sound velocity in charge ordered manganites.

    PubMed

    Rout, G C; Panda, S

    2009-10-14

    A microscopic theory of longitudinal sound velocity in a manganite system is reported here. The manganite system is described by a model Hamiltonian consisting of charge density wave (CDW) interaction in the e(g) band, an exchange interaction between spins of the itinerant e(g) band electrons and the core t(2g) electrons, and the Heisenberg interaction of the core level spins. The magnetization and the CDW order parameters are considered within mean-field approximations. The phonon Green's function was calculated by Zubarev's technique and hence the longitudinal velocity of sound was finally calculated for the manganite system. The results show that the elastic spring involved in the velocity of sound exhibits strong stiffening in the CDW phase with a decrease in temperature as observed in experiments.

  5. Nonequilibrium lattice-driven dynamics of stripes in nickelates using time-resolved x-ray scattering

    DOE PAGES

    Lee, W. S.; Kung, Y. F.; Moritz, B.; ...

    2017-03-13

    Here, we investigate the lattice coupling to the spin and charge orders in the striped nickelate, La 1.75 Sr 0.25 NiO 4, using time-resolved resonant x-ray scattering. Lattice-driven dynamics of both spin and charge orders are observed when the pump photon energy is tuned to that of an E u bond- stretching phonon. We present a likely scenario for the behavior of the spin and charge order parameters and its implications using a Ginzburg-Landau theory.

  6. Nonequilibrium lattice-driven dynamics of stripes in nickelates using time-resolved x-ray scattering

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lee, W. S.; Kung, Y. F.; Moritz, B.

    Here, we investigate the lattice coupling to the spin and charge orders in the striped nickelate, La 1.75 Sr 0.25 NiO 4, using time-resolved resonant x-ray scattering. Lattice-driven dynamics of both spin and charge orders are observed when the pump photon energy is tuned to that of an E u bond- stretching phonon. We present a likely scenario for the behavior of the spin and charge order parameters and its implications using a Ginzburg-Landau theory.

  7. Nonequilibrium lattice-driven dynamics of stripes in nickelates using time-resolved x-ray scattering

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lee, W. S.; Kung, Y. F.; Moritz, B.

    We investigate the lattice coupling to the spin and charge orders in the striped nickelate, La 1.75 Sr 0.25 NiO 4 , using time-resolved resonant x-ray scattering. Lattice-driven dynamics of both spin and charge orders are observed when the pump photon energy is tuned to that of an E u bond- stretching phonon. We present a likely scenario for the behavior of the spin and charge order parameters and its implications using a Ginzburg-Landau theory.

  8. Microscopic nonlinear relativistic quantum theory of absorption of powerful x-ray radiation in plasma.

    PubMed

    Avetissian, H K; Ghazaryan, A G; Matevosyan, H H; Mkrtchian, G F

    2015-10-01

    The microscopic quantum theory of plasma nonlinear interaction with the coherent shortwave electromagnetic radiation of arbitrary intensity is developed. The Liouville-von Neumann equation for the density matrix is solved analytically considering a wave field exactly and a scattering potential of plasma ions as a perturbation. With the help of this solution we calculate the nonlinear inverse-bremsstrahlung absorption rate for a grand canonical ensemble of electrons. The latter is studied in Maxwellian, as well as in degenerate quantum plasma for x-ray lasers at superhigh intensities and it is shown that one can achieve the efficient absorption coefficient in these cases.

  9. Theory of Magnetic Ordering in the Heavy Rare Earths: Ab Initio Electronic Origin of Pair- and Four-Spin Interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mendive-Tapia, Eduardo; Staunton, Julie B.

    2017-05-01

    We describe a disordered local moment theory for long-period magnetic phases and investigate the temperature and magnetic field dependence of the magnetic states in the heavy rare earth elements (HREs), namely, paramagnetic, conical and helical antiferromagnetic (HAFM), fan, and ferromagnetic (FM) states. We obtain a generic HRE magnetic phase diagram which is consequent on the response of the common HRE valence electronic structure to f -electron magnetic moment ordering. The theory directly links the first-order HAFM-FM transition to the loss of Fermi surface nesting, induced by this magnetic ordering, as well as provides a template for analyzing the other phases and exposing where f -electron correlation effects are particularly intricate. Gadolinium, for a range of hexagonal, close-packed lattice constants c and a , is the prototype, described ab initio, and applications to other HREs are made straightforwardly by scaling the effective pair and quartic local moment interactions that emerge naturally from the theory with de Gennes factors and choosing appropriate lanthanide-contracted c and a values.

  10. Chemical and morphological characterization of III-V strained layered heterostructures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gray, Allen Lindsay

    This dissertation describes investigations into the chemical and morphological characterization of III-V strained layered heterostructures by high-resolution x-ray diffraction. The purpose of this work is two-fold. The first was to use high-resolution x-ray diffraction coupled with transmission electron microscopy to characterize structurally a quaternary AlGaAsSb/InGaAsSb multiple quantum well heterostructure laser device. A method for uniquely determining the chemical composition of the strain quaternary quantum well, information previously thought to be unattainable using high resolution x-ray diffraction is thoroughly described. The misconception that high-resolution x-ray diffraction can separately find the well and barrier thickness of a multi-quantum well from the pendellosung fringe spacing is corrected, and thus the need for transmission electron microscopy is motivated. Computer simulations show that the key in finding the well composition is the intensity of the -3rd order satellite peaks in the diffraction pattern. The second part of this work addresses the evolution of strain relief in metastable multi-period InGaAs/GaAs multi-layered structures by high-resolution x-ray reciprocal space maps. Results are accompanied by transmission electron and differential contrast microscopy. The evolution of strain relief is tracked from a coherent "pseudomorphic" growth to a dislocated state as a function of period number by examining the x-ray diffuse scatter emanating from the average composition (zeroth-order) of the multi-layer. Relaxation is determined from the relative positions of the substrate with respect to the zeroth-order peak. For the low period number, the diffuse scatter from the multi-layer structure region arises from periodic, coherent crystallites. For the intermediate period number, the displacement fields around the multi-layer structure region transition to random coherent crystallites. At the higher period number, displacement fields of

  11. First-principles theory of cation and intercalation ordering in Li xCoO 2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wolverton, C.; Zunger, Alex

    Several types of cation- and vacancy-ordering are of interest in the Li xCoO 2 battery cathode material since they can have a profound effect on the battery voltage. We present a first-principles theoretical approach which can be used to calculate both cation- and vacancy-ordering patterns at both zero and finite temperatures. This theory also provides quantum-mechanical predictions (i.e., without the use of any experimental input) of battery voltages of both ordered and disordered Li xCoO 2/Li cells from the energetics of the Li intercalation reactions. Our calculations allow us to search the entire configurational space to predict the lowest-energy ground-state structures, search for large voltage cathodes, explore metastable low-energy states, and extend our calculations to finite temperatures, thereby searching for order-disorder transitions and states of partial disorder. We present the first prediction of the stable spinel structure LiCo 2O 4 for the 50% delithiated Li 0.5CoO 2.

  12. Analytic energy gradients for the orbital-optimized third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bozkaya, Uǧur

    2013-09-01

    Analytic energy gradients for the orbital-optimized third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (OMP3) [U. Bozkaya, J. Chem. Phys. 135, 224103 (2011)], 10.1063/1.3665134 are presented. The OMP3 method is applied to problematic chemical systems with challenging electronic structures. The performance of the OMP3 method is compared with those of canonical second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2), third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP3), coupled-cluster singles and doubles (CCSD), and coupled-cluster singles and doubles with perturbative triples [CCSD(T)] for investigating equilibrium geometries, vibrational frequencies, and open-shell reaction energies. For bond lengths, the performance of OMP3 is in between those of MP3 and CCSD. For harmonic vibrational frequencies, the OMP3 method significantly eliminates the singularities arising from the abnormal response contributions observed for MP3 in case of symmetry-breaking problems, and provides noticeably improved vibrational frequencies for open-shell molecules. For open-shell reaction energies, OMP3 exhibits a better performance than MP3 and CCSD as in case of barrier heights and radical stabilization energies. As discussed in previous studies, the OMP3 method is several times faster than CCSD in energy computations. Further, in analytic gradient computations for the CCSD method one needs to solve λ-amplitude equations, however for OMP3 one does not since λ _{ab}^{ij(1)} = t_{ij}^{ab(1)} and λ _{ab}^{ij(2)} = t_{ij}^{ab(2)}. Additionally, one needs to solve orbital Z-vector equations for CCSD, but for OMP3 orbital response contributions are zero owing to the stationary property of OMP3. Overall, for analytic gradient computations the OMP3 method is several times less expensive than CCSD (roughly ˜4-6 times). Considering the balance of computational cost and accuracy we conclude that the OMP3 method emerges as a very useful tool for the study of electronically challenging chemical

  13. Analytic energy gradients for the orbital-optimized third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory.

    PubMed

    Bozkaya, Uğur

    2013-09-14

    Analytic energy gradients for the orbital-optimized third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (OMP3) [U. Bozkaya, J. Chem. Phys. 135, 224103 (2011)] are presented. The OMP3 method is applied to problematic chemical systems with challenging electronic structures. The performance of the OMP3 method is compared with those of canonical second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2), third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP3), coupled-cluster singles and doubles (CCSD), and coupled-cluster singles and doubles with perturbative triples [CCSD(T)] for investigating equilibrium geometries, vibrational frequencies, and open-shell reaction energies. For bond lengths, the performance of OMP3 is in between those of MP3 and CCSD. For harmonic vibrational frequencies, the OMP3 method significantly eliminates the singularities arising from the abnormal response contributions observed for MP3 in case of symmetry-breaking problems, and provides noticeably improved vibrational frequencies for open-shell molecules. For open-shell reaction energies, OMP3 exhibits a better performance than MP3 and CCSD as in case of barrier heights and radical stabilization energies. As discussed in previous studies, the OMP3 method is several times faster than CCSD in energy computations. Further, in analytic gradient computations for the CCSD method one needs to solve λ-amplitude equations, however for OMP3 one does not since λ(ab)(ij(1))=t(ij)(ab(1)) and λ(ab)(ij(2))=t(ij)(ab(2)). Additionally, one needs to solve orbital Z-vector equations for CCSD, but for OMP3 orbital response contributions are zero owing to the stationary property of OMP3. Overall, for analytic gradient computations the OMP3 method is several times less expensive than CCSD (roughly ~4-6 times). Considering the balance of computational cost and accuracy we conclude that the OMP3 method emerges as a very useful tool for the study of electronically challenging chemical systems.

  14. A novel technique to produce x-rays for XRF, medical, and scientific purposes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Camara, Carlos G.; Putterman, Seth J.; Kotowski, Andy

    2015-08-01

    A long-standing mystery in science is the process whereby charge spontaneously exchanges between different materials that are brought into contact. After thousands of years of study there is no ab initio theory of tribocharging. As such it is an area of R&D that is not yet tethered to the first principles of physics and is wide open for new inventions. In 2008, Camara et al at UCLA discovered that tribocharging in a moderate vacuum could be used to take X-ray images. Since then, we have improved the X-ray output by 6 orders of magnitude and controlled the emission for use in a commercial product. Here we present an overview of this technology for use in X-ray fluorescence and X-ray imaging.

  15. A time correlation function theory describing static field enhanced third order optical effects at interfaces.

    PubMed

    Neipert, Christine; Space, Brian

    2006-12-14

    Sum vibrational frequency spectroscopy, a second order optical process, is interface specific in the dipole approximation. At charged interfaces, there exists a static field, and as a direct consequence, the experimentally detected signal is a combination of enhanced second and static field induced third order contributions. There is significant evidence in the literature of the importance/relative magnitude of this third order contribution, but no previous molecularly detailed approach existed to separately calculate the second and third order contributions. Thus, for the first time, a molecularly detailed time correlation function theory is derived here that allows for the second and third order contributions to sum frequency vibrational spectra to be individually determined. Further, a practical, molecular dynamics based, implementation procedure for the derived correlation functions that describe the third order phenomenon is also presented. This approach includes a novel generalization of point atomic polarizability models to calculate the hyperpolarizability of a molecular system. The full system hyperpolarizability appears in the time correlation functions responsible for third order contributions in the presence of a static field.

  16. X-ray absorption in insulators with non-Hermitian real-time time-dependent density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Fernando, Ranelka G; Balhoff, Mary C; Lopata, Kenneth

    2015-02-10

    Non-Hermitian real-time time-dependent density functional theory was used to compute the Si L-edge X-ray absorption spectrum of α-quartz using an embedded finite cluster model and atom-centered basis sets. Using tuned range-separated functionals and molecular orbital-based imaginary absorbing potentials, the excited states spanning the pre-edge to ∼20 eV above the ionization edge were obtained in good agreement with experimental data. This approach is generalizable to TDDFT studies of core-level spectroscopy and dynamics in a wide range of materials.

  17. Connection between the regular approximation and the normalized elimination of the small component in relativistic quantum theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Filatov, Michael; Cremer, Dieter

    2005-02-01

    The regular approximation to the normalized elimination of the small component (NESC) in the modified Dirac equation has been developed and presented in matrix form. The matrix form of the infinite-order regular approximation (IORA) expressions, obtained in [Filatov and Cremer, J. Chem. Phys. 118, 6741 (2003)] using the resolution of the identity, is the exact matrix representation and corresponds to the zeroth-order regular approximation to NESC (NESC-ZORA). Because IORA (=NESC-ZORA) is a variationally stable method, it was used as a suitable starting point for the development of the second-order regular approximation to NESC (NESC-SORA). As shown for hydrogenlike ions, NESC-SORA energies are closer to the exact Dirac energies than the energies from the fifth-order Douglas-Kroll approximation, which is much more computationally demanding than NESC-SORA. For the application of IORA (=NESC-ZORA) and NESC-SORA to many-electron systems, the number of the two-electron integrals that need to be evaluated (identical to the number of the two-electron integrals of a full Dirac-Hartree-Fock calculation) was drastically reduced by using the resolution of the identity technique. An approximation was derived, which requires only the two-electron integrals of a nonrelativistic calculation. The accuracy of this approach was demonstrated for heliumlike ions. The total energy based on the approximate integrals deviates from the energy calculated with the exact integrals by less than 5×10-9hartree units. NESC-ZORA and NESC-SORA can easily be implemented in any nonrelativistic quantum chemical program. Their application is comparable in cost with that of nonrelativistic methods. The methods can be run with density functional theory and any wave function method. NESC-SORA has the advantage that it does not imply a picture change.

  18. Ultrahigh-energy Cosmic Rays from Fanaroff Riley class II radio galaxies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rachen, Joerg; Biermann, Peter L.

    1992-08-01

    The hot spots of very powerful radio galaxies (Fanaroff Riley class II) are argued to be the sources of the ultrahigh energy component in Cosmic Rays. We present calculations of Cosmic Ray transport in an evolving universe, taking the losses against the microwave background properly into account. As input we use the models for the cosmological radio source evolution derived by radioastronomers (mainly Peacock 1985). The model we adopt for the acceleration in the radio hot spots has been introduced by Biermann and Strittmatter (1987), and Meisenheimer et al. (1989) and is based on first order Fermi theory of particle acceleration at shocks (see, e.g., Drury 1983). As an unknown the actual proportion of energy density in protons enters, which together with structural uncertainties in the hot spots should introduce no more than one order of magnitude in uncertainty: We easily reproduce the observed spectra of high energy cosmic rays. It follows that scattering of charged energetic particles in intergalactic space must be sufficiently small in order to obtain contributions from sources as far away as even the nearest Fanaroff Riley class II radio galaxies. This implies a strong constraint on the turbulent magnetic field in intergalactic space.

  19. Accurate determination of the valence band edge in hard x-ray photoemission spectra using GW theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lischner, Johannes, E-mail: jlischner597@gmail.com; Department of Physics and Department of Materials and the Thomas Young Centre for Theory and Simulation of Materials, Imperial College London, London SW7 2AZ; Nemšák, Slavomír

    We introduce a new method for determining accurate values of the valence-band maximum in x-ray photoemission spectra. Specifically, we align the sharpest peak in the valence-band region of the experimental spectrum with the corresponding feature of a theoretical valence-band density of states curve from ab initio GW theory calculations. This method is particularly useful for soft and hard x-ray photoemission studies of materials with a mixture of valence-band characters, where strong matrix element effects can render standard methods for extracting the valence-band maximum unreliable. We apply our method to hydrogen-terminated boron-doped diamond, which is a promising substrate material for novelmore » solar cell devices. By carrying out photoemission experiments with variable light polarizations, we verify the accuracy of our analysis and the general validity of the method.« less

  20. Directional x-ray dark-field imaging of strongly ordered systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jensen, Torben Haugaard; Bech, Martin; Zanette, Irene; Weitkamp, Timm; David, Christian; Deyhle, Hans; Rutishauser, Simon; Reznikova, Elena; Mohr, Jürgen; Feidenhans'L, Robert; Pfeiffer, Franz

    2010-12-01

    Recently a novel grating based x-ray imaging approach called directional x-ray dark-field imaging was introduced. Directional x-ray dark-field imaging yields information about the local texture of structures smaller than the pixel size of the imaging system. In this work we extend the theoretical description and data processing schemes for directional dark-field imaging to strongly scattering systems, which could not be described previously. We develop a simple scattering model to account for these recent observations and subsequently demonstrate the model using experimental data. The experimental data includes directional dark-field images of polypropylene fibers and a human tooth slice.

  1. Symmetry and charge order in Fe2OBO3 studied through polarized resonant x-ray diffraction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bland, S. R.; Angst, M.; Adiga, S.; Scagnoli, V.; Johnson, R. D.; Herrero-Martín, J.; Hatton, P. D.

    2010-09-01

    Bond valence sum calculations have previously suggested that iron oxyborate exhibits charge order of the Fe ions with integer 2+/3+ valence states. Meanwhile transition metal oxides typically show much smaller, fractional charge disproportionations. Using resonant x-ray diffraction at the iron K edge, we find resonant features which are much larger than those ordinarily observed in charge ordered oxides. Simulations were subsequently performed using a cluster-based, monoelectronic code. The nanoscale domain structure prevents precise fitting; nevertheless the simulations confirm the diagonal charge order symmetry, as well as the unusually large charge disproportionation. We have demonstrated the conversion of linearly to nonlinearly polarized light and vice versa through full polarization analysis. Simulations show that this effect principally results from interference between the isotropic and anisotropic scattering terms. This mechanism is likely to account for similar observations in alternative systems.

  2. Higher-order adaptive finite-element methods for Kohn–Sham density functional theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Motamarri, P.; Nowak, M.R.; Leiter, K.

    2013-11-15

    We present an efficient computational approach to perform real-space electronic structure calculations using an adaptive higher-order finite-element discretization of Kohn–Sham density-functional theory (DFT). To this end, we develop an a priori mesh-adaption technique to construct a close to optimal finite-element discretization of the problem. We further propose an efficient solution strategy for solving the discrete eigenvalue problem by using spectral finite-elements in conjunction with Gauss–Lobatto quadrature, and a Chebyshev acceleration technique for computing the occupied eigenspace. The proposed approach has been observed to provide a staggering 100–200-fold computational advantage over the solution of a generalized eigenvalue problem. Using the proposedmore » solution procedure, we investigate the computational efficiency afforded by higher-order finite-element discretizations of the Kohn–Sham DFT problem. Our studies suggest that staggering computational savings—of the order of 1000-fold—relative to linear finite-elements can be realized, for both all-electron and local pseudopotential calculations, by using higher-order finite-element discretizations. On all the benchmark systems studied, we observe diminishing returns in computational savings beyond the sixth-order for accuracies commensurate with chemical accuracy, suggesting that the hexic spectral-element may be an optimal choice for the finite-element discretization of the Kohn–Sham DFT problem. A comparative study of the computational efficiency of the proposed higher-order finite-element discretizations suggests that the performance of finite-element basis is competing with the plane-wave discretization for non-periodic local pseudopotential calculations, and compares to the Gaussian basis for all-electron calculations to within an order of magnitude. Further, we demonstrate the capability of the proposed approach to compute the electronic structure of a metallic system

  3. Higher order alchemical derivatives from coupled perturbed self-consistent field theory.

    PubMed

    Lesiuk, Michał; Balawender, Robert; Zachara, Janusz

    2012-01-21

    We present an analytical approach to treat higher order derivatives of Hartree-Fock (HF) and Kohn-Sham (KS) density functional theory energy in the Born-Oppenheimer approximation with respect to the nuclear charge distribution (so-called alchemical derivatives). Modified coupled perturbed self-consistent field theory is used to calculate molecular systems response to the applied perturbation. Working equations for the second and the third derivatives of HF/KS energy are derived. Similarly, analytical forms of the first and second derivatives of orbital energies are reported. The second derivative of Kohn-Sham energy and up to the third derivative of Hartree-Fock energy with respect to the nuclear charge distribution were calculated. Some issues of practical calculations, in particular the dependence of the basis set and Becke weighting functions on the perturbation, are considered. For selected series of isoelectronic molecules values of available alchemical derivatives were computed and Taylor series expansion was used to predict energies of the "surrounding" molecules. Predicted values of energies are in unexpectedly good agreement with the ones computed using HF/KS methods. Presented method allows one to predict orbital energies with the error less than 1% or even smaller for valence orbitals. © 2012 American Institute of Physics

  4. Reliable prediction of three-body intermolecular interactions using dispersion-corrected second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Huang, Yuanhang; Beran, Gregory J. O., E-mail: gregory.beran@ucr.edu

    2015-07-28

    Three-body and higher intermolecular interactions can play an important role in molecular condensed phases. Recent benchmark calculations found problematic behavior for many widely used density functional approximations in treating 3-body intermolecular interactions. Here, we demonstrate that the combination of second-order Møller-Plesset (MP2) perturbation theory plus short-range damped Axilrod-Teller-Muto (ATM) dispersion accurately describes 3-body interactions with reasonable computational cost. The empirical damping function used in the ATM dispersion term compensates both for the absence of higher-order dispersion contributions beyond the triple-dipole ATM term and non-additive short-range exchange terms which arise in third-order perturbation theory and beyond. Empirical damping enables this simplemore » model to out-perform a non-expanded coupled Kohn-Sham dispersion correction for 3-body intermolecular dispersion. The MP2 plus ATM dispersion model approaches the accuracy of O(N{sup 6}) methods like MP2.5 or even spin-component-scaled coupled cluster models for 3-body intermolecular interactions with only O(N{sup 5}) computational cost.« less

  5. S2p core level spectroscopy of short chain oligothiophenes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baseggio, O.; Toffoli, D.; Stener, M.; Fronzoni, G.; de Simone, M.; Grazioli, C.; Coreno, M.; Guarnaccio, A.; Santagata, A.; D'Auria, M.

    2017-12-01

    The Near-Edge X-ray-Absorption Fine-Structure (NEXAFS) and X-ray Photoemission Spectroscopy (XPS) of short-chain oligothiophenes (thiophene, 2,2'-bithiophene, and 2,2':5',2″-terthiophene) in the gas phase have been measured in the sulfur L2,3-edge region. The assignment of the spectral features is based on the relativistic two-component zeroth-order regular approximation time dependent density functional theory approach. The calculations allow us to estimate both the contribution of the spin-orbit splitting and of the molecular-field splitting to the sulfur binding energies and give results in good agreement with the experimental measurements. The deconvolution of the calculated S2p NEXAFS spectra into the two manifolds of excited states converging to the LIII and LII edges facilitates the attribution of the spectral structures. The main S2p NEXAFS features are preserved along the series both as concerns the energy positions and the nature of the transitions. This behaviour suggests that the electronic and geometrical environment of the sulfur atom in the three oligomers is relatively unaffected by the increasing chain length. This trend is also observed in the XPS spectra. The relatively simple structure of S2p NEXAFS spectra along the series reflects the localized nature of the virtual states involved in the core excitation process.

  6. On singlet s-wave electron-hydrogen scattering.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Madan, R. N.

    1973-01-01

    Discussion of various zeroth-order approximations to s-wave scattering of electrons by hydrogen atoms below the first excitation threshold. The formalism previously developed by the author (1967, 1968) is applied to Feshbach operators to derive integro-differential equations, with the optical-potential set equal to zero, for the singlet and triplet cases. Phase shifts of s-wave scattering are computed in the zeroth-order approximation of the Feshbach operator method and in the static-exchange approximation. It is found that the convergence of numerical computations is faster in the former approximation than in the latter.

  7. Theory of First Order Chemical Kinetics at the Critical Point of Solution.

    PubMed

    Baird, James K; Lang, Joshua R

    2017-10-26

    Liquid mixtures, which have a phase diagram exhibiting a miscibility gap ending in a critical point of solution, have been used as solvents for chemical reactions. The reaction rate in the forward direction has often been observed to slow down as a function of temperature in the critical region. Theories based upon the Gibbs free energy of reaction as the driving force for chemical change have been invoked to explain this behavior. With the assumption that the reaction is proceeding under relaxation conditions, these theories expand the free energy in a Taylor series about the position of equilibrium. Since the free energy is zero at equilibrium, the leading term in the Taylor series is proportional to the first derivative of the free energy with respect to the extent of reaction. To analyze the critical behavior of this derivative, the theories exploit the principle of critical point isomorphism, which is thought to govern all critical phenomena. They find that the derivative goes to zero in the critical region, which accounts for the slowing down observed in the reaction rate. As has been pointed out, however, most experimental rate investigations have been carried out under irreversible conditions as opposed to relaxation conditions [Shen et al. J. Phys. Chem. A 2015, 119, 8784-8791]. Below, we consider a reaction governed by first order kinetics and invoke transition state theory to take into account the irreversible conditions. We express the apparent activation energy in terms of thermodynamic derivatives evaluated under standard conditions as well as the pseudoequilibrium conditions associated with the reactant and the activated complex. We show that these derivatives approach infinity in the critical region. The apparent activation energy follows this behavior, and its divergence accounts for the slowing down of the reaction rate.

  8. Comparison of the order of magnetic phase transitions in several magnetocaloric materials using the rescaled universal curve, Banerjee and mean field theory criteria

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Burrola-Gándara, L. A., E-mail: andres.burrola@gmail.com; Santillan-Rodriguez, C. R.; Rivera-Gomez, F. J.

    2015-05-07

    Magnetocaloric materials with second order phase transition near the Curie temperature can be described by critical phenomena theory. In this theory, scaling, universality, and renormalization are key concepts from which several phase transition order criteria are derived. In this work, the rescaled universal curve, Banerjee and mean field theory criteria were used to make a comparison for several magnetocaloric materials including pure Gd, SmCo{sub 1.8}Fe{sub 0.2}, MnFeP{sub 0.46}As{sub 0.54}, and La{sub 0.7}Ca{sub 0.15}Sr{sub 0.15}MnO{sub 3}. Pure Gd, SmCo{sub 1.8}Fe{sub 0.2}, and La{sub 0.7}Ca{sub 0.15}Sr{sub 0.15}MnO{sub 3} present a collapse of the rescaled magnetic entropy change curves into a universal curve,more » which indicates a second order phase transition; applying Banerjee criterion to H/σ vs σ{sup 2} Arrot plots and the mean field theory relation |ΔS{sub M}| ∝ (μ{sub 0}H/T{sub c}){sup 2/3} for the same materials also determines a second order phase transition. However, in the MnFeP{sub 0.46}As{sub 0.54} sample, the Banerjee criterion applied to the H/σ vs σ{sup 2} Arrot plot indicates a first order magnetic phase transition, while the mean field theory prediction for a second order phase transition, |ΔS{sub M}| ∝ (μ{sub 0}H/T{sub c}){sup 2/3}, describes a second order behavior. Also, a mixture of first and second order behavior was indicated by the rescaled universal curve criterion. The diverse results obtained for each criterion in MnFeP{sub 0.46}As{sub 0.54} are apparently related to the magnetoelastic effect and to the simultaneous presence of weak and strong magnetism in Fe (3f) and Mn (3g) alternate atomic layers, respectively. The simultaneous application of the universal curve, the Banerjee and the mean field theory criteria has allowed a better understanding about the nature of the order of the phase transitions in different magnetocaloric materials.« less

  9. Formula for the rms blur circle radius of Wolter telescope based on aberration theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Shealy, David L.; Saha, Timo T.

    1990-01-01

    A formula for the rms blur circle for Wolter telescopes has been derived using the transverse ray aberration expressions of Saha (1985), Saha (1984), and Saha (1986). The resulting formula for the rms blur circle radius over an image plane and a formula for the surface of best focus based on third-, fifth-, and seventh-order aberration theory predict results in good agreement with exact ray tracing. It has also been shown that one of the two terms in the empirical formula of VanSpeybroeck and Chase (1972), for the rms blur circle radius of a Wolter I telescope can be justified by the aberration theory results. Numerical results are given comparing the rms blur radius and the surface of best focus vs the half-field angle computed by skew ray tracing and from analytical formulas for grazing incidence Wolter I-II telescopes and a normal incidence Cassegrain telescope.

  10. Second-Order Moller-Plesset Perturbation Theory for Molecular Dirac-Hartree-Fock Wave Functions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dyall, Kenneth G.; Arnold, James O. (Technical Monitor)

    1994-01-01

    Moller-Plesset perturbation theory is developed to second order for a selection of Kramers restricted Dirac-Hartree-Fock closed and open-shell reference wave functions. The open-shell wave functions considered are limited to those with no more than two electrons in open shells, but include the case of a two-configuration SCF reference. Denominator shifts are included in the style of Davidson's OPT2 method. An implementation which uses unordered integrals with labels is presented, and results are given for a few test cases.

  11. Nonrelativistic quantum theory of the contact inelastic scattering of an x-ray photon by an atom

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hopersky, Alexey N.; Nadolinsky, Alexey M.

    The nonrelativistic analytical structure of the doubly differential cross section of the contact inelastic scattering of an x-ray photon by a free atom is determined by means of the irreducible tensor operator theory outside the frame of the impulse approximation. For the neon atom in the vicinity of the 1s shell ionization threshold our theory predicts the existence of the distinct fine structure of the cross section caused by transitions of the atomic core electrons into the excited discrete spectrum states. The results of our calculations with inclusion of the effects of radial relaxation, inelastic scattering through the intermediate states,more » and elastic Rayleigh scattering, are predictions, while at the 22 keV incident photons they compare well with the synchrotron experiment by Jung et al. [Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 1596 (1998)].« less

  12. Kinetic rate laws as derived from order parameter theory I: Theoretical concepts

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Salje, Ekhard

    1988-03-01

    A theoretical concept is outlined, which links the kinetics of structural transformations with thermodynamic theories of structural phase transitions. Starting from Landau theory and Markovian processes, the general rate laws for crystals with long correlation lengths are derived. The rate laws in Ginzburg-Landau theory are 269_2004_Article_BF00311038_TeX2GIFE1.gif 1{text{n }}Δ Q - 1{text{n }}fleft( Q right) ∝ - t/tau {text{ for }}T ≪ T_c {text{ and }}T ≫ T_c and Q 2∝ for T ≈ T c . The physical meaning of the time constant τ and the correction term f( Q) are explained. Fluctuations of the order parameter lead to damping behaviour with explicit dependence on the wavelength of the fluctuation wave and modulation-dependent variations of the lattice strain. Lattice relaxations and activation processes are discussed. Typical rate laws are found to follow 269_2004_Article_BF00311038_TeX2GIFE2.gif begin{gathered} ln Δ Q = rlnΔ t, \\ lnQ/Q + {1\\varepsilon }/{2k_B T}left( {Q^2 - Q_0^2 } right) = {Δ t}/{tau *} \\ which leads for short time intervals to a linear rate law 269_2004_Article_BF00311038_TeX2GIFE3.gif Δ Q ∝ Δ t It is shown that linear terms in the Landau potential are equivalent to a logarithmic decay of the excess entropy Δ S ∝ ln Δ t which is also expected to be the dominant rate law in field-induced pseudo-spin glasses: 269_2004_Article_BF00311038_TeX2GIFE4.gif Δ Q ∝ 1{text{n }}Δ t{text{ and }}1{text{n}}left( {Δ {text{Q}} \\cdot Δ {text{t}}} right) = A{text{ }}Δ t + B Fluctuations lead to spatially heterogeneous distributions of the order parameter. A two phase field is found in this case where the nucleation energy is overcome by fluctuation processes. Random fields, arising, for example, from lattice imperfections, lead also to spacially inhomogeneous material. The dominant microstructure is the lattice modulation mostly in the form of a cross hatched pattern (tweed) but also in the form of incommensurate modulations.

  13. Crystallography with online optical and X-ray absorption spectroscopies demonstrates an ordered mechanism in copper nitrite reductase.

    PubMed

    Hough, Michael A; Antonyuk, Svetlana V; Strange, Richard W; Eady, Robert R; Hasnain, S Samar

    2008-04-25

    Nitrite reductases are key enzymes that perform the first committed step in the denitrification process and reduce nitrite to nitric oxide. In copper nitrite reductases, an electron is delivered from the type 1 copper (T1Cu) centre to the type 2 copper (T2Cu) centre where catalysis occurs. Despite significant structural and mechanistic studies, it remains controversial whether the substrates, nitrite, electron and proton are utilised in an ordered or random manner. We have used crystallography, together with online X-ray absorption spectroscopy and optical spectroscopy, to show that X-rays rapidly and selectively photoreduce the T1Cu centre, but that the T2Cu centre does not photoreduce directly over a typical crystallographic data collection time. Furthermore, internal electron transfer between the T1Cu and T2Cu centres does not occur, and the T2Cu centre remains oxidised. These data unambiguously demonstrate an 'ordered' mechanism in which electron transfer is gated by binding of nitrite to the T2Cu. Furthermore, the use of online multiple spectroscopic techniques shows their value in assessing radiation-induced redox changes at different metal sites and demonstrates the importance of ensuring the correct status of redox centres in a crystal structure determination. Here, optical spectroscopy has shown a very high sensitivity for detecting the change in T1Cu redox state, while X-ray absorption spectroscopy has reported on the redox status of the T2Cu site, as this centre has no detectable optical absorption.

  14. Local structural and chemical ordering of nanosized Pt3±δCo probed by multiple-scattering x-ray absorption spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Greco, Giorgia; Witkowska, Agnieszka; Principi, Emiliano; Minicucci, Marco; di Cicco, Andrea

    2011-04-01

    This work reports a detailed investigation of the local structure and chemical disorder of a Pt3±δCo thin film and Pt3±δCo nanoparticles. We have used a combination of techniques including x-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS), x-ray diffraction (XRD), and high-resolution transmission electron microscopy (TEM). High-quality XAS spectra at the Co K edge and Pt L3 edge have been analyzed using double-edge multiple-scattering data analysis. Structural extended x-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) refinements have been performed accounting for the reduction of the coordination numbers and degeneracy of three-atom configurations, resulting from the measured size distribution and stoichiometry. The important effect of chemical ordering on pair and three-atom configurations has been studied using computer simulations based on a simple model accounting for substitutional disorder, defined by an order parameter s. It has been found that individual EXAFS signals related to the minority species (Co) are extremely sensitive to substitutional disorder so their intensities, especially those of the collinear three-atom configurations, can be used as a measure of the ordering level. The thin film has been found to be chemically disordered (s⩽0.4), in agreement with previous estimates. The Pt3±δCo nanoalloy has been found to be partially ordered (s=0.6±0.1) while the local structure around Co atoms is characterized by a higher level of structural disorder as compared to the bulk-like thin film. The robust approach for nanomaterial characterization used in this work combining different techniques can, in principle, be applied for structural refinements of any binary nanocrystalline functional system.

  15. Constraints on cold dark matter theories from observations of massive x-ray-luminous clusters of galaxies at high redshift

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Luppino, G. A.; Gioia, I. M.

    1995-01-01

    During the course of a gravitational lensing survey of distant, X-ray selected Einstein Observatory Extended Medium Sensitivity Survey (EMSS) clusters of galaxies, we have studied six X-ray-luminous (L(sub x) greater than 5 x 10(exp 44)(h(sub 50)(exp -2))ergs/sec) clusters at redshifts exceeding z = 0.5. All of these clusters are apparently massive. In addition to their high X-ray luminosity, two of the clusters at z approximately 0.6 exhibit gravitationally lensed arcs. Furthermore, the highest redshift cluster in our sample, MS 1054-0321 at z = 0.826, is both extremely X-ray luminous (L(sub 0.3-3.5keV)=9.3 x 10(exp 44)(h(sub 50)(exp -2))ergs/sec) and exceedingly rich with an optical richness comparable to an Abell Richness Class 4 cluster. In this Letter, we discuss the cosmological implications of the very existence of these clusters for hierarchical structure formation theories such as standard Omega = 1 CDM (cold dark matter), hybrid Omega = 1 C + HDM (hot dark matter), and flat, low-density Lambda + CDM models.

  16. X-Ray Simulator Theory Support

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-11-01

    the pulse power elements in existing and future DNA flash x-ray simulators, in particular DECADE. The pulse power for this machine is based on...usually requires usage at less than the radiation the longer the radiation pulse. full power . Energy delivered to the plasma load is converted into...on the Proto II generator sured with ap-i-n diode filtered with 25 pm ofaluminum; the TABLE 1. Nominal parameters for some pulse power generators used

  17. Relativistic cosmic-ray spectra in the fully nonlinear theory of shock acceleration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ellison, D. C.; Eichler, D.

    1985-01-01

    The non-linear theory of shock acceleration was generalized to include wave dynamics. In the limit of rapid wave damping, it is found that a finite wave velocity tempers the acceleration of high Mach number shocks and limits the maximum compression ratio even when energy loss is important. For a given spectrum, the efficiency of relativistic particle production is essentially independent of v sub Ph. For the three families shown, the percentage of kinetic energy flux going into relativistic particles is (1) 72 percent, (2) 44 percent, and (3) 26 percent (this includes the energy loss at the upper energy cutoff). Even small v sub ph, typical of the HISM, produce quasi-universal spectra that depend only weakly on the acoustic Mach number. These spectra should be close enough to e(-2) to satisfy cosmic ray source requirements.

  18. A comparative study of Laplacians and Schroedinger- Lichnerowicz-Weitzenboeck identities in Riemannian and antisymplectic geometry

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Batalin, Igor A.; I.E. Tamm Theory Division, P.N. Lebedev Physics Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences, 53 Leninsky Prospect, Moscow 119991; Bering, Klaus

    2009-07-15

    We introduce an antisymplectic Dirac operator and antisymplectic gamma matrices. We explore similarities between, on one hand, the Schroedinger-Lichnerowicz formula for spinor bundles in Riemannian spin geometry, which contains a zeroth-order term proportional to the Levi-Civita scalar curvature, and, on the other hand, the nilpotent, Grassmann-odd, second-order {delta} operator in antisymplectic geometry, which, in general, has a zeroth-order term proportional to the odd scalar curvature of an arbitrary antisymplectic and torsion-free connection that is compatible with the measure density. Finally, we discuss the close relationship with the two-loop scalar curvature term in the quantum Hamiltonian for a particle in amore » curved Riemannian space.« less

  19. Next-to-next-to-leading order gravitational spin-orbit coupling via the effective field theory for spinning objects in the post-Newtonian scheme

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Levi, Michele; Steinhoff, Jan, E-mail: michele.levi@upmc.fr, E-mail: jan.steinhoff@aei.mpg.de

    2016-01-01

    We implement the effective field theory for gravitating spinning objects in the post-Newtonian scheme at the next-to-next-to-leading order level to derive the gravitational spin-orbit interaction potential at the third and a half post-Newtonian order for rapidly rotating compact objects. From the next-to-next-to-leading order interaction potential, which we obtain here in a Lagrangian form for the first time, we derive straightforwardly the corresponding Hamiltonian. The spin-orbit sector constitutes the most elaborate spin dependent sector at each order, and accordingly we encounter a proliferation of the relevant Feynman diagrams, and a significant increase of the computational complexity. We present in detail themore » evaluation of the interaction potential, going over all contributing Feynman diagrams. The computation is carried out in terms of the ''nonrelativistic gravitational'' fields, which are advantageous also in spin dependent sectors, together with the various gauge choices included in the effective field theory for gravitating spinning objects, which also optimize the calculation. In addition, we automatize the effective field theory computations, and carry out the automated computations in parallel. Such automated effective field theory computations would be most useful to obtain higher order post-Newtonian corrections. We compare our Hamiltonian to the ADM Hamiltonian, and arrive at a complete agreement between the ADM and effective field theory results. Finally, we provide Hamiltonians in the center of mass frame, and complete gauge invariant relations among the binding energy, angular momentum, and orbital frequency of an inspiralling binary with generic compact spinning components to third and a half post-Newtonian order. The derivation presented here is essential to obtain further higher order post-Newtonian corrections, and to reach the accuracy level required for the successful detection of gravitational radiation.« less

  20. Synthesis of a polar ordered oxynitride perovskite

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vadapoo, Rajasekarakumar; Ahart, Muhtar; Somayazulu, Maddury; Holtgrewe, Nicholas; Meng, Yue; Konopkova, Zuzana; Hemley, Russell J.; Cohen, R. E.

    2017-06-01

    For decades, numerous attempts have been made to produce polar oxynitride perovskites, where some of the oxygen is replaced by nitrogen, but a polar ordered oxynitride has never been demonstrated. Caracas and Cohen [Appl. Phys. Lett. 91, 092902 (2007), 10.1063/1.2776370] studied possible ordered polar oxynitrides within density-functional theory (DFT) and found a few candidates that were predicted to be insulating and at least metastable. YSi O2N stood out with huge predicted polarization and nonlinear optic coefficients. In this study, we demonstrate the synthesis of perovskite-structured YSi O2N by using a combination of a diamond-anvil cell and in situ laser-heating techniques. Subsequent in situ x-ray diffraction, second-harmonic generation, and Raman-scattering measurements confirm that it is polar and a strong nonlinear optical material, with structure and properties similar to those predicted by DFT.

  1. Synthesis of a polar ordered oxynitride perovskite

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vadapoo, Rajasekarakumar; Ahart, Muhtar; Somayazulu, Maddury

    For decades, numerous attempts have been made to produce polar oxynitride perovskites, where some of the oxygen is replaced by nitrogen, but a polar ordered oxynitride has never been demonstrated. Caracas and Cohen [Appl. Phys. Lett. 91, 092902 (2007)] studied possible ordered polar oxynitrides within density-functional theory (DFT) and found a few candidates that were predicted to be insulating and at least metastable. YSi O 2 N stood out with huge predicted polarization and nonlinear optic coefficients. In this study, we demonstrate the synthesis of perovskite-structured YSi O 2 N by using a combination of a diamond-anvil cell and inmore » situ laser-heating techniques. Subsequent in situ x-ray diffraction, second-harmonic generation, and Raman-scattering measurements confirm that it is polar and a strong nonlinear optical material, with structure and properties similar to those predicted by DFT.« less

  2. Internal wave scattering in continental slope canyons, part 1: Theory and development of a ray tracing algorithm

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nazarian, Robert H.; Legg, Sonya

    2017-10-01

    When internal waves interact with topography, such as continental slopes, they can transfer wave energy to local dissipation and diapycnal mixing. Submarine canyons comprise approximately ten percent of global continental slopes, and can enhance the local dissipation of internal wave energy, yet parameterizations of canyon mixing processes are currently missing from large-scale ocean models. As a first step in the development of such parameterizations, we conduct a parameter space study of M2 tidal-frequency, low-mode internal waves interacting with idealized V-shaped canyon topographies. Specifically, we examine the effects of varying the canyon mouth width, shape and slope of the thalweg (line of lowest elevation). This effort is divided into two parts. In the first part, presented here, we extend the theory of 3-dimensional internal wave reflection to a rotated coordinate system aligned with our idealized V-shaped canyons. Based on the updated linear internal wave reflection solution that we derive, we construct a ray tracing algorithm which traces a large number of rays (the discrete analog of a continuous wave) into the canyon region where they can scatter off topography. Although a ray tracing approach has been employed in other studies, we have, for the first time, used ray tracing to calculate changes in wavenumber and ray density which, in turn, can be used to calculate the Froude number (a measure of the likelihood of instability). We show that for canyons of intermediate aspect ratio, large spatial envelopes of instability can form in the presence of supercritical sidewalls. Additionally, the canyon height and length can modulate the Froude number. The second part of this study, a diagnosis of internal wave scattering in continental slope canyons using both numerical simulations and this ray tracing algorithm, as well as a test of robustness of the ray tracing, is presented in the companion article.

  3. Anomalous resonances of an optical microcavity with a hyperbolic metamaterial core

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Travkin, Evgenij; Kiel, Thomas; Sadofev, Sergey; Busch, Kurt; Benson, Oliver; Kalusniak, Sascha

    2018-05-01

    We embed a hyperbolic metamaterial based on stacked layer pairs of epitaxially grown ZnO/ZnO:Ga in a monolithic optical microcavity, and we investigate the arising unique resonant effects experimentally and theoretically. Unlike traditional metals, the semiconductor-based approach allows us to utilize all three permittivity regions of the hyperbolic metamaterial in the near-infrared spectral range. This configuration gives rise to modes of identical orders appearing at different frequencies, a zeroth-order resonance in an all-positive permittivity region, and a continuum of high-order modes. In addition, an unusual lower cutoff frequency is introduced to the resonator mode spectrum. The observed effects expand the possibilities for customization of optical resonators; in particular, the zeroth-order and high-order modes hold strong potential for the realization of deeply subwavelength cavity sizes.

  4. Decision theory for computing variable and value ordering decisions for scheduling problems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Linden, Theodore A.

    1993-01-01

    Heuristics that guide search are critical when solving large planning and scheduling problems, but most variable and value ordering heuristics are sensitive to only one feature of the search state. One wants to combine evidence from all features of the search state into a subjective probability that a value choice is best, but there has been no solid semantics for merging evidence when it is conceived in these terms. Instead, variable and value ordering decisions should be viewed as problems in decision theory. This led to two key insights: (1) The fundamental concept that allows heuristic evidence to be merged is the net incremental utility that will be achieved by assigning a value to a variable. Probability distributions about net incremental utility can merge evidence from the utility function, binary constraints, resource constraints, and other problem features. The subjective probability that a value is the best choice is then derived from probability distributions about net incremental utility. (2) The methods used for rumor control in Bayesian Networks are the primary way to prevent cycling in the computation of probable net incremental utility. These insights lead to semantically justifiable ways to compute heuristic variable and value ordering decisions that merge evidence from all available features of the search state.

  5. Low-dimensional ordering and fluctuations in methanol-{beta}-hydroquinone clathrate studied by x-ray and neutron diffraction

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rheinstaedter, Maikel C.; Enderle, Mechthild; Kloepperpieper, Axel

    2005-01-01

    Methanol-{beta}-hydroquinone clathrate has been established as a model system for dielectric ordering and fluctuations and is conceptually close to magnetic spin systems. In x-ray and neutron diffraction experiments, we investigated the ordered structure, the one-dimensional (1D) and the three-dimensional critical scattering in the paraelectric phase, and the temperature dependence of the lattice constants. Our results can be explained by microscopic models of the methanol pseudospin in the hydroquinone cage network, in consistency with previous dielectric investigations. A coupling of the 1D fluctuations to local strains leads to an anomalous temperature dependence of the 1D lattice parameter in the paraelectric regime.

  6. Application of x-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS) to local-order analysis in Fe-Cr maghemite-like materials

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Montero-Cabrera, M. E., E-mail: elena.montero@cimav.edu.mx; Fuentes-Cobas, L. E.; Macías-Ríos, E.

    2015-07-23

    The maghemite-like oxide system γ-Fe{sub 2-x}Cr{sub x}O{sub 3} (x=0.75, 1 and 1.25) was studied by X-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS) and by synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction (XRD). Measurements were performed at the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Lightsource at room temperature, at beamlines 2-1, 2-3 and 4-3. High-resolution XRD patterns were processed by means of the Rietveld method. In cases of atoms being neighbors in the Periodic Table, the order/disorder degree of the considered solutions is indiscernible by “normal” (absence of “anomalous scattering”) diffraction experiments. Thus, maghemite-like materials were investigated by XAFS in both Fe and Cr K-edges to clarify, via short-rangemore » structure characterization, the local ordering of the investigated system. Athena and Artemis graphic user interfaces for IFEFFIT and FEFF8.4 codes were employed for XAFS spectra interpretation. Pre-edge decomposition and theoretical modeling of X-ray absorption near edge structure (XANES) transitions were performed. By analysis of the Cr K-edge XANES, it has been confirmed that Cr is located in an octahedral environment. Fitting of the extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) spectra was performed under the consideration that the central atom of Fe is allowed to occupy octa- and tetrahedral positions, while Cr occupies only octahedral ones. Coordination number of neighboring atoms, interatomic distances and their quadratic deviation average were determined for x=1, by fitting simultaneously the EXAFS spectra of both Fe and Cr K-edges. The results of fitting the experimental spectra with theoretical standards showed that the cation vacancies tend to follow a regular pattern within the structure of the iron-chromium maghemite (FeCrO{sub 3})« less

  7. A geometric theory of waves and its applications to plasma physics.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ruiz, Daniel

    Waves play an essential role in many aspects of plasma dynamics. For example, they are indispensable in plasma manipulation and diagnostics. Although the physics of waves is well understood in the context of relatively simple problems, difficulties arise when studying waves that propagate in inhomogeneous or nonlinear media. This thesis presents a new systematic wave theory based on phase-space variational principles. In this dissertation, waves are treated as geometric objects of a variational theory rather than formal solutions of specific PDEs. This approach simplifies calculations, highlights the underlying wave symmetries, and leads to improved modeling of wave dynamics. Specifically, thismore » dissertation presents two important breakthroughs that were obtained in the general theory of waves. The first main contribution of the present dissertation is an extension of the theory of geometrical optics (GO) in order to include polarization effects. Even when diffraction is ignored, the GO ray equations are not entirely accurate. This occurs because GO treats wave rays as classical particles described by their position and momentum coordinates. However, vector waves have another degree of freedom, their polarization. As a result, wave rays can behave as particles with spin and show polarization dynamics, such as polarization precession and polarization-driven bending of ray trajectories. In this thesis, the theory of GO is reformulated as a first-principle Lagrangian wave theory that governs both mentioned polarization phenomena simultaneously. The theory was applied successfully to several systems of interest, such as relativistic spin-$1/2$ particles and radio-frequency waves propagating in magnetized plasmas. The second main contribution of this thesis is the development of a phase-space method to study basic properties of nonlinear wave--wave interactions. Specifically, a general theory is proposed that describes the ponderomotive refraction that a wave can

  8. Stereomotion is processed by the third-order motion system: reply to comment on Three-systems theory of human visual motion perception: review and update

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, Zhong-Lin; Sperling, George

    2002-10-01

    Two theories are considered to account for the perception of motion of depth-defined objects in random-dot stereograms (stereomotion). In the LuSperling three-motion-systems theory J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 18 , 2331 (2001), stereomotion is perceived by the third-order motion system, which detects the motion of areas defined as figure (versus ground) in a salience map. Alternatively, in his comment J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 19 , 2142 (2002), Patterson proposes a low-level motion-energy system dedicated to stereo depth. The critical difference between these theories is the preprocessing (figureground based on depth and other cues versus simply stereo depth) rather than the motion-detection algorithm itself (because the motion-extraction algorithm for third-order motion is undetermined). Furthermore, the ability of observers to perceive motion in alternating feature displays in which stereo depth alternates with other features such as texture orientation indicates that the third-order motion system can perceive stereomotion. This reduces the stereomotion question to Is it third-order alone or third-order plus dedicated depth-motion processing? Two new experiments intended to support the dedicated depth-motion processing theory are shown here to be perfectly accounted for by third-order motion, as are many older experiments that have previously been shown to be consistent with third-order motion. Cyclopean and rivalry images are shown to be a likely confound in stereomotion studies, rivalry motion being as strong as stereomotion. The phase dependence of superimposed same-direction stereomotion stimuli, rivalry stimuli, and isoluminant color stimuli indicates that these stimuli are processed in the same (third-order) motion system. The phase-dependence paradigm Lu and Sperling, Vision Res. 35 , 2697 (1995) ultimately can resolve the question of which types of signals share a single motion detector. All the evidence accumulated so far is consistent with the three

  9. Representation of the exact relativistic electronic Hamiltonian within the regular approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Filatov, Michael; Cremer, Dieter

    2003-12-01

    The exact relativistic Hamiltonian for electronic states is expanded in terms of energy-independent linear operators within the regular approximation. An effective relativistic Hamiltonian has been obtained, which yields in lowest order directly the infinite-order regular approximation (IORA) rather than the zeroth-order regular approximation method. Further perturbational expansion of the exact relativistic electronic energy utilizing the effective Hamiltonian leads to new methods based on ordinary (IORAn) or double [IORAn(2)] perturbation theory (n: order of expansion), which provide improved energies in atomic calculations. Energies calculated with IORA4 and IORA3(2) are accurate up to c-20. Furthermore, IORA is improved by using the IORA wave function to calculate the Rayleigh quotient, which, if minimized, leads to the exact relativistic energy. The outstanding performance of this new IORA method coined scaled IORA is documented in atomic and molecular calculations.

  10. Neoclassical transport including collisional nonlinearity.

    PubMed

    Candy, J; Belli, E A

    2011-06-10

    In the standard δf theory of neoclassical transport, the zeroth-order (Maxwellian) solution is obtained analytically via the solution of a nonlinear equation. The first-order correction δf is subsequently computed as the solution of a linear, inhomogeneous equation that includes the linearized Fokker-Planck collision operator. This equation admits analytic solutions only in extreme asymptotic limits (banana, plateau, Pfirsch-Schlüter), and so must be solved numerically for realistic plasma parameters. Recently, numerical codes have appeared which attempt to compute the total distribution f more accurately than in the standard ordering by retaining some nonlinear terms related to finite-orbit width, while simultaneously reusing some form of the linearized collision operator. In this work we show that higher-order corrections to the distribution function may be unphysical if collisional nonlinearities are ignored.

  11. Irreversible transformation of ferromagnetic ordered stripe domains in single-shot infrared-pump/resonant-x-ray-scattering-probe experiments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bergeard, Nicolas; Schaffert, Stefan; López-Flores, Víctor; Jaouen, Nicolas; Geilhufe, Jan; Günther, Christian M.; Schneider, Michael; Graves, Catherine; Wang, Tianhan; Wu, Benny; Scherz, Andreas; Baumier, Cédric; Delaunay, Renaud; Fortuna, Franck; Tortarolo, Marina; Tudu, Bharati; Krupin, Oleg; Minitti, Michael P.; Robinson, Joe; Schlotter, William F.; Turner, Joshua J.; Lüning, Jan; Eisebitt, Stefan; Boeglin, Christine

    2015-02-01

    The evolution of a magnetic domain structure upon excitation by an intense, femtosecond infrared (IR) laser pulse has been investigated using single-shot based time-resolved resonant x-ray scattering at the x-ray free electron laser LCLS. A well-ordered stripe domain pattern as present in a thin CoPd alloy film has been used as a prototype magnetic domain structure for this study. The fluence of the IR laser pump pulse was sufficient to lead to an almost complete quenching of the magnetization within the ultrafast demagnetization process taking place within the first few hundreds of femtoseconds following the IR laser pump pulse excitation. On longer time scales this excitation gave rise to subsequent irreversible transformations of the magnetic domain structure. Under our specific experimental conditions, it took about 2 ns before the magnetization started to recover. After about 5 ns the previously ordered stripe domain structure had evolved into a disordered labyrinth domain structure. Surprisingly, we observe after about 7 ns the occurrence of a partially ordered stripe domain structure reoriented into a novel direction. It is this domain structure in which the sample's magnetization stabilizes as revealed by scattering patterns recorded long after the initial pump-probe cycle. Using micromagnetic simulations we can explain this observation based on changes of the magnetic anisotropy going along with heat dissipation in the film.

  12. Galactic gamma-ray observations and galactic structure

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stecker, F. W.

    1975-01-01

    Recent observations of gamma-rays originating in the galactic disk together with radio observations, support an emerging picture of the overall structure of our galaxy with higher interstellar gas densities and star formation rates in a region which corresponds to that of the inner arms. The emerging picture is one where molecular clouds make up the dominant constituent of the interstellar gas in the inner galaxy and play a key role in accounting for the gamma-rays and phenomena associated with the production of young stars and other population 1 objects. In this picture, cosmic rays are associated with supernovae and are primarily of galactic origin. These newly observed phenomena can be understood as consequences of the density wave theories of spiral structure. Based on these new developments, the suggestion is made that a new galactic population class, Population O, be added to the standard Populations 1 and 2 in order to recognize important differences in dynamics and distribution between diffuse galactic H1 and interstellar molecular clouds.

  13. SU-F-18C-13: Low-Dose X-Ray CT Reconstruction Using a Hybrid First-Order Method

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu, L; Lin, W; Jin, M

    2014-06-15

    Purpose: To develop a novel reconstruction method for X-ray CT that can lead to accurate reconstruction at significantly reduced dose levels combining low X-ray incident intensity and few views of projection data. Methods: The noise nature of the projection data at low X-ray incident intensity was modeled and accounted by the weighted least-squares (WLS) criterion. The total variation (TV) penalty was used to mitigate artifacts caused by few views of data. The first order primal-dual (FOPD) algorithm was used to minimize TV in image domain, which avoided the difficulty of the non-smooth objective function. The TV penalized WLS reconstruction wasmore » achieved by alternated FOPD TV minimization and projection onto convex sets (POCS) for data fidelity constraints. The proposed FOPD-POCS method was evaluated using the FORBILD jaw phantom and the real cadaver head CT data. Results: The quantitative measures, root mean square error (RMSE) and contrast-to-noise ratio (CNR), demonstrate the superior denoising capability of WLS over LS-based TV iterative reconstruction. The improvement of RMSE (WLS vs. LS) is 15%∼21% and that of CNR is 17%∼72% when the incident counts per ray are ranged from 1×10{sup 5} to 1×10{sup 3}. In addition, the TV regularization can accurately reconstruct images from about 50 views of the jaw phantom. The FOPD-POCS reconstruction reveals more structural details and suffers fewer artifacts in both the phantom and real head images. The FOPD-POCS method also shows fast convergence at low X-ray incident intensity. Conclusion: The new hybrid FOPD-POCS method, based on TV penalized WLS, yields excellent image quality when the incident X-ray intensity is low and the projection views are limited. The reconstruction is computationally efficient since the FOPD minimization of TV is applied only in the image domain. The characteristics of FOPD-POCS can be exploited to significantly reduce radiation dose of X-ray CT without compromising accuracy for

  14. Molecular theory of smectic ordering in liquid crystals with nanoscale segregation of different molecular fragments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gorkunov, M. V.; Osipov, M. A.; Kapernaum, N.; Nonnenmacher, D.; Giesselmann, F.

    2011-11-01

    A molecular statistical theory of the smectic A phase is developed taking into account specific interactions between different molecular fragments which enables one to describe different microscopic scenario of the transition into the smectic phase. The effects of nanoscale segregation are described using molecular models with different combinations of attractive and repulsive sites. These models have been used to calculate numerically coefficients in the mean filed potential as functions of molecular model parameters and the period of the smectic structure. The same coefficients are calculated also for a conventional smectic with standard Gay-Berne interaction potential which does not promote the segregation. The free energy is minimized numerically to calculate the order parameters of the smectic A phases and to study the nature of the smectic transition in both systems. It has been found that in conventional materials the smectic order can be stabilized only when the orientational order is sufficiently high, In contrast, in materials with nanosegregation the smectic order develops mainly in the form of the orientational-translational wave while the nematic order parameter remains relatively small. Microscopic mechanisms of smectic ordering in both systems are discussed in detail, and the results for smectic order parameters are compared with experimental data for materials of various molecular structure.

  15. Periodic solutions of Lienard differential equations via averaging theory of order two.

    PubMed

    Llibre, Jaume; Novaes, Douglas D; Teixeira, Marco A

    2015-01-01

    For ε ≠ 0 sufficiently small we provide sufficient conditions for the existence of periodic solutions for the Lienard differential equations of the form x'' + f ⁢(x)⁢ x' + n2⁢x + g (x) = ε2p1 ⁢(t) + ε3 ⁢p2(t), where n is a positive integer, f : ℝ → ℝ is a C 3 function, g : ℝ → ℝ is a C 4 function, and p i : ℝ → ℝ for i = 1, 2 are continuous 2π-periodic function. The main tool used in this paper is the averaging theory of second order. We also provide one application of the main result obtained.

  16. Nonlinear resonance scattering of femtosecond X-ray pulses on atoms in plasmas

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rosmej, F. B.; Astapenko, V. A.; Lisitsa, V. S.; Moroz, N. N.

    2017-11-01

    It is shown that for sufficiently short pulses the resonance scattering probability becomes a nonlinear function of the pulse duration. For fs X-ray pulses scattered on atoms in plasmas maxima and minima develop in the nonlinear regime whereas in the limit of long pulses the probability becomes linear and turns over into the standard description of the electromagnetic pulse scattering. Numerical calculations are carried out in terms of a generalized scattering probability for the total time of pulse duration including fine structure splitting and ion Doppler broadening in hot plasmas. For projected X-ray monocycles, the generalized nonlinear approach differs by 1-2 orders of magnitude from the standard theory.

  17. Distinct charge orders in the planes and chains of ortho-III-ordered YBa2Cu3O(6+δ) superconductors identified by resonant elastic x-ray scattering.

    PubMed

    Achkar, A J; Sutarto, R; Mao, X; He, F; Frano, A; Blanco-Canosa, S; Le Tacon, M; Ghiringhelli, G; Braicovich, L; Minola, M; Sala, M Moretti; Mazzoli, C; Liang, Ruixing; Bonn, D A; Hardy, W N; Keimer, B; Sawatzky, G A; Hawthorn, D G

    2012-10-19

    Recently, charge density wave (CDW) order in the CuO(2) planes of underdoped YBa(2)Cu(3)O(6+δ) was detected using resonant soft x-ray scattering. An important question remains: is the chain layer responsible for this charge ordering? Here, we explore the energy and polarization dependence of the resonant scattering intensity in a detwinned sample of YBa(2)Cu(3)O(6.75) with ortho-III oxygen ordering in the chain layer. We show that the ortho-III CDW order in the chains is distinct from the CDW order in the planes. The ortho-III structure gives rise to a commensurate superlattice reflection at Q=[0.33 0 L] whose energy and polarization dependence agrees with expectations for oxygen ordering and a spatial modulation of the Cu valence in the chains. Incommensurate peaks at [0.30 0 L] and [0 0.30 L] from the CDW order in the planes are shown to be distinct in Q as well as their temperature, energy, and polarization dependence, and are thus unrelated to the structure of the chain layer. Moreover, the energy dependence of the CDW order in the planes is shown to result from a spatial modulation of energies of the Cu 2p to 3d(x(2)-y(2)) transition, similar to stripe-ordered 214 cuprates.

  18. A Third-Order Item Response Theory Model for Modeling the Effects of Domains and Subdomains in Large-Scale Educational Assessment Surveys

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rijmen, Frank; Jeon, Minjeong; von Davier, Matthias; Rabe-Hesketh, Sophia

    2014-01-01

    Second-order item response theory models have been used for assessments consisting of several domains, such as content areas. We extend the second-order model to a third-order model for assessments that include subdomains nested in domains. Using a graphical model framework, it is shown how the model does not suffer from the curse of…

  19. A New Higher-Order Composite Theory for Analysis and Design of High Speed Tilt-Rotor Blades

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    McCarthy, Thomas Robert

    1996-01-01

    A higher-order theory is developed to model composite box beams with arbitrary wall thicknesses. The theory, based on a refined displacement field, represents a three-dimensional model which approximates the elasticity solution. Therefore, the cross-sectional properties are not reduced to one-dimensional beam parameters. Both inplane and out-of-plane warping are automatically included in the formulation. The model accurately captures the transverse shear stresses through the thickness of each wall while satisfying all stress-free boundary conditions. Several numerical results are presented to validate the present theory. The developed theory is then used to model the load carrying member of a tilt-rotor blade which has thick-walled sections. The composite structural analysis is coupled with an aerodynamic analysis to compute the aeroelastic stability of the blade. Finally, a multidisciplinary optimization procedure is developed to improve the aerodynamic, structural and aeroelastic performance of the tilt-rotor aircraft. The Kreisselmeier-Steinhauser function is used to formulate the multiobjective function problem and a hybrid approximate analysis is used to reduce the computational effort. The optimum results are compared with the baseline values and show significant improvements in the overall performance of the tilt-rotor blade.

  20. Cation ordering/disordering kinetics in Ba3CoNb2O9: An in situ study using synchrotron x-ray powder diffraction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mallinson, P. M.; Claridge, J. B.; Rosseinsky, M. J.; Ibberson, R. M.; Wright, J. P.; Fitch, A. N.; Price, T.; Iddles, D. M.

    2007-11-01

    In situ synchrotron x-ray powder diffraction has been used to study the kinetics of cation ordering and disordering in the microwave dielectric electroceramic Ba3CoNb2O9 with a time resolution of 15s. The method enables the order/disorder temperature (To /d) in this material of 1430°C to be directly observed. The changes in the rate and degree of cation ordering and in the growth of ordered domains between samples ordered from standard precursor material and then subsequently reordered following an annealing period above To /d show that small changes in precursor order state and phase assemblage strongly influence the final domain size.

  1. Charged plate in asymmetric electrolytes: One-loop renormalization of surface charge density and Debye length due to ionic correlations.

    PubMed

    Ding, Mingnan; Lu, Bing-Sui; Xing, Xiangjun

    2016-10-01

    Self-consistent field theory (SCFT) is used to study the mean potential near a charged plate inside a m:-n electrolyte. A perturbation series is developed in terms of g=4πκb, where band1/κ are Bjerrum length and bare Debye length, respectively. To the zeroth order, we obtain the nonlinear Poisson-Boltzmann theory. For asymmetric electrolytes (m≠n), the first order (one-loop) correction to mean potential contains a secular term, which indicates the breakdown of the regular perturbation method. Using a renormalizaton group transformation, we remove the secular term and obtain a globally well-behaved one-loop approximation with a renormalized Debye length and a renormalized surface charge density. Furthermore, we find that if the counterions are multivalent, the surface charge density is renormalized substantially downwards and may undergo a change of sign, if the bare surface charge density is sufficiently large. Our results agrees with large MC simulation even when the density of electrolytes is relatively high.

  2. Linear and angular coherence momenta in the classical second-order coherence theory of vector electromagnetic fields.

    PubMed

    Wang, Wei; Takeda, Mitsuo

    2006-09-01

    A new concept of vector and tensor densities is introduced into the general coherence theory of vector electromagnetic fields that is based on energy and energy-flow coherence tensors. Related coherence conservation laws are presented in the form of continuity equations that provide new insights into the propagation of second-order correlation tensors associated with stationary random classical electromagnetic fields.

  3. Properties of hypothesis testing techniques and (Bayesian) model selection for exploration-based and theory-based (order-restricted) hypotheses.

    PubMed

    Kuiper, Rebecca M; Nederhoff, Tim; Klugkist, Irene

    2015-05-01

    In this paper, the performance of six types of techniques for comparisons of means is examined. These six emerge from the distinction between the method employed (hypothesis testing, model selection using information criteria, or Bayesian model selection) and the set of hypotheses that is investigated (a classical, exploration-based set of hypotheses containing equality constraints on the means, or a theory-based limited set of hypotheses with equality and/or order restrictions). A simulation study is conducted to examine the performance of these techniques. We demonstrate that, if one has specific, a priori specified hypotheses, confirmation (i.e., investigating theory-based hypotheses) has advantages over exploration (i.e., examining all possible equality-constrained hypotheses). Furthermore, examining reasonable order-restricted hypotheses has more power to detect the true effect/non-null hypothesis than evaluating only equality restrictions. Additionally, when investigating more than one theory-based hypothesis, model selection is preferred over hypothesis testing. Because of the first two results, we further examine the techniques that are able to evaluate order restrictions in a confirmatory fashion by examining their performance when the homogeneity of variance assumption is violated. Results show that the techniques are robust to heterogeneity when the sample sizes are equal. When the sample sizes are unequal, the performance is affected by heterogeneity. The size and direction of the deviations from the baseline, where there is no heterogeneity, depend on the effect size (of the means) and on the trend in the group variances with respect to the ordering of the group sizes. Importantly, the deviations are less pronounced when the group variances and sizes exhibit the same trend (e.g., are both increasing with group number). © 2014 The British Psychological Society.

  4. Simulation of X-ray absorption spectra with orthogonality constrained density functional theory.

    PubMed

    Derricotte, Wallace D; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2015-06-14

    Orthogonality constrained density functional theory (OCDFT) [F. A. Evangelista, P. Shushkov and J. C. Tully, J. Phys. Chem. A, 2013, 117, 7378] is a variational time-independent approach for the computation of electronic excited states. In this work we extend OCDFT to compute core-excited states and generalize the original formalism to determine multiple excited states. Benchmark computations on a set of 13 small molecules and 40 excited states show that unshifted OCDFT/B3LYP excitation energies have a mean absolute error of 1.0 eV. Contrary to time-dependent DFT, OCDFT excitation energies for first- and second-row elements are computed with near-uniform accuracy. OCDFT core excitation energies are insensitive to the choice of the functional and the amount of Hartree-Fock exchange. We show that OCDFT is a powerful tool for the assignment of X-ray absorption spectra of large molecules by simulating the gas-phase near-edge spectrum of adenine and thymine.

  5. Columnar recombination for X-ray generated electron-holes in amorphous selenium and its significance in a-Se x-ray detectors

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bubon, O.; Thunder Bay Regional Research Institute, Thunder Bay, Ontario, P7A 7T1; Jandieri, K.

    Although amorphous selenium (a-Se) has a long and successful history of application in optical and X-ray imaging, some of its fundamental properties are still puzzling. In particularly, the mechanism of carrier recombination following x-ray excitation and electric field and temperature dependences of the electron-hole pair creation energy (W{sub ehp}) remain unclear. Using the combination of X-ray photocurrent and pulse height spectroscopy measurements, we measure W{sub ehp} in a wide range of temperatures (218–320 K) and electric fields (10–100 V/µm) and show that the conventional columnar recombination model which assumes Langevin recombination within a column (a primary electron track) fails to explain experimentalmore » results in a wide range of electric fields and temperatures. The reason for the failure of the conventional model is revealed in this work, and the theory of the columnar recombination is modified to include the saturation of the recombination rate at high electric field in order to account for the experimental results in the entire range of fields and temperatures.« less

  6. Analysis of symmetric cross-ply laminated elastic plates using a higher-order theory. II - Buckling and free vibration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Khdeir, A. A.; Librescu, L.

    1988-01-01

    A previously developed higher-order plate theory and a technique based on the state space concept are used to investigate free vibration and buckling problems of rectangular cross-ply laminated plates. Unified results are presented for the case of arbitrary boundary conditions on two opposite edges. Good agreement is obtained with previous data for simply supported edge conditions. It is pointed out that classical laminated plate theory tends to overpredict both eigenfrequencies and buckling loads, leading to an increase of the degree of orthotropicity of individual layers and of the thickness ratio of the plate.

  7. Excited State Studies of Polyacenes Using the All-Order Constricted Variational Density Functional Theory with Orbital Relaxation.

    PubMed

    Senn, Florian; Krykunov, Mykhaylo

    2015-10-22

    For the polyacenes series from naphthalene to hexacene, we present the vertical singlet excitation energies 1 (1)La and 1 (1)Lb, as well as the first triplet excitation energies obtained by the all-order constricted variational density functional theory with orbital relaxation (R-CV(∞)-DFT). R-CV(∞)-DFT is a further development of variational density functional theory (CV(∞)-DFT), which has already been successfully applied for the calculation of the vertical singlet excitation energies (1)La and (1)Lb for polyacenes,15 and we show that one obtains consistent excitation energies using the local density approximation as a functional for singlet as well as for triplet excitations when going beyond the linear response theory. Furthermore, we apply self-consistent field density functional theory (ΔSCF-DFT) and compare the obtained excitation energies for the first triplet excitations T1, where, due to the character of the transition, ΔSCF-DFT and R-CV(∞)-DFT become numerically equivalent, and for the singlet excitations 1 (1)La and 1 (1)Lb, where the two methods differ.

  8. Alternative formulation of explicitly correlated third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ohnishi, Yu-ya; Ten-no, Seiichiro

    2013-09-01

    The second-order wave operator in the explicitly correlated wave function theory has been newly defined as an extension of the conventional s- and p-wave (SP) ansatz (also referred to as the FIXED amplitude ansatz) based on the linked-diagram theorem. The newly defined second-order wave operator has been applied to the calculation of the F12 correction to the third-order many-body perturbation (MP3) energy. In addition to this new wave operator, the F12 correction with the conventional first-order wave operator has been derived and calculated. Among three components of the MP3 correlation energy, the particle ladder contribution, which has shown the slowest convergence with respect to the basis set size, is fairly ameliorated by employing these F12 corrections. Both the newly defined and conventional formalisms of the F12 corrections exhibit a similar recovery of over 90% of the complete basis set limit of the particle ladder contribution of the MP3 correlation energy with a triple-zeta quality basis set for the neon atom, while the amount is about 75% without the F12 correction. The corrections to the ring term are small but the corrected energy has shown similar recovery as the particle ladder term. The hole ladder term has shown a rapid convergence even without the F12 corrections. Owing to these balanced recoveries, the deviation of the total MP3 correlation energy from the complete basis set limit has been calculated to be about 1 kcal/mol with the triple-zeta quality basis set, which is more than five times smaller than the error without the F12 correction.

  9. Higher-Order Theory: Structural/MicroAnalysis Code (HOTSMAC) Developed

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arnold, Steven M.

    2002-01-01

    The full utilization of advanced materials (be they composite or functionally graded materials) in lightweight aerospace components requires the availability of accurate analysis, design, and life-prediction tools that enable the assessment of component and material performance and reliability. Recently, a new commercially available software product called HOTSMAC (Higher-Order Theory--Structural/MicroAnalysis Code) was jointly developed by Collier Research Corporation, Engineered Materials Concepts LLC, and the NASA Glenn Research Center under funding provided by Glenn's Commercial Technology Office. The analytical framework for HOTSMAC is based on almost a decade of research into the coupled micromacrostructural analysis of heterogeneous materials. Consequently, HOTSMAC offers a comprehensive approach for analyzing/designing the response of components with various microstructural details, including certain advantages not always available in standard displacement-based finite element analysis techniques. The capabilities of HOTSMAC include combined thermal and mechanical analysis, time-independent and time-dependent material behavior, and internal boundary cells (e.g., those that can be used to represent internal cooling passages, see the preceding figure) to name a few. In HOTSMAC problems, materials can be randomly distributed and/or functionally graded (as shown in the figure, wherein the inclusions are distributed linearly), or broken down by strata, such as in the case of thermal barrier coatings or composite laminates.

  10. Second order gyrokinetic theory for particle-in-cell codes

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tronko, Natalia; Bottino, Alberto; Sonnendrücker, Eric

    2016-08-15

    The main idea of the gyrokinetic dynamical reduction consists in a systematical removal of the fast scale motion (the gyromotion) from the dynamics of the plasma, resulting in a considerable simplification and a significant gain of computational time. The gyrokinetic Maxwell–Vlasov equations are nowadays implemented in for modeling (both laboratory and astrophysical) strongly magnetized plasmas. Different versions of the reduced set of equations exist, depending on the construction of the gyrokinetic reduction procedure and the approximations performed in the derivation. The purpose of this article is to explicitly show the connection between the general second order gyrokinetic Maxwell–Vlasov system issuedmore » from the modern gyrokinetic theory and the model currently implemented in the global electromagnetic Particle-in-Cell code ORB5. Necessary information about the modern gyrokinetic formalism is given together with the consistent derivation of the gyrokinetic Maxwell–Vlasov equations from first principles. The variational formulation of the dynamics is used to obtain the corresponding energy conservation law, which in turn is used for the verification of energy conservation diagnostics currently implemented in ORB5. This work fits within the context of the code verification project VeriGyro currently run at IPP Max-Planck Institut in collaboration with others European institutions.« less

  11. Second-order singular pertubative theory for gravitational lenses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alard, C.

    2018-03-01

    The extension of the singular perturbative approach to the second order is presented in this paper. The general expansion to the second order is derived. The second-order expansion is considered as a small correction to the first-order expansion. Using this approach, it is demonstrated that in practice the second-order expansion is reducible to a first order expansion via a re-definition of the first-order pertubative fields. Even if in usual applications the second-order correction is small the reducibility of the second-order expansion to the first-order expansion indicates a potential degeneracy issue. In general, this degeneracy is hard to break. A useful and simple second-order approximation is the thin source approximation, which offers a direct estimation of the correction. The practical application of the corrections derived in this paper is illustrated by using an elliptical NFW lens model. The second-order pertubative expansion provides a noticeable improvement, even for the simplest case of thin source approximation. To conclude, it is clear that for accurate modelization of gravitational lenses using the perturbative method the second-order perturbative expansion should be considered. In particular, an evaluation of the degeneracy due to the second-order term should be performed, for which the thin source approximation is particularly useful.

  12. Structure of Poly(dialkylsiloxane) Melts:  Comparisons of Wide-Angle X-ray Scattering, Molecular Dynamics Simulations, and Integral Equation Theory

    DOE PAGES

    Habenschuss, Anton; Tsige, Mesfin; Curro, John G.; ...

    2007-08-21

    Here, wide-angle X-ray scattering, molecular dynamics (MD) simulations, and integral equation theory are used to study the structure of poly(diethylsiloxane) (PDES), poly(ethylmethylsiloxane) (PEMS), and poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) melts. The structure functions of PDES, PEMS, and PDMS are similar, but systematic trends in the intermolecular packing are observed. The local intramolecular structure is extracted from the experimental structure functions. The bond distances and bond angles obtained, including the large Si-O-Si angle, are in good agreement with the explicit atom (EA) and united atom (UA) potentials used in the simulations and theory and from other sources. Very good agreement is found between themore » MD simulations using the EA potentials and the experimental scattering results. Good agreement is also found between the polymer reference interaction site model (PRISM theory) and the UA MD simulations. The intermolecular structure is examined experimentally using an appropriately weighted radial distribution function and with theory and simulation using intermolecular site/site pair correlation functions. Finally, experiment, simulation, and theory show systematic increases in the chain/chain packing distances in the siloxanes as the number of sites in the pendant side chains is increased.« less

  13. Multilevel Higher-Order Item Response Theory Models

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Huang, Hung-Yu; Wang, Wen-Chung

    2014-01-01

    In the social sciences, latent traits often have a hierarchical structure, and data can be sampled from multiple levels. Both hierarchical latent traits and multilevel data can occur simultaneously. In this study, we developed a general class of item response theory models to accommodate both hierarchical latent traits and multilevel data. The…

  14. Magnetic properties of strained multiferroic CoC r2O4 : A soft x-ray study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Windsor, Y. W.; Piamonteze, C.; Ramakrishnan, M.; Scaramucci, A.; Rettig, L.; Huever, J. A.; Bothschafter, E. M.; Bingham, N. S.; Alberca, A.; Avula, S. R. V.; Noheda, B.; Staub, U.

    2017-06-01

    Using resonant soft x-ray techniques we follow the magnetic behavior of a strained epitaxial film of CoC r2O4 , a type-II multiferroic. The film is [110] oriented, such that both the ferroelectric and ferromagnetic moments can coexist in-plane. X-ray magnetic circular dichroism (XMCD) is used in scattering and in transmission modes to probe the magnetization of Co and Cr separately. The transmission measurements utilized x-ray excited optical luminescence from the substrate. Resonant soft x-ray diffraction (RXD) was used to study the magnetic order of the low temperature phase. The XMCD signals of Co and Cr appear at the same ordering temperature TC≈90 K , and are always opposite in sign. The coercive field of the Co and of Cr moments is the same, and is approximately two orders of magnitude higher than in bulk. Through sum rules analysis an enlarged C o2 + orbital moment (mL) is found, which can explain this hardening. The RXD signal of the (q q 0) reflection appears below TS, the same ordering temperature as the conical magnetic structure in bulk, indicating that this phase remains multiferroic under strain. To describe the azimuthal dependence of this reflection, a slight modification is required to the spin model proposed by the conventional Lyons-Kaplan-Dwight-Menyuk theory for magnetic spinels.

  15. Relativistic calculation of nuclear magnetic shielding using normalized elimination of the small component

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kudo, K.; Maeda, H.; Kawakubo, T.; Ootani, Y.; Funaki, M.; Fukui, H.

    2006-06-01

    The normalized elimination of the small component (NESC) theory, recently proposed by Filatov and Cremer [J. Chem. Phys. 122, 064104 (2005)], is extended to include magnetic interactions and applied to the calculation of the nuclear magnetic shielding in HX (X =F,Cl,Br,I) systems. The NESC calculations are performed at the levels of the zeroth-order regular approximation (ZORA) and the second-order regular approximation (SORA). The calculations show that the NESC-ZORA results are very close to the NESC-SORA results, except for the shielding of the I nucleus. Both the NESC-ZORA and NESC-SORA calculations yield very similar results to the previously reported values obtained using the relativistic infinite-order two-component coupled Hartree-Fock method. The difference between NESC-ZORA and NESC-SORA results is significant for the shieldings of iodine.

  16. Arguments from Developmental Order.

    PubMed

    Stöckle-Schobel, Richard

    2016-01-01

    In this article, I investigate a special type of argument regarding the role of development in theorizing about psychological processes and cognitive capacities. Among the issues that developmental psychologists study, discovering the ontogenetic trajectory of mechanisms or capacities underpinning our cognitive functions ranks highly. The order in which functions are developed or capacities are acquired is a matter of debate between competing psychological theories, and also philosophical conceptions of the mind - getting the role and the significance of the different steps in this order right could be seen as an important virtue of such theories. Thus, a special kind of strategy in arguments between competing philosophical or psychological theories is using developmental order in arguing for or against a given psychological claim. In this article, I will introduce an analysis of arguments from developmental order, which come in two general types: arguments emphasizing the importance of the early cognitive processes and arguments emphasizing the late cognitive processes. I will discuss their role in one of the central tools for evaluating scientific theories, namely in making inferences to the best explanation. I will argue that appeal to developmental order is, by itself, an insufficient criterion for theory choice and has to be part of an argument based on other core explanatory or empirical virtues. I will end by proposing a more concerted study of philosophical issues concerning (cognitive) development, and I will present some topics that also pertain to a full-fledged 'philosophy of development.'

  17. Order-disorder-reorder process in thermally treated dolomite samples: a combined powder and single-crystal X-ray diffraction study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zucchini, A.; Comodi, P.; Katerinopoulou, A.; Balic-Zunic, T.; McCammon, C.; Frondini, F.

    2012-04-01

    A combined powder and single-crystal X-ray diffraction analysis of dolomite [CaMg(CO3)2] heated to 1,200°C at 3 GPa was made to study the order-disorder-reorder process. The order/disorder transition is inferred to start below 1,100°C, and complete disorder is attained at approximately 1,200°C. Twinned crystals characterized by high internal order were found in samples annealed over 1,100°C, and their fraction was found to increase with temperature. Evidences of twinning domains combined with probable remaining disordered portions of the structure imply that reordering processes occur during the quench. Twin domains are hereby proposed as a witness to thermally induced intra-layer-type cation disordering.

  18. Orders and dimensions for sl(2) or sl(3) module categories and boundary conformal field theories on a torus

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Coquereaux, R.; Schieber, G.; Centro Brasileiro de Pesquisas Fisicas

    2007-04-15

    After giving a short description, in terms of action of categories, of some of the structures associated with sl(2) and sl(3) boundary conformal field theories on a torus, we provide tables of dimensions describing the semisimple and cosemisimple blocks of the corresponding weak bialgebras (quantum groupoids), tables of quantum dimensions and orders, and tables describing induction-restriction. For reasons of size, the sl(3) tables of induction are only given for theories with self-fusion (existence of a monoidal structure)

  19. Can the second order multireference perturbation theory be considered a reliable tool to study mixed-valence compounds?

    PubMed

    Pastore, Mariachiara; Helal, Wissam; Evangelisti, Stefano; Leininger, Thierry; Malrieu, Jean-Paul; Maynau, Daniel; Angeli, Celestino; Cimiraglia, Renzo

    2008-05-07

    In this paper, the problem of the calculation of the electronic structure of mixed-valence compounds is addressed in the frame of multireference perturbation theory (MRPT). Using a simple mixed-valence compound (the 5,5(') (4H,4H('))-spirobi[ciclopenta[c]pyrrole] 2,2('),6,6(') tetrahydro cation), and the n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) and CASPT2 approaches, it is shown that the ground state (GS) energy curve presents an unphysical "well" for nuclear coordinates close to the symmetric case, where a maximum is expected. For NEVPT, the correct shape of the energy curve is retrieved by applying the MPRT at the (computationally expensive) third order. This behavior is rationalized using a simple model (the ionized GS of two weakly interacting identical systems, each neutral system being described by two electrons in two orbitals), showing that the unphysical well is due to the canonical orbital energies which at the symmetric (delocalized) conformation lead to a sudden modification of the denominators in the perturbation expansion. In this model, the bias introduced in the second order correction to the energy is almost entirely removed going to the third order. With the results of the model in mind, one can predict that all MRPT methods in which the zero order Hamiltonian is based on canonical orbital energies are prone to present unreasonable energy profiles close to the symmetric situation. However, the model allows a strategy to be devised which can give a correct behavior even at the second order, by simply averaging the orbital energies of the two charge-localized electronic states. Such a strategy is adopted in a NEVPT2 scheme obtaining a good agreement with the third order results based on the canonical orbital energies. The answer to the question reported in the title (is this theoretical approach a reliable tool for a correct description of these systems?) is therefore positive, but care must be exercised, either in defining the orbital

  20. Experimental Methods for Studying the Hessdalen-Phenomenon in the Light of the Proposed Theories: A Comparative Overview

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Teodorani, M.; Strand, E.

    Unexplained plasma-like atmospheric `light balls' are observed at very low altitudes during alternate phases of maximum and minimum in the Hessdalen area, located in central Norway. Several theories are presented in order to explain the observed phenomenon; among these: piezo-electricity from rocks, atmospheric ionization triggered by solar activity and cosmic rays. The presented study is aimed at proposing the use of a dedicated instrumental set-up, research experimental procedures and methods in order to prove or disprove every single theory: in this context several kinds of observational techniques, measurement strategies and physical tests of tactical relevance are discussed in detail. An introduction on any considered theory is presented together with a detailed discussion regarding the subsequent experimental phase. For each specific theory brief descriptions of the observable parameters and of the essential instrumental choices and a detailed discussion of measurement procedures coupled with suitable flow-charts, are presented.

  1. First-principles theory of cation- and intercalation-ordering in Li_xCoO_2

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wolverton, C.; Zunger, Alex

    1998-03-01

    Using a combination of first-principles total energies, a cluster expansion technique, and Monte Carlo simulations, we present a first-principles theory which can predict both cation- and intercalation-ordering patterns at both zero and finite temperatures, and can provide first-principles predictions of battery voltages of Li_xCoO_2/Li cells. The classes of ordering problems that we study are the following: (i) The LiMO2 oxides (M=3d metal) form a series of structures based on an octahedrally-coordinated network with anions (O) on one fcc sublattice and cations (Li and M) on the other, leading to Li/Co ordering in LiCoO2 (x=1). We find the ground state is the CuPt or (111)-layered cation arrangment, in agreement with the observed structure. (ii) In battery applications, Li is (de)intercalated from the compound, creating a vacancy (denoted Box) that can be positioned in different lattice locations; Thus, Box/Co ordering in BoxCoO2 (x=0) is also of interest. We find the ground state for BoxCoO2 is also a (111)-layered structure, although a different stacking sequence (AAA) of close-packed layers is preferred. (iii) The vacancies left behind by Li extraction can form ordered vacancy compounds in partially de-lithiated Li_xCoO_2, leading to a Box/Li ordering problem (0<=x<=1). Our calculations agree with the observed voltage profiles in these systems, and predict the existence of new intercalation-ordered compounds. Supported by BES/OER/DMS under contract DE-AC36-83CH10093.

  2. Order, topology and preference

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sertel, M. R.

    1971-01-01

    Some standard order-related and topological notions, facts, and methods are brought to bear on central topics in the theory of preference and the theory of optimization. Consequences of connectivity are considered, especially from the viewpoint of normally preordered spaces. Examples are given showing how the theory of preference, or utility theory, can be applied to social analysis.

  3. Gamma ray bursts: Current status of observations and theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Meegan, Charles A.

    1990-01-01

    Gamma-ray bursts display a wide range of temporal and spectral characteristics, but typically last several seconds and emit most of their energy in the low-energy gamma-ray region. The burst sources appear to be isotropically distributed on the sky. Several lines of evidence suggest magnetic neutron stars as sources for bursts. A variety of energy sources and emission mechanisms were proposed.

  4. Gamma ray bursts: Current status of observations and theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Meegan, Charles A.

    1990-01-01

    Gamma ray bursts display a wide range of temporal and spectral characteristics, but typically last several seconds and emit most of their energy in a low energy, gamma ray region. The burst sources appear to be isotropically distributed on the sky. Several lines of evidence suggest magnetic neutron stars as sources for bursts. A variety of energy sources and emission mechanisms are proposed.

  5. Nature of isomerism of solid isothiourea salts, inhibitors of nitric oxide synthases, as studied by 1H-14N nuclear quadrupole double resonance, X-ray, and density functional theory/quantum theory of atoms in molecules.

    PubMed

    Latosińska, J N; Latosińska, M; Seliger, J; Žagar, V; Maurin, J K; Kazimierczuk, Z

    2012-02-09

    Isothioureas, inhibitors of nitric oxide synthases, have been studied experimentally in solid state by nuclear quadrupole double resonance (NQDR) and X-ray methods and theoretically by the quantum theory of atoms in molecules/density functional theory. Resonance frequencies on (14)N have been detected and assigned to particular nitrogen sites in each molecule. The crystal packings of (S)-3,4-dichlorobenzyl-N-methylisothiouronium chloride with the disordered chlorine positions in benzene ring and (S)-butyloisothiouronium bromide have been resolved in X-ray diffraction studies. (14)N NQDR spectra have been found good indicators of isomer type and strength of intra- or intermolecular N-H···X (X = Cl, Br) interactions. From among all salts studied, only for (S)-2,3,4,5,6-pentabromobenzylisothiouronium chloride are both nitrogen sites equivalent, which has been explained by the slow exchange. This unique structural feature can be a key factor in the high biological activity of (S)-2,3,4,5,6-pentabromobenzylisothiouronium salts.

  6. An iwatsubo-based solution for labyrinth seals - comparison with experimental results

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Childs, D. W.; Scharrer, J. K.

    1984-01-01

    The basic equations are derived for compressible flow in a labyrinth seal. The flow is assumed to be completely turbulent in the circumferential direction where the friction factor is determined by the Blasius relation. Linearized zeroth and first-order perturbation equations are developed for small motion about a centered position by an expansion in the eccentricity ratio. The zeroth-order pressure distribution is found by satisfying the leakage equation while the circumferential velocity distribution is determined by satisfying the momentum equation. The first-order equations are solved by a separation of variables solution. Integration of the resultant pressure distribution along and around the seal defines the reaction force developed by the seal and the corresponding dynamic coefficients. The results of this analysis are compared to published test results.

  7. Five-Year-Olds' Systematic Errors in Second-Order False Belief Tasks Are Due to First-Order Theory of Mind Strategy Selection: A Computational Modeling Study.

    PubMed

    Arslan, Burcu; Taatgen, Niels A; Verbrugge, Rineke

    2017-01-01

    The focus of studies on second-order false belief reasoning generally was on investigating the roles of executive functions and language with correlational studies. Different from those studies, we focus on the question how 5-year-olds select and revise reasoning strategies in second-order false belief tasks by constructing two computational cognitive models of this process: an instance-based learning model and a reinforcement learning model. Unlike the reinforcement learning model, the instance-based learning model predicted that children who fail second-order false belief tasks would give answers based on first-order theory of mind (ToM) reasoning as opposed to zero-order reasoning. This prediction was confirmed with an empirical study that we conducted with 72 5- to 6-year-old children. The results showed that 17% of the answers were correct and 83% of the answers were wrong. In line with our prediction, 65% of the wrong answers were based on a first-order ToM strategy, while only 29% of them were based on a zero-order strategy (the remaining 6% of subjects did not provide any answer). Based on our instance-based learning model, we propose that when children get feedback "Wrong," they explicitly revise their strategy to a higher level instead of implicitly selecting one of the available ToM strategies. Moreover, we predict that children's failures are due to lack of experience and that with exposure to second-order false belief reasoning, children can revise their wrong first-order reasoning strategy to a correct second-order reasoning strategy.

  8. Five-Year-Olds’ Systematic Errors in Second-Order False Belief Tasks Are Due to First-Order Theory of Mind Strategy Selection: A Computational Modeling Study

    PubMed Central

    Arslan, Burcu; Taatgen, Niels A.; Verbrugge, Rineke

    2017-01-01

    The focus of studies on second-order false belief reasoning generally was on investigating the roles of executive functions and language with correlational studies. Different from those studies, we focus on the question how 5-year-olds select and revise reasoning strategies in second-order false belief tasks by constructing two computational cognitive models of this process: an instance-based learning model and a reinforcement learning model. Unlike the reinforcement learning model, the instance-based learning model predicted that children who fail second-order false belief tasks would give answers based on first-order theory of mind (ToM) reasoning as opposed to zero-order reasoning. This prediction was confirmed with an empirical study that we conducted with 72 5- to 6-year-old children. The results showed that 17% of the answers were correct and 83% of the answers were wrong. In line with our prediction, 65% of the wrong answers were based on a first-order ToM strategy, while only 29% of them were based on a zero-order strategy (the remaining 6% of subjects did not provide any answer). Based on our instance-based learning model, we propose that when children get feedback “Wrong,” they explicitly revise their strategy to a higher level instead of implicitly selecting one of the available ToM strategies. Moreover, we predict that children’s failures are due to lack of experience and that with exposure to second-order false belief reasoning, children can revise their wrong first-order reasoning strategy to a correct second-order reasoning strategy. PMID:28293206

  9. Conservation Laws and Symmetry Properties of a Class of Higher Order Theories of Gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barraco, D.; Dominguez, E.; Guibert, R.; Hamity, V.

    1998-04-01

    We consider a class of fourth order theories of gravity with arbitrary matter fields arising from a diffeomorphism invariant Lagrangian density mathcal{L}_T = mathcal{L}_G + mathcal{L}_M, with mathcal{L}_G = sqrt { - g} left[ {R + hleft( R right)} right]and mathcal{L}_Mthe phenomenological representation of the nongravitational fields. We derive first the generalization of the Einstein pseudotensor and the von Freud superpotential. We then show, using the arbitrariness that is always present in the choice of pseudotensor and superpotential, that we can choose these superpotentials to have the same form as those for the Hilbert Lagrangian of general relativity (GR). In particular we may introduce the Moller superpotential of GR as associated with a double-index differential conservation law. Similarly, using the Moller superpotential we prove that we can choose the Komar vector of GR to construct a conserved quantity for isolated asymptotically flat systems. For the example R + R2theory we prove then, that the active mass is equal to the total energy (or inertial mass) of the system.

  10. Modified spin-wave theory with ordering vector optimization: spatially anisotropic triangular lattice and J1J2J3 model with Heisenberg interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hauke, Philipp; Roscilde, Tommaso; Murg, Valentin; Cirac, J. Ignacio; Schmied, Roman

    2011-07-01

    We study the ground-state phases of the S=1/2 Heisenberg quantum antiferromagnet on the spatially anisotropic triangular lattice (SATL) and on the square lattice with up to next-next-nearest-neighbor coupling (the J1J2J3 model), making use of Takahashi's modified spin-wave (MSW) theory supplemented by ordering vector optimization. We compare the MSW results with exact diagonalization and projected-entangled-pair-states calculations, demonstrating their qualitative and quantitative reliability. We find that the MSW theory correctly accounts for strong quantum effects on the ordering vector of the magnetic phases of the models under investigation: in particular, collinear magnetic order is promoted at the expense of non-collinear (spiral) order, and several spiral states that are stable at the classical level disappear from the quantum phase diagram. Moreover, collinear states and non-collinear ones are never connected continuously, but they are separated by parameter regions in which the MSW theory breaks down, signaling the possible appearance of a non-magnetic ground state. In the case of the SATL, a large breakdown region appears also for weak couplings between the chains composing the lattice, suggesting the possible occurrence of a large non-magnetic region continuously connected with the spin-liquid state of the uncoupled chains. This shows that the MSW theory is—despite its apparent simplicity—a versatile tool for finding candidate regions in the case of spin-liquid phases, which are among prime targets for relevant quantum simulations.

  11. Subwavelength structured surfaces and their applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Raguin, Daniel H.; Morris, G. Michael

    1993-01-01

    The term subwavelength structured (SWS) surface describes any surface that contains a subwavelength-period grating or gratings. The grating may be of any type provided the period is sufficiently fine so that, unlike conventional gratings, no diffraction orders propagate other than the zeroth orders. Because of the fine periods involved, the fabrication of such surfaces for applications in the visible and infrared portions of the spectral regime have only recently been considered. With refinements in holographic procedures and the push of the semiconductor industry for submicron lithography, production of SWS surfaces is becoming increasingly viable. The topics covered include the following: analytic approaches to analyze SWS surfaces, 1D periodic stratification and effective medium theory, design of waveplates using form birefringence, and 2D binary antireflection structured surfaces.

  12. Nuclear recoil effect on the binding energies in highly charged He-like ions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malyshev, A. V.; Popov, R. V.; Shabaev, V. M.; Zubova, N. A.

    2018-04-01

    The most precise to-date evaluation of the nuclear recoil effect on the n = 1 and n = 2 energy levels of He-like ions is presented in the range Z = 12–100. The one-electron recoil contribution is calculated within the framework of the rigorous quantum electrodynamics approach to first order in the electron-to-nucleus mass ratio m/M and to all orders in the parameter αZ. The two-electron m/M recoil term is calculated employing the 1/Z perturbation theory. The recoil contribution of the zeroth order in 1/Z is evaluated to all orders in αZ, while the 1/Z term is calculated using the Breit approximation. The recoil corrections of the second and higher orders in 1/Z are taken into account within the nonrelativistic approach. The obtained results are compared with the previous evaluation of this effect (Artemyev et al 2005 Phys. Rev. A 71 062104).

  13. Use of density functional theory orbitals in the GVVPT2 variant of second-order multistate multireference perturbation theory.

    PubMed

    Hoffmann, Mark R; Helgaker, Trygve

    2015-03-05

    A new variation of the second-order generalized van Vleck perturbation theory (GVVPT2) for molecular electronic structure is suggested. In contrast to the established procedure, in which CASSCF or MCSCF orbitals are first obtained and subsequently used to define a many-electron model (or reference) space, the use of an orbital space obtained from the local density approximation (LDA) variant of density functional theory is considered. Through a final, noniterative diagonalization of an average Fock matrix within orbital subspaces, quasicanonical orbitals that are otherwise indistinguishable from quasicanonical orbitals obtained from a CASSCF or MCSCF calculation are obtained. Consequently, all advantages of the GVVPT2 method are retained, including use of macroconfigurations to define incomplete active spaces and rigorous avoidance of intruder states. The suggested variant is vetted on three well-known model problems: the symmetric stretching of the O-H bonds in water, the dissociation of N2, and the stretching of ground and excited states C2 to more than twice the equilibrium bond length of the ground state. It is observed that the LDA-based GVVPT2 calculations yield good results, of comparable quality to conventional CASSCF-based calculations. This is true even for the C2 model problem, in which the orbital space for each state was defined by the LDA orbitals. These results suggest that GVVPT2 can be applied to much larger problems than previously accessible.

  14. The atomic scale structure of CXV carbon: wide-angle x-ray scattering and modeling studies.

    PubMed

    Hawelek, L; Brodka, A; Dore, J C; Honkimaki, V; Burian, A

    2013-11-13

    The disordered structure of commercially available CXV activated carbon produced from finely powdered wood-based carbon has been studied using the wide-angle x-ray scattering technique, molecular dynamics and density functional theory simulations. The x-ray scattering data has been converted to the real space representation in the form of the pair correlation function via the Fourier transform. Geometry optimizations using classical molecular dynamics based on the reactive empirical bond order potential and density functional theory at the B3LYP/6-31g* level have been performed to generate nanoscale models of CXV carbon consistent with the experimental data. The final model of the structure comprises four chain-like and buckled graphitic layers containing a small percentage of four-fold coordinated atoms (sp(3) defects) in each layer. The presence of non-hexagonal rings in the atomic arrangement has been also considered.

  15. Towards weakly constrained double field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lee, Kanghoon

    2016-08-01

    We show that it is possible to construct a well-defined effective field theory incorporating string winding modes without using strong constraint in double field theory. We show that X-ray (Radon) transform on a torus is well-suited for describing weakly constrained double fields, and any weakly constrained fields are represented as a sum of strongly constrained fields. Using inverse X-ray transform we define a novel binary operation which is compatible with the level matching constraint. Based on this formalism, we construct a consistent gauge transform and gauge invariant action without using strong constraint. We then discuss the relation of our result to the closed string field theory. Our construction suggests that there exists an effective field theory description for massless sector of closed string field theory on a torus in an associative truncation.

  16. Towards simultaneous measurements of electronic and structural properties in ultra-fast x-ray free electron laser absorption spectroscopy experiments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gaudin, J.; Fourment, C.; Cho, B. I.; Engelhorn, K.; Galtier, E.; Harmand, M.; Leguay, P. M.; Lee, H. J.; Nagler, B.; Nakatsutsumi, M.; Ozkan, C.; Störmer, M.; Toleikis, S.; Tschentscher, Th; Heimann, P. A.; Dorchies, F.

    2014-04-01

    The rapidly growing ultrafast science with X-ray lasers unveils atomic scale processes with unprecedented time resolution bringing the so called ``molecular movie'' within reach. X-ray absorption spectroscopy is one of the most powerful x-ray techniques providing both local atomic order and electronic structure when coupled with ad-hoc theory. Collecting absorption spectra within few x-ray pulses is possible only in a dispersive setup. We demonstrate ultrafast time-resolved measurements of the LIII-edge x-ray absorption near-edge spectra of irreversibly laser excited Molybdenum using an average of only few x-ray pulses with a signal to noise ratio limited only by the saturation level of the detector. The simplicity of the experimental set-up makes this technique versatile and applicable for a wide range of pump-probe experiments, particularly in the case of non-reversible processes.

  17. HOTCFGM-2D: A Coupled Higher-Order Theory for Cylindrical Structural Components with Bi-Directionally Components with Bi-Directionally Graded Microstructures

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pindera, Marek-Jerzy; Aboudi, Jacob

    2000-01-01

    The objective of this two-year project was to develop and deliver to the NASA-Glenn Research Center a two-dimensional higher-order theory, and related computer codes, for the analysis and design of cylindrical functionally graded materials/structural components for use in advanced aircraft engines (e.g., combustor linings, rotor disks, heat shields, brisk blades). To satisfy this objective, two-dimensional version of the higher-order theory, HOTCFGM-2D, and four computer codes based on this theory, for the analysis and design of structural components functionally graded in the radial and circumferential directions were developed in the cylindrical coordinate system r-Theta-z. This version of the higher-order theory is a significant generalization of the one-dimensional theory, HOTCFGM-1D, developed during the FY97 for the analysis and design of cylindrical structural components with radially graded microstructures. The generalized theory is applicable to thin multi-phased composite shells/cylinders subjected to steady-state thermomechanical, transient thermal and inertial loading applied uniformly along the axial direction such that the overall deformation is characterized by a constant average axial strain. The reinforcement phases are uniformly distributed in the axial direction, and arbitrarily distributed in the radial and circumferential direction, thereby allowing functional grading of the internal reinforcement in the r-Theta plane. The four computer codes fgmc3dq.cylindrical.f, fgmp3dq.cylindrical.f, fgmgvips3dq.cylindrical.f, and fgmc3dq.cylindrical.transient.f are research-oriented codes for investigating the effect of functionally graded architectures, as well as the properties of the multi-phase reinforcement, in thin shells subjected to thermomechanical and inertial loading, on the internal temperature, stress and (inelastic) strain fields. The reinforcement distribution in the radial and circumferential directions is specified by the user. The thermal

  18. Approximate optimal guidance for the advanced launch system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Feeley, T. S.; Speyer, J. L.

    1993-01-01

    A real-time guidance scheme for the problem of maximizing the payload into orbit subject to the equations of motion for a rocket over a spherical, non-rotating earth is presented. An approximate optimal launch guidance law is developed based upon an asymptotic expansion of the Hamilton - Jacobi - Bellman or dynamic programming equation. The expansion is performed in terms of a small parameter, which is used to separate the dynamics of the problem into primary and perturbation dynamics. For the zeroth-order problem the small parameter is set to zero and a closed-form solution to the zeroth-order expansion term of Hamilton - Jacobi - Bellman equation is obtained. Higher-order terms of the expansion include the effects of the neglected perturbation dynamics. These higher-order terms are determined from the solution of first-order linear partial differential equations requiring only the evaluation of quadratures. This technique is preferred as a real-time, on-line guidance scheme to alternative numerical iterative optimization schemes because of the unreliable convergence properties of these iterative guidance schemes and because the quadratures needed for the approximate optimal guidance law can be performed rapidly and by parallel processing. Even if the approximate solution is not nearly optimal, when using this technique the zeroth-order solution always provides a path which satisfies the terminal constraints. Results for two-degree-of-freedom simulations are presented for the simplified problem of flight in the equatorial plane and compared to the guidance scheme generated by the shooting method which is an iterative second-order technique.

  19. History of Chandra X-Ray Observatory

    NASA Image and Video Library

    2000-12-18

    This Chandra image of Jupiter shows concentrations of aurora x-rays near the north and south poles due to a single `hot spot' that pulsates with a period of 45 minutes, similar to high-latitude radio pulsation previously detected by NASA's Galileo and Cassini spacecraft. Previous x-ray detections of Jupiter have been made with other x-ray telescopes, but did not reveal that the sources of the x-rays, energetic oxygen and sulfur ions, would be located so near the poles. Previous theories held that ions were mostly coming from Jupiter's moon, lo. Chandra's ability to pinpoint the source of the x-rays discards this theory since ions coming from near lo's orbit carnot reach the observed high latitudes. One possibility is that particles flowing out from the Sun are captured in the outer regions of Jupiter's magnetic field, then accelerated and directed toward its magnetic pole. Once captured, the ions would bounce back and forth in the magnetic field from Jupiter's north pole to the south pole in an oscillating motion that could explain the pulsation.

  20. Detailed numerical investigation of the Bohm limit in cosmic ray diffusion theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hussein, M.; Shalchi, A., E-mail: m_hussein@physics.umanitoba.ca, E-mail: andreasm4@yahoo.com

    2014-04-10

    A standard model in cosmic ray diffusion theory is the so-called Bohm limit in which the particle mean free path is assumed to be equal to the Larmor radius. This type of diffusion is often employed to model the propagation and acceleration of energetic particles. However, recent analytical and numerical work has shown that standard Bohm diffusion is not realistic. In the present paper, we perform test-particle simulations to explore particle diffusion in the strong turbulence limit in which the wave field is much stronger than the mean magnetic field. We show that there is indeed a lower limit ofmore » the particle mean free path along the mean field. In this limit, the mean free path is directly proportional to the unperturbed Larmor radius like in the traditional Bohm limit, but it is reduced by the factor δB/B {sub 0} where B {sub 0} is the mean field and δB the turbulent field. Although we focus on parallel diffusion, we also explore diffusion across the mean field in the strong turbulence limit.« less

  1. B0 concomitant field compensation for MRI systems employing asymmetric transverse gradient coils.

    PubMed

    Weavers, Paul T; Tao, Shengzhen; Trzasko, Joshua D; Frigo, Louis M; Shu, Yunhong; Frick, Matthew A; Lee, Seung-Kyun; Foo, Thomas K-F; Bernstein, Matt A

    2018-03-01

    Imaging gradients result in the generation of concomitant fields, or Maxwell fields, which are of increasing importance at higher gradient amplitudes. These time-varying fields cause additional phase accumulation, which must be compensated for to avoid image artifacts. In the case of gradient systems employing symmetric design, the concomitant fields are well described with second-order spatial variation. Gradient systems employing asymmetric design additionally generate concomitant fields with global (zeroth-order or B 0 ) and linear (first-order) spatial dependence. This work demonstrates a general solution to eliminate the zeroth-order concomitant field by applying the correct B 0 frequency shift in real time to counteract the concomitant fields. Results are demonstrated for phase contrast, spiral, echo-planar imaging (EPI), and fast spin-echo imaging. A global phase offset is reduced in the phase-contrast exam, and blurring is virtually eliminated in spiral images. The bulk image shift in the phase-encode direction is compensated for in EPI, whereas signal loss, ghosting, and blurring are corrected in the fast-spin echo images. A user-transparent method to compensate the zeroth-order concomitant field term by center frequency shifting is proposed and implemented. This solution allows all the existing pulse sequences-both product and research-to be retained without any modifications. Magn Reson Med 79:1538-1544, 2018. © 2017 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. © 2017 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine.

  2. Probing interfacial characteristics of rubrene/pentacene and pentacene/rubrene bilayers with soft X-ray spectroscopy.

    PubMed

    Seo, J H; Pedersen, T M; Chang, G S; Moewes, A; Yoo, K-H; Cho, S J; Whang, C N

    2007-08-16

    The electronic structure of rubrene/pentacene and pentacene/rubrene bilayers has been investigated using soft X-ray absorption spectroscopy, resonant X-ray emission spectroscopy, and density-functional theory calculations. X-ray absorption and emission measurements reveal that it has been possible to alter the lowest unoccupied and the highest occupied molecular orbital states of rubrene in rubrene/pentacene bilayer. In the reverse case, one gets p* molecular orbital states originating from the pentacene layer. Resonant X-ray emission spectra suggest a reduction in the hole-transition probabilities for the pentacene/rubrene bilayer in comparison to reference pentacene layer. For the rubrenepentacene structure, the hole-transition probability shows an increase in comparison to the rubrene reference. We also determined the energy level alignment of the pentacene-rubrene interface by using X-ray and ultraviolet photoelectron spectroscopy. From these comparisons, it is found that the electronic structure of the pentacene-rubrene interface has a strong dependence on interface characteristics which depends on the order of the layers used.

  3. Communication: The description of strong correlation within self-consistent Green's function second-order perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Phillips, Jordan J.; Zgid, Dominika

    2014-06-01

    We report an implementation of self-consistent Green's function many-body theory within a second-order approximation (GF2) for application with molecular systems. This is done by iterative solution of the Dyson equation expressed in matrix form in an atomic orbital basis, where the Green's function and self-energy are built on the imaginary frequency and imaginary time domain, respectively, and fast Fourier transform is used to efficiently transform these quantities as needed. We apply this method to several archetypical examples of strong correlation, such as a H32 finite lattice that displays a highly multireference electronic ground state even at equilibrium lattice spacing. In all cases, GF2 gives a physically meaningful description of the metal to insulator transition in these systems, without resorting to spin-symmetry breaking. Our results show that self-consistent Green's function many-body theory offers a viable route to describing strong correlations while remaining within a computationally tractable single-particle formalism.

  4. Ordering in bio-inorganic hybrid nanomaterials probed by in situ scanning transmission X-ray microscopy

    DOE PAGES

    Lee, Jonathan R. I.; Bagge-Hansen, Michael; Tunuguntla, Ramya; ...

    2015-04-15

    Here, phospholipid bilayer coated Si nanowires are one-dimensional (1D) composites that provide versatile bio-nanoelectronic functionality via incorporation of a wide variety of biomolecules into the phospholipid matrix. The physiochemical behaviour of the phospholipid bilayer is strongly dependent on its structure and, as a consequence, substantial modelling and experimental efforts have been directed at the structural characterization of supported bilayers and unsupported phospholipid vesicles; nonetheless, the experimental studies conducted to date have exclusively involved volume-averaged techniques, which do not allow for the assignment of spatially resolved structural variations that could critically impact the performance of the 1D phospholipid-Si NW composites. Inmore » this manuscript, we use scanning transmission X-ray microscopy (STXM) to probe bond orientation and bilayer thickness as a function of position with a spatial resolution of ~30 nm for Δ9-cis 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine layers prepared Si NWs. When coupled with small angle X-ray scattering measurements, the STXM data reveal structural motifs of the Si NWs that give rise to multi-bilayer formation and enable assignment of the orientation of specific bonds known to affect the order and rigidity of phospholipid bilayers.« less

  5. Persistence of Mixed and Non-intermediate Valence in the High-Pressure Structure of Silver(I,III) Oxide, AgO: A Combined Raman, X-ray Diffraction (XRD), and Density Functional Theory (DFT) Study.

    PubMed

    Grzelak, Adam; Gawraczyński, Jakub; Jaroń, Tomasz; Somayazulu, Maddury; Derzsi, Mariana; Struzhkin, Viktor; Grochala, Wojciech

    2017-05-15

    The X-ray diffraction data collected up to ca. 56 GPa and the Raman spectra measured up to 74.8 GPa for AgO, or Ag I Ag III O 2 , which is a prototypical mixed valence (disproportionated) oxide, indicate that two consecutive phase transitions occur: the first-order phase transition occurs between 16.1 GPa and 19.7 GPa, and a second-order phase transition occurs at ca. 40 GPa. All polymorphic forms host the square planar [Ag III O 4 ] units typical of low-spin Ag III . The disproportionated Imma form persists at least up to 74.8 GPa, as indicated by Raman spectra. Theoretical hybrid density functional theory (DFT) calculations show that the first-order transition is phonon-driven. AgO stubbornly remains disproportionated up to at least 100 GPa-in striking contrast to its copper analogue-and the fundamental band gap of AgO is ∼0.3 eV at this pressure and is weakly pressure-dependent. Metallization of AgO is yet to be achieved.

  6. A study of the applicability of nucleation theory to quasi-thermodynamic transitions of second and higher Ehrenfest-order

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Barker, R. E., Jr.; Campbell, K. W.

    1985-01-01

    The applicability of classical nucleation theory to second (and higher) order thermodynamic transitions in the Ehrenfest sense has been investigated and expressions have been derived upon which the qualitative and quantitative success of the basic approach must ultimately depend. The expressions describe the effect of temperature undercooling, hydrostatic pressure, and tensile stress upon the critical parameters, the critical nucleus size, and critical free energy barrier, for nucleation in a thermodynamic transition of any general order. These expressions are then specialized for the case of first and second order transitions. The expressions for the case of undercooling are then used in conjunction with literature data to estimate values for the critical quantities in a system undergoing a pseudo-second order transition (the glass transition in polystyrene). Methods of estimating the interfacial energy gamma in systems undergoing a first and second order transition are also discussed.

  7. Counterbalancing for serial order carryover effects in experimental condition orders.

    PubMed

    Brooks, Joseph L

    2012-12-01

    Reactions of neural, psychological, and social systems are rarely, if ever, independent of previous inputs and states. The potential for serial order carryover effects from one condition to the next in a sequence of experimental trials makes counterbalancing of condition order an essential part of experimental design. Here, a method is proposed for generating counterbalanced sequences for repeated-measures designs including those with multiple observations of each condition on one participant and self-adjacencies of conditions. Condition ordering is reframed as a graph theory problem. Experimental conditions are represented as vertices in a graph and directed edges between them represent temporal relationships between conditions. A counterbalanced trial order results from traversing an Euler circuit through such a graph in which each edge is traversed exactly once. This method can be generalized to counterbalance for higher order serial order carryover effects as well as to create intentional serial order biases. Modern graph theory provides tools for finding other types of paths through such graph representations, providing a tool for generating experimental condition sequences with useful properties. PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved.

  8. Ordering of anisotropic nanoparticles in diblock copolymer lamellae: Simulations with dissipative particle dynamics and a molecular theory.

    PubMed

    Berezkin, Anatoly V; Kudryavtsev, Yaroslav V; Gorkunov, Maxim V; Osipov, Mikhail A

    2017-04-14

    Local distribution and orientation of anisotropic nanoparticles in microphase-separated symmetric diblock copolymers has been simulated using dissipative particle dynamics and analyzed with a molecular theory. It has been demonstrated that nanoparticles are characterized by a non-trivial orientational ordering in the lamellar phase due to their anisotropic interactions with isotropic monomer units. In the simulations, the maximum concentration and degree of ordering are attained for non-selective nanorods near the domain boundary. In this case, the nanorods have a certain tendency to align parallel to the interface in the boundary region and perpendicular to it inside the domains. Similar orientation ordering of nanoparticles located at the lamellar interface is predicted by the molecular theory which takes into account that the nanoparticles interact with monomer units via both isotropic and anisotropic potentials. Computer simulations enable one to study the effects of the nanorod concentration, length, stiffness, and selectivity of their interactions with the copolymer components on the phase stability and orientational order of nanoparticles. If the volume fraction of the nanorods is lower than 0.1, they have no effect on the copolymer transition from the disordered state into a lamellar microstructure. Increasing nanorod concentration or nanorod length results in clustering of the nanorods and eventually leads to a macrophase separation, whereas the copolymer preserves its lamellar morphology. Segregated nanorods of length close to the width of the diblock copolymer domains are stacked side by side into smectic layers that fill the domain space. Thus, spontaneous organization and orientation of nanorods leads to a spatial modulation of anisotropic composite properties which may be important for various applications.

  9. Ordering of anisotropic nanoparticles in diblock copolymer lamellae: Simulations with dissipative particle dynamics and a molecular theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berezkin, Anatoly V.; Kudryavtsev, Yaroslav V.; Gorkunov, Maxim V.; Osipov, Mikhail A.

    2017-04-01

    Local distribution and orientation of anisotropic nanoparticles in microphase-separated symmetric diblock copolymers has been simulated using dissipative particle dynamics and analyzed with a molecular theory. It has been demonstrated that nanoparticles are characterized by a non-trivial orientational ordering in the lamellar phase due to their anisotropic interactions with isotropic monomer units. In the simulations, the maximum concentration and degree of ordering are attained for non-selective nanorods near the domain boundary. In this case, the nanorods have a certain tendency to align parallel to the interface in the boundary region and perpendicular to it inside the domains. Similar orientation ordering of nanoparticles located at the lamellar interface is predicted by the molecular theory which takes into account that the nanoparticles interact with monomer units via both isotropic and anisotropic potentials. Computer simulations enable one to study the effects of the nanorod concentration, length, stiffness, and selectivity of their interactions with the copolymer components on the phase stability and orientational order of nanoparticles. If the volume fraction of the nanorods is lower than 0.1, they have no effect on the copolymer transition from the disordered state into a lamellar microstructure. Increasing nanorod concentration or nanorod length results in clustering of the nanorods and eventually leads to a macrophase separation, whereas the copolymer preserves its lamellar morphology. Segregated nanorods of length close to the width of the diblock copolymer domains are stacked side by side into smectic layers that fill the domain space. Thus, spontaneous organization and orientation of nanorods leads to a spatial modulation of anisotropic composite properties which may be important for various applications.

  10. Simulation of Near-Edge X-ray Absorption Fine Structure with Time-Dependent Equation-of-Motion Coupled-Cluster Theory.

    PubMed

    Nascimento, Daniel R; DePrince, A Eugene

    2017-07-06

    An explicitly time-dependent (TD) approach to equation-of-motion (EOM) coupled-cluster theory with single and double excitations (CCSD) is implemented for simulating near-edge X-ray absorption fine structure in molecular systems. The TD-EOM-CCSD absorption line shape function is given by the Fourier transform of the CCSD dipole autocorrelation function. We represent this transform by its Padé approximant, which provides converged spectra in much shorter simulation times than are required by the Fourier form. The result is a powerful framework for the blackbox simulation of broadband absorption spectra. K-edge X-ray absorption spectra for carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen in several small molecules are obtained from the real part of the absorption line shape function and are compared with experiment. The computed and experimentally obtained spectra are in good agreement; the mean unsigned error in the predicted peak positions is only 1.2 eV. We also explore the spectral signatures of protonation in these molecules.

  11. Bending and buckling formulation of graphene sheets based on nonlocal simple first-order shear deformation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Golmakani, M. E.; Malikan, M.; Sadraee Far, M. N.; Majidi, H. R.

    2018-06-01

    This paper presents a formulation based on simple first-order shear deformation theory (S-FSDT) for large deflection and buckling of orthotropic single-layered graphene sheets (SLGSs). The S-FSDT has many advantages compared to the classical plate theory (CPT) and conventional FSDT such as needless of shear correction factor, containing less number of unknowns than the existing FSDT and strong similarities with the CPT. Governing equations and boundary conditions are derived based on Hamilton’s principle using the nonlocal differential constitutive relations of Eringen and von Kármán geometrical model. Numerical results are obtained using differential quadrature (DQ) method and the Newton–Raphson iterative scheme. Finally, some comparison studies are carried out to show the high accuracy and reliability of the present formulations compared to the nonlocal CPT and FSDT for different thicknesses, elastic foundations and nonlocal parameters.

  12. Electronic excitation spectra of molecules in solution calculated using the symmetry-adapted cluster-configuration interaction method in the polarizable continuum model with perturbative approach

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fukuda, Ryoichi, E-mail: fukuda@ims.ac.jp; Ehara, Masahiro; Elements Strategy Initiative for Catalysts and Batteries

    A perturbative approximation of the state specific polarizable continuum model (PCM) symmetry-adapted cluster-configuration interaction (SAC-CI) method is proposed for efficient calculations of the electronic excitations and absorption spectra of molecules in solutions. This first-order PCM SAC-CI method considers the solvent effects on the energies of excited states up to the first-order with using the zeroth-order wavefunctions. This method can avoid the costly iterative procedure of the self-consistent reaction field calculations. The first-order PCM SAC-CI calculations well reproduce the results obtained by the iterative method for various types of excitations of molecules in polar and nonpolar solvents. The first-order contribution ismore » significant for the excitation energies. The results obtained by the zeroth-order PCM SAC-CI, which considers the fixed ground-state reaction field for the excited-state calculations, are deviated from the results by the iterative method about 0.1 eV, and the zeroth-order PCM SAC-CI cannot predict even the direction of solvent shifts in n-hexane for many cases. The first-order PCM SAC-CI is applied to studying the solvatochromisms of (2,2{sup ′}-bipyridine)tetracarbonyltungsten [W(CO){sub 4}(bpy), bpy = 2,2{sup ′}-bipyridine] and bis(pentacarbonyltungsten)pyrazine [(OC){sub 5}W(pyz)W(CO){sub 5}, pyz = pyrazine]. The SAC-CI calculations reveal the detailed character of the excited states and the mechanisms of solvent shifts. The energies of metal to ligand charge transfer states are significantly sensitive to solvents. The first-order PCM SAC-CI well reproduces the observed absorption spectra of the tungsten carbonyl complexes in several solvents.« less

  13. Oligomeric complexes of some heteroaromatic ligands and aromatic diamines with rhodium and molybdenum tetracarboxylates: 13C and 15N CPMAS NMR and density functional theory studies.

    PubMed

    Leniak, Arkadiusz; Kamieński, Bohdan; Jaźwiński, Jarosław

    2015-05-01

    Seven new oligomeric complexes of 4,4'-bipyridine; 3,3'-bipyridine; benzene-1,4-diamine; benzene-1,3-diamine; benzene-1,2-diamine; and benzidine with rhodium tetraacetate, as well as 4,4'-bipyridine with molybdenum tetraacetate, have been obtained and investigated by elemental analysis and solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, (13)C and (15)N CPMAS NMR. The known complexes of pyrazine with rhodium tetrabenzoate, benzoquinone with rhodium tetrapivalate, 4,4'-bipyridine with molybdenum tetrakistrifluoroacetate and the 1 : 1 complex of 2,2'-bipyridine with rhodium tetraacetate exhibiting axial-equatorial ligation mode have been obtained as well for comparison purposes. Elemental analysis revealed 1 : 1 complex stoichiometry of all complexes. The (15)N CPMAS NMR spectra of all new complexes consist of one narrow signal, indicating regular uniform structures. Benzidine forms a heterogeneous material, probably containing linear oligomers and products of further reactions. The complexes were characterized by the parameter complexation shift Δδ (Δδ = δcomplex  - δligand). This parameter ranged from around -40 to -90 ppm in the case of heteroaromatic ligands, from around -12 to -22 ppm for diamines and from -16 to -31 ppm for the complexes of molybdenum tetracarboxylates with 4,4'-bipyridine. The experimental results have been supported by a density functional theory computation of (15)N NMR chemical shifts and complexation shifts at the non-relativistic Becke, three-parameter, Perdew-Wang 91/[6-311++G(2d,p), Stuttgart] and GGA-PBE/QZ4P levels of theory and at the relativistic scalar and spin-orbit zeroth order regular approximation/GGA-PBE/QZ4P level of theory. Nucleus-independent chemical shifts have been calculated for the selected compounds. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  14. Molecular structure of hybrid imino-chalcone in the solid state: X-ray diffraction, spectroscopy study and third-order nonlinear optical properties

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Custodio, J. M. F.; Santos, F. G.; Vaz, W. F.; Cunha, C. E. P.; Silveira, R. G.; Anjos, M. M.; Campos, C. E. M.; Oliveira, G. R.; Martins, F. T.; da Silva, C. C.; Valverde, C.; Baseia, B.; Napolitano, H. B.

    2018-04-01

    A comprehensive structural study of the compound (2E)-1-((E)-4-(4-methoxybenzylideneamino)phenyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one was carried out in this work. Single crystal X-ray diffraction (SCXRD), X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD), NMR, Raman and Infrared spectroscopies, and DFT calculations were performed for characterization of this iminochalcone hybrid. Intermolecular interactions were described by Hirshfeld surface analysis derived from crystal structure. Reactivity and intramolecular charge transfer were investigated using the frontier molecular orbitals and molecular electrostatic potential. In addition, we have calculated the Nonlinear Optical Properties at the CAM-B3LYP/6-311+g(d) level of theory in the presence of different solvents (gas-phase, acetone, chloroform, dichloromethane, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethanol, methanol, and water), being found meaningful NLO parameters for our compound. At last, there is a good agreement between calculated and experimental IR spectrum, allowing the assignment of some of normal vibrational modes of the iminochalcone hybrid.

  15. Thermohydrodynamic Analysis of Cryogenic Liquid Turbulent Flow Fluid Film Bearings

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    SanAndres, Luis

    1996-01-01

    Computational programs developed for the thermal analysis of tilting and flexure-pad hybrid bearings, and the unsteady flow and transient response of a point mass rotor supported on fluid film bearings are described. The motion of a cryogenic liquid on the thin film annular region of a fluid film bearing is described by a set of mass and momentum conservation, and energy transport equations for the turbulent bulk-flow velocities and pressure, and accompanied by thermophysical state equations for evaluation of the fluid material properties. Zeroth-order equations describe the fluid flow field for a journal static equilibrium position, while first-order (linear) equations govern the fluid flow for small amplitude-journal center translational motions. Solution to the zeroth-order flow field equations provides the bearing flow rate, load capacity, drag torque and temperature rise. Solution to the first-order equations determines the rotordynamic force coefficients due to journal radial motions.

  16. Dynamics of oxygen ordering in YBa2CU3O6+x studied by neutron and high-energy synchrotron x-ray diffiaction.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Frello, T.; Andersen, N. H.; Madsen, J.; Ka¨ll, M.; von Zimmermann, M.; Schmidt, O.; Poulsen, H. F.; Schneider, J. R.; Wolf, Th.

    1997-08-01

    The dynamics of the ortho-II oxygen structure in a high purity YBa 2Cu 3O 6+ x single crystal with x=0.50 has been studied by neutron and by X-ray diffraction with a photon energy of 100 keV. Our data show that the oxygen order develops on two different time-scales, one of the order of seconds and a much slower of the order of weeks and months. The mechanism dominating the slow time-scale is related to oxygen diffusion, while the fast mechanism may result from a temperature-dependent change in the average oxygen chain length.

  17. Second-order multiple-scattering theory associated with backscattering enhancement for a millimeter wavelength weather radar with a finite beam width

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kobayashi, Satoru; Tanelli, Simone; Im, Eastwood

    2005-12-01

    Effects of multiple scattering on reflectivity are studied for millimeter wavelength weather radars. A time-independent vector theory, including up to second-order scattering, is derived for a single layer of hydrometeors of a uniform density and a uniform diameter. In this theory, spherical waves with a Gaussian antenna pattern are used to calculate ladder and cross terms in the analytical scattering theory. The former terms represent the conventional multiple scattering, while the latter terms cause backscattering enhancement in both the copolarized and cross-polarized components. As the optical thickness of the hydrometeor layer increases, the differences from the conventional plane wave theory become more significant, and essentially, the reflectivity of multiple scattering depends on the ratio of mean free path to radar footprint radius. These results must be taken into account when analyzing radar reflectivity for use in remote sensing.

  18. Does electromagnetic radiation accelerate galactic cosmic rays

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Eichler, D.

    1977-01-01

    The 'reactor' theories of Tsytovich and collaborators (1973) of cosmic-ray acceleration by electromagnetic radiation are examined in the context of galactic cosmic rays. It is shown that any isotropic synchrotron or Compton reactors with reasonable astrophysical parameters can yield particles with a maximum relativistic factor of only about 10,000. If they are to produce particles with higher relativistic factors, the losses due to inverse Compton scattering of the electromagnetic radiation in them outweigh the acceleration, and this violates the assumptions of the theory. This is a critical restriction in the context of galactic cosmic rays, which have a power-law spectrum extending up to a relativistic factor of 1 million.

  19. Modelling Transposition Latencies: Constraints for Theories of Serial Order Memory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Farrell, Simon; Lewandowsky, Stephan

    2004-01-01

    Several competing theories of short-term memory can explain serial recall performance at a quantitative level. However, most theories to date have not been applied to the accompanying pattern of response latencies, thus ignoring a rich and highly diagnostic aspect of performance. This article explores and tests the error latency predictions of…

  20. Improving fast generation of halo catalogues with higher order Lagrangian perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Munari, Emiliano; Monaco, Pierluigi; Sefusatti, Emiliano; Castorina, Emanuele; Mohammad, Faizan G.; Anselmi, Stefano; Borgani, Stefano

    2017-03-01

    We present the latest version of PINOCCHIO, a code that generates catalogues of dark matter haloes in an approximate but fast way with respect to an N-body simulation. This code version implements a new on-the-fly production of halo catalogue on the past light cone with continuous time sampling, and the computation of particle and halo displacements are extended up to third-order Lagrangian perturbation theory (LPT), in contrast with previous versions that used Zel'dovich approximation. We run PINOCCHIO on the same initial configuration of a reference N-body simulation, so that the comparison extends to the object-by-object level. We consider haloes at redshifts 0 and 1, using different LPT orders either for halo construction or to compute halo final positions. We compare the clustering properties of PINOCCHIO haloes with those from the simulation by computing the power spectrum and two-point correlation function in real and redshift space (monopole and quadrupole), the bispectrum and the phase difference of halo distributions. We find that 2LPT and 3LPT give noticeable improvement. 3LPT provides the best agreement with N-body when it is used to displace haloes, while 2LPT gives better results for constructing haloes. At the highest orders, linear bias is typically recovered at a few per cent level. In Fourier space and using 3LPT for halo displacements, the halo power spectrum is recovered to within 10 per cent up to kmax ∼ 0.5 h Mpc-1. The results presented in this paper have interesting implications for the generation of large ensemble of mock surveys for the scientific exploitation of data from big surveys.

  1. Activity Theory and Situated Learning Theory: Contrasting Views of Educational Practice

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Arnseth, Hans Christian

    2008-01-01

    The purpose of this article is to offer a critical discussion of the practice turn in contemporary educational research. In order to make the discussion specific, I use two influential theories, namely activity theory and situated learning theory. They both turn to the notion of practice in order to overcome the limitations of mentalist and…

  2. Scale-invariant entropy-based theory for dynamic ordering

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Mahulikar, Shripad P., E-mail: spm@iitmandi.ac.in, E-mail: spm@aero.iitb.ac.in; Department of Aerospace Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, Mumbai 400076; Kumari, Priti

    2014-09-01

    Dynamically Ordered self-organized dissipative structure exists in various forms and at different scales. This investigation first introduces the concept of an isolated embedding system, which embeds an open system, e.g., dissipative structure and its mass and/or energy exchange with its surroundings. Thereafter, scale-invariant theoretical analysis is presented using thermodynamic principles for Order creation, existence, and destruction. The sustainability criterion for Order existence based on its structured mass and/or energy interactions with the surroundings is mathematically defined. This criterion forms the basis for the interrelationship of physical parameters during sustained existence of dynamic Order. It is shown that the sufficient conditionmore » for dynamic Order existence is approached if its sustainability criterion is met, i.e., its destruction path is blocked. This scale-invariant approach has the potential to unify the physical understanding of universal dynamic ordering based on entropy considerations.« less

  3. Optimal guidance law development for an advanced launch system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Calise, Anthony J.; Hodges, Dewey H.; Leung, Martin S.; Bless, Robert R.

    1991-01-01

    The proposed investigation on a Matched Asymptotic Expansion (MAE) method was carried out. It was concluded that the method of MAE is not applicable to launch vehicle ascent trajectory optimization due to a lack of a suitable stretched variable. More work was done on the earlier regular perturbation approach using a piecewise analytic zeroth order solution to generate a more accurate approximation. In the meantime, a singular perturbation approach using manifold theory is also under current investigation. Work on a general computational environment based on the use of MACSYMA and the weak Hamiltonian finite element method continued during this period. This methodology is capable of the solution of a large class of optimal control problems.

  4. Singlet-triplet splittings from the virial theorem and single-particle excitation energies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Becke, Axel D.

    2018-01-01

    The zeroth-order (uncorrelated) singlet-triplet energy difference in single-particle excited configurations is 2Kif, where Kif is the Coulomb self-energy of the product of the transition orbitals. Here we present a non-empirical, virial-theorem argument that the correlated singlet-triplet energy difference should be half of this, namely, Kif. This incredibly simple result gives vertical HOMO-LUMO excitation energies in small-molecule benchmarks as good as the popular TD-B3LYP time-dependent approach to excited states. For linear acenes and nonlinear polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, the performance is significantly better than TD-B3LYP. In addition to the virial theorem, the derivation borrows intuitive pair-density concepts from density-functional theory.

  5. Towards simultaneous measurements of electronic and structural properties in ultra-fast x-ray free electron laser absorption spectroscopy experiments

    PubMed Central

    Gaudin, J.; Fourment, C.; Cho, B. I.; Engelhorn, K.; Galtier, E.; Harmand, M.; Leguay, P. M.; Lee, H. J.; Nagler, B.; Nakatsutsumi, M.; Ozkan, C.; Störmer, M.; Toleikis, S.; Tschentscher, Th; Heimann, P. A.; Dorchies, F.

    2014-01-01

    The rapidly growing ultrafast science with X-ray lasers unveils atomic scale processes with unprecedented time resolution bringing the so called “molecular movie” within reach. X-ray absorption spectroscopy is one of the most powerful x-ray techniques providing both local atomic order and electronic structure when coupled with ad-hoc theory. Collecting absorption spectra within few x-ray pulses is possible only in a dispersive setup. We demonstrate ultrafast time-resolved measurements of the LIII-edge x-ray absorption near-edge spectra of irreversibly laser excited Molybdenum using an average of only few x-ray pulses with a signal to noise ratio limited only by the saturation level of the detector. The simplicity of the experimental set-up makes this technique versatile and applicable for a wide range of pump-probe experiments, particularly in the case of non-reversible processes. PMID:24740172

  6. Towards simultaneous measurements of electronic and structural properties in ultra-fast x-ray free electron laser absorption spectroscopy experiments

    DOE PAGES

    Gaudin, J.; Fourment, C.; Cho, B. I.; ...

    2014-04-17

    The rapidly growing ultrafast science with X-ray lasers unveils atomic scale processes with unprecedented time resolution bringing the so called “molecular movie” within reach. X-ray absorption spectroscopy is one of the most powerful x-ray techniques providing both local atomic order and electronic structure when coupled with ad-hoc theory. Collecting absorption spectra within few x-ray pulses is possible only in a dispersive setup. We demonstrate ultrafast time-resolved measurements of the LIII-edge x-ray absorption near-edge spectra of irreversibly laser excited Molybdenum using an average of only few x-ray pulses with a signal to noise ratio limited only by the saturation level ofmore » the detector. The simplicity of the experimental set-up makes this technique versatile and applicable for a wide range of pump-probe experiments, particularly in the case of non-reversible processes.« less

  7. Tensor hypercontraction density fitting. I. Quartic scaling second- and third-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hohenstein, Edward G.; Parrish, Robert M.; Martínez, Todd J.

    2012-07-01

    Many approximations have been developed to help deal with the O(N4) growth of the electron repulsion integral (ERI) tensor, where N is the number of one-electron basis functions used to represent the electronic wavefunction. Of these, the density fitting (DF) approximation is currently the most widely used despite the fact that it is often incapable of altering the underlying scaling of computational effort with respect to molecular size. We present a method for exploiting sparsity in three-center overlap integrals through tensor decomposition to obtain a low-rank approximation to density fitting (tensor hypercontraction density fitting or THC-DF). This new approximation reduces the 4th-order ERI tensor to a product of five matrices, simultaneously reducing the storage requirement as well as increasing the flexibility to regroup terms and reduce scaling behavior. As an example, we demonstrate such a scaling reduction for second- and third-order perturbation theory (MP2 and MP3), showing that both can be carried out in O(N4) operations. This should be compared to the usual scaling behavior of O(N5) and O(N6) for MP2 and MP3, respectively. The THC-DF technique can also be applied to other methods in electronic structure theory, such as coupled-cluster and configuration interaction, promising significant gains in computational efficiency and storage reduction.

  8. Crystals for astronomical X-ray spectroscopy

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Burek, A.

    1976-01-01

    Crystal spectrometric properties and the factors that affect their measurement are discussed. Theoretical and experimental results on KAP are summarized and theoretical results based on the dynamical theory of X-ray diffraction are given for the acid phthalates as well as for the commonly used planes of ADP, PET and EDDT. Anomalous dispersion is found to be important for understanding the details of crystal Bragg reflection properties at long X-ray wavelengths and some important effects are pointed out. The theory of anomalous dispersion is applied to explain the anomalous reflectivity exhibited by KAP at 23.3 A.

  9. Scattering theory for the defocusing fourth-order Schrödinger equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Miao, Changxing; Zheng, Jiqiang

    2016-02-01

    In this paper, we study the global well-posedness and scattering theory for the defocusing fourth-order nonlinear Schrödinger equation (FNLS) \\text{i}{{u}t}+{{Δ }2}u +\\mid u{{\\mid}p}u=0 in dimensions d≥slant 8 . We prove that if the solution u is apriorily bounded in the critical Sobolev space, that is, u\\in Lt∞≤ft(I;\\overset{\\centerdot}{\\mathop{H}} x{{sc}}≤ft({{{R}}d}\\right)\\right) with all {{s}c}:=\\frac{d}{2}-\\frac{4}{p}≥slant 1 if p is an even integer or {{s}c}\\in ≤ft[1,2+p\\right) otherwise, then u is global and scatters. We will give a uniform way to treat the energy-subcritical, energy-critical and energy-supercritical FNLS by making use of the strategy derived from concentration compactness ideas, and we are able to overcome the logarithmic blowup in the double Duhamel trick in dimension eight by exploiting the refined dispersive estimate which is in sharp contrast to the Schrödinger equation.

  10. Higher-order finite-difference formulation of periodic Orbital-free Density Functional Theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ghosh, Swarnava; Suryanarayana, Phanish, E-mail: phanish.suryanarayana@ce.gatech.edu

    2016-02-15

    We present a real-space formulation and higher-order finite-difference implementation of periodic Orbital-free Density Functional Theory (OF-DFT). Specifically, utilizing a local reformulation of the electrostatic and kernel terms, we develop a generalized framework for performing OF-DFT simulations with different variants of the electronic kinetic energy. In particular, we propose a self-consistent field (SCF) type fixed-point method for calculations involving linear-response kinetic energy functionals. In this framework, evaluation of both the electronic ground-state and forces on the nuclei are amenable to computations that scale linearly with the number of atoms. We develop a parallel implementation of this formulation using the finite-difference discretization.more » We demonstrate that higher-order finite-differences can achieve relatively large convergence rates with respect to mesh-size in both the energies and forces. Additionally, we establish that the fixed-point iteration converges rapidly, and that it can be further accelerated using extrapolation techniques like Anderson's mixing. We validate the accuracy of the results by comparing the energies and forces with plane-wave methods for selected examples, including the vacancy formation energy in Aluminum. Overall, the suitability of the proposed formulation for scalable high performance computing makes it an attractive choice for large-scale OF-DFT calculations consisting of thousands of atoms.« less

  11. Optical force on a large sphere illuminated by Bessel beams: comparisons between ray optics method and generalized Lorenz-Mie theory.

    PubMed

    Song, Shukun; Wang, Neng; Lu, Wanli; Lin, Zhifang

    2014-10-01

    Optical forces are calculated for a dielectric spherical particle illuminated by a zero-order Bessel beam based on both the generalized Lorenz-Mie theory (GLMT) and the ray optics method (ROM). Particles with positive and negative refractive indices are examined. The peculiar characteristics of the Bessel beam allow for analytical expressions for the beam shape coefficients required in the GLMT as well as a decomposition of optical force into the gradient and the scattering forces irrespective of the particle size, which enable respective comparisons for the gradient and scattering forces between the results obtained from the GLMT and the ROM. Our results demonstrate that the discrepancy between the results obtained from the GLMT and the ROM depends on the particle refractive index np, the particle size, and, also, the particle location in the beam field. As the particle size increases, the difference between the results from the GLMT and the ROM shows a general tendency of decreasing, as can be expected, but the change may exhibit oscillatory rather than monotonic behavior. A phase diagram is presented that displays the regime for particle size and refractive index where a specified accuracy can be achieved for optical force by the ROM.

  12. The Relationship of Dynamical Heterogeneity to the Adam-Gibbs and Random First-Order Transition Theories of Glass Formation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Starr, Francis; Douglas, Jack; Sastry, Srikanth

    2013-03-01

    We examine measures of dynamical heterogeneity for a bead-spring polymer melt and test how these scales compare with the scales hypothesized by the Adam and Gibbs (AG) and random first-order transition (RFOT) theories. We show that the time scale of the high-mobility clusters and strings is associated with a diffusive time scale, while the low-mobility particles' time scale relates to a structural relaxation time. The difference of the characteristic times naturally explains the decoupling of diffusion and structural relaxation time scales. We examine the appropriateness of identifying the size scales of mobile particle clusters or strings with the size of cooperatively rearranging regions (CRR) in the AG and RFOT theories. We find that the string size appears to be the most consistent measure of CRR for both the AG and RFOT models. Identifying strings or clusters with the``mosaic'' length of the RFOT model relaxes the conventional assumption that the``entropic droplet'' are compact. We also confirm the validity of the entropy formulation of the AG theory, constraining the exponent values of the RFOT theory. This constraint, together with the analysis of size scales, enables us to estimate the characteristic exponents of RFOT.

  13. A recursively formulated first-order semianalytic artificial satellite theory based on the generalized method of averaging. Volume 1: The generalized method of averaging applied to the artificial satellite problem

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcclain, W. D.

    1977-01-01

    A recursively formulated, first-order, semianalytic artificial satellite theory, based on the generalized method of averaging is presented in two volumes. Volume I comprehensively discusses the theory of the generalized method of averaging applied to the artificial satellite problem. Volume II presents the explicit development in the nonsingular equinoctial elements of the first-order average equations of motion. The recursive algorithms used to evaluate the first-order averaged equations of motion are also presented in Volume II. This semianalytic theory is, in principle, valid for a term of arbitrary degree in the expansion of the third-body disturbing function (nonresonant cases only) and for a term of arbitrary degree and order in the expansion of the nonspherical gravitational potential function.

  14. Superquantile/CVaR Risk Measures: Second-Order Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-07-31

    order superquantile risk minimization as well as superquantile regression , a proposed second-order version of quantile regression . Keywords...minimization as well as superquantile regression , a proposed second-order version of quantile regression . 15. SUBJECT TERMS 16. SECURITY...superquantilies, because it is deeply tied to generalized regression . The joint formula (3) is central to quantile regression , a well known alternative

  15. Probing the Spatial Distribution of the Interstellar Dust Medium by High Angular Resolution X-ray Halos of Point Sources

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiang, Jingen

    X-rays are absorbed and scattered by dust grains when they travel through the interstellar medium. The scattering within small angles results in an X-ray ``halo''. The halo properties are significantly affected by the energy of radiation, the optical depth of the scattering, the grain size distributions and compositions, and the spatial distribution of dust along the line of sight (LOS). Therefore analyzing the X-ray halo properties is an important tool to study the size distribution and spatial distribution of interstellar grains, which plays a central role in the astrophysical study of the interstellar medium, such as the thermodynamics and chemistry of the gas and the dynamics of star formation. With excellent angular resolution, good energy resolution and broad energy band, the Chandra ACIS is so far the best instrument for studying the X-ray halos. But the direct images of bright sources obtained with ACIS usually suffer from severe pileup which prevents us from obtaining the halos in small angles. We first improve the method proposed by Yao et al to resolve the X-ray dust scattering halos of point sources from the zeroth order data in CC-mode or the first order data in TE mode with Chandra HETG/ACIS. Using this method we re-analyze the Cygnus X-1 data observed with Chandra. Then we studied the X-ray dust scattering halos around 17 bright X-ray point sources using Chandra data. All sources were observed with the HETG/ACIS in CC-mode or TE-mode. Using the interstellar grain models of WD01 model and MRN model to fit the halo profiles, we get the hydrogen column densities and the spatial distributions of the scattering dust grains along the line of sights (LOS) to these sources. We find there is a good linear correlation not only between the scattering hydrogen column density from WD01 model and the one from MRN model, but also between N_{H} derived from spectral fits and the one derived from the grain models WD01 and MRN (except for GX 301-2 and Vela X-1): N

  16. Mean-field theory for multipole ordering in f-electron systems on the basis of a j-j coupling scheme

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yamamura, Ryosuke; Hotta, Takashi

    2018-05-01

    We develop a microscopic theory for multipole ordering, applicable to the system with plural numbers of f electrons per ion, from an itinerant picture on the basis of a j-j coupling scheme. For the purpose, by introducing the Γ8 Hubbard Hamiltonian as the minimum model to discuss the multipole ordering in f-electron systems, we describe the mean-field approximation in terms of the multipole operators. For the case of n = 2 , where n denotes the average f-electron number per ion, we analyze the model on a simple cubic lattice to obtain the multipole phase diagram. In particular, we find the order of non-Kramers Γ3 quadrupoles, O20 and O22 , with different ordering vectors. We attempt to explain the phase diagram from the discussion on the interaction energy.

  17. Development and evolution of dentition pattern and tooth order in the skates and rays (batoidea; chondrichthyes).

    PubMed

    Underwood, Charlie J; Johanson, Zerina; Welten, Monique; Metscher, Brian; Rasch, Liam J; Fraser, Gareth J; Smith, Moya Meredith

    2015-01-01

    Shark and ray (elasmobranch) dentitions are well known for their multiple generations of teeth, with isolated teeth being common in the fossil record. However, how the diverse dentitions characteristic of elasmobranchs form is still poorly understood. Data on the development and maintenance of the dental patterning in this major vertebrate group will allow comparisons to other morphologically diverse taxa, including the bony fishes, in order to identify shared pattern characters for the vertebrate dentition as a whole. Data is especially lacking from the Batoidea (skates and rays), hence our objective is to compile data on embryonic and adult batoid tooth development contributing to ordering of the dentition, from cleared and stained specimens and micro-CT scans, with 3D rendered models. We selected species (adult and embryonic) spanning phylogenetically significant batoid clades, such that our observations may raise questions about relationships within the batoids, particularly with respect to current molecular-based analyses. We include developmental data from embryos of recent model organisms Leucoraja erinacea and Raja clavata to evaluate the earliest establishment of the dentition. Characters of the batoid dentition investigated include alternate addition of teeth as offset successional tooth rows (versus single separate files), presence of a symphyseal initiator region (symphyseal tooth present, or absent, but with two parasymphyseal teeth) and a restriction to tooth addition along each jaw reducing the number of tooth families, relative to addition of successor teeth within each family. Our ultimate aim is to understand the shared characters of the batoids, and whether or not these dental characters are shared more broadly within elasmobranchs, by comparing these to dentitions in shark outgroups. These developmental morphological analyses will provide a solid basis to better understand dental evolution in these important vertebrate groups as well as the

  18. Directionally Interacting Spheres and Rods Form Ordered Phases

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu, Wenyan; Mahynski, Nathan A.; Gang, Oleg

    The structures formed by mixtures of dissimilarly shaped nanoscale objects can significantly enhance our ability to produce nanoscale architectures. However, understanding their formation is a complex problem due to the interplay of geometric effects (entropy) and energetic interactions at the nanoscale. Spheres and rods are perhaps the most basic geometrical shapes and serve as convenient models of such dissimilar objects. The ordered phases formed by each of these individual shapes have already been explored, but, when mixed, spheres and rods have demonstrated only limited structural organization to date. We show using experiments and theory that the introduction of directional attractionsmore » between rod ends and isotropically interacting spherical nanoparticles (NPs) through DNA base pairing leads to the formation of ordered three-dimensional lattices. The spheres and rods arrange themselves in a complex alternating manner, where the spheres can form either a face-centered cubic (FCC) or hexagonal close-packed (HCP) lattice, or a disordered phase, as observed by in situ X-ray scattering. Increasing NP diameter at fixed rod length yields an initial transition from a disordered phase to the HCP crystal, energetically stabilized by rod-rod attraction across alternating crystal layers, as revealed by theory. In the limit of large NPs, the FCC structure is instead stabilized over the HCP by rod entropy. Thus, we propose that directionally specific attractions in mixtures of anisotropic and isotropic objects offer insight into unexplored self-assembly behavior of noncomplementary shaped particles.« less

  19. Directionally Interacting Spheres and Rods Form Ordered Phases

    DOE PAGES

    Liu, Wenyan; Mahynski, Nathan A.; Gang, Oleg; ...

    2017-05-10

    The structures formed by mixtures of dissimilarly shaped nanoscale objects can significantly enhance our ability to produce nanoscale architectures. However, understanding their formation is a complex problem due to the interplay of geometric effects (entropy) and energetic interactions at the nanoscale. Spheres and rods are perhaps the most basic geometrical shapes and serve as convenient models of such dissimilar objects. The ordered phases formed by each of these individual shapes have already been explored, but, when mixed, spheres and rods have demonstrated only limited structural organization to date. We show using experiments and theory that the introduction of directional attractionsmore » between rod ends and isotropically interacting spherical nanoparticles (NPs) through DNA base pairing leads to the formation of ordered three-dimensional lattices. The spheres and rods arrange themselves in a complex alternating manner, where the spheres can form either a face-centered cubic (FCC) or hexagonal close-packed (HCP) lattice, or a disordered phase, as observed by in situ X-ray scattering. Increasing NP diameter at fixed rod length yields an initial transition from a disordered phase to the HCP crystal, energetically stabilized by rod-rod attraction across alternating crystal layers, as revealed by theory. In the limit of large NPs, the FCC structure is instead stabilized over the HCP by rod entropy. Thus, we propose that directionally specific attractions in mixtures of anisotropic and isotropic objects offer insight into unexplored self-assembly behavior of noncomplementary shaped particles.« less

  20. Superquantile/CVaR Risk Measures: Second-Order Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-07-17

    order version of quantile regression . Keywords: superquantiles, conditional value-at-risk, second-order superquantiles, mixed superquan- tiles... quantile regression . 15. SUBJECT TERMS 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT Same as Report (SAR) 18. NUMBER OF PAGES 26 19a...second-order superquantiles is in the domain of generalized regression . We laid out in [16] a parallel methodology to that of quantile regression

  1. Cosmic ray albedo gamma rays from the quiet sun

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Seckel, D.; Stanev, T.; Gaisser, T. K.

    1992-01-01

    We estimate the flux of gamma-rays that result from collisions of high energy galactic cosmic rays with the solar atmosphere. An important aspect of our model is the propagation of cosmic rays through the magnetic fields of the inner solar systems. We use diffusion to model propagation down to the bottom of the corona. Below the corona we trace particle orbits through the photospheric fields to determine the location of cosmic ray interactions in the solar atmosphere and evolve the resultant cascades. For our nominal choice of parameters, we predict an integrated flux of gamma rays (at 1 AU) of F(E(sub gamma) greater than 100 MeV) approximately = 5 x 10(exp -8)/sq cm sec. This can be an order of magnitude above the galactic background and should be observable by the Energetic Gamma Ray experiment telescope (EGRET).

  2. Analytic model of a multi-electron atom

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Skoromnik, O. D.; Feranchuk, I. D.; Leonau, A. U.; Keitel, C. H.

    2017-12-01

    A fully analytical approximation for the observable characteristics of many-electron atoms is developed via a complete and orthonormal hydrogen-like basis with a single-effective charge parameter for all electrons of a given atom. The basis completeness allows us to employ the secondary-quantized representation for the construction of regular perturbation theory, which includes in a natural way correlation effects, converges fast and enables an effective calculation of the subsequent corrections. The hydrogen-like basis set provides a possibility to perform all summations over intermediate states in closed form, including both the discrete and continuous spectra. This is achieved with the help of the decomposition of the multi-particle Green function in a convolution of single-electronic Coulomb Green functions. We demonstrate that our fully analytical zeroth-order approximation describes the whole spectrum of the system, provides accuracy, which is independent of the number of electrons and is important for applications where the Thomas-Fermi model is still utilized. In addition already in second-order perturbation theory our results become comparable with those via a multi-configuration Hartree-Fock approach.

  3. Intentions to consume omega-3 fatty acids: a comparison of protection motivation theory and ordered protection motivation theory.

    PubMed

    Calder, Samuel Christian; Davidson, Graham R; Ho, Robert

    2011-06-01

    There has been limited research to date into methods for increasing people's intentions to use omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (n-3 PUFA), which have been linked with decreased risk of suffering from numerous major diseases. The present study employed a cross-sectional design with 380 university students, employees, and visitors to investigate the efficacy of the protection motivation (PM) theory and the ordered protection motivation (OPM) theory, to predict behavioral intention to consume omega-3 rich foods and dietary supplements. Analysis of model fit indicated that both the PM model and the OPM model adequately represented the structural relationships between the cognitive variables and intention to consume n-3 PUFA. Further evaluation of relative fit of the two competing models suggested that the PM model might provide a better representation of decision-making following evaluation of the health threat of n-3 PUFA deficiency. Path analysis indicated that the component of coping appraisal was significantly associated with the behavioral intention to consume n-3 PUFA. Threat appraisal was found to be significantly associated with behavioral intention to consume n-3 PUFA only for the OPM model. Overall, the findings contribute to a better understanding of the roles that cognitive appraisal processes play in young and healthy individuals' protective health decision-making regarding consumption of n-3 PUFA. Implications of the findings and recommendations, which include (a) encouraging the consumption of n-3 PUFA as an effective barrier against the incidence of disease, and (b) effective health messaging that focuses on beliefs about the effectiveness of n-3 PUFA in reducing health risks, are discussed.

  4. Scintillation analysis of truncated Bessel beams via numerical turbulence propagation simulation.

    PubMed

    Eyyuboğlu, Halil T; Voelz, David; Xiao, Xifeng

    2013-11-20

    Scintillation aspects of truncated Bessel beams propagated through atmospheric turbulence are investigated using a numerical wave optics random phase screen simulation method. On-axis, aperture averaged scintillation and scintillation relative to a classical Gaussian beam of equal source power and scintillation per unit received power are evaluated. It is found that in almost all circumstances studied, the zeroth-order Bessel beam will deliver the lowest scintillation. Low aperture averaged scintillation levels are also observed for the fourth-order Bessel beam truncated by a narrower source window. When assessed relative to the scintillation of a Gaussian beam of equal source power, Bessel beams generally have less scintillation, particularly at small receiver aperture sizes and small beam orders. Upon including in this relative performance measure the criteria of per unit received power, this advantageous position of Bessel beams mostly disappears, but zeroth- and first-order Bessel beams continue to offer some advantage for relatively smaller aperture sizes, larger source powers, larger source plane dimensions, and intermediate propagation lengths.

  5. Memory for Serial Order.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lewandowsky, Stephan; Murdock, Bennet B., Jr.

    1989-01-01

    An extension to Murdock's Theory of Distributed Associative Memory, based on associative chaining between items, is presented. The extended theory is applied to several serial order phenomena, including serial list learning, delayed recall effects, partial report effects, and buildup and release from proactive interference. (TJH)

  6. Impact of higher order diagrams on phase equilibrium calculations for small molecules using lattice cluster theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zimmermann, Patrick; Walowski, Christoph; Enders, Sabine

    2018-03-01

    The Lattice Cluster Theory (LCT) provides a powerful tool to predict thermodynamic properties of large molecules (e.g., polymers) of different molecular architectures. When the pure-component parameters of a certain compound have been derived by adjustment to experimental data and the number of atoms is held constant within the molecule so that only the architecture is changed, the LCT is capable of predicting the properties of isomers without further parameter adjustment just based on the incorporation of molecular architecture. Trying to predict the thermodynamic properties of smaller molecules, one might face some challenges, which are addressed in this contribution. After factoring out the mean field term of the partition function, the LCT poses an expression that involves corrections to the mean field depending on molecular architecture, resulting in the free energy formally being expressed as a double series expansion in lattice coordination number z and interaction energy ɛ ˜ . In the process of deriving all contributing sub-structures within a molecule, some parts have been neglected to this point due to the double series expansion being truncated after the order ɛ˜ 2z-2. We consider the neglected parts that are of the order z-3 and reformulate the expression for the free energy within the LCT to achieve a higher predictive capability of the theory when it comes to small isomers and compressible systems. The modified version was successfully applied for phase equilibrium calculations of binary mixtures composed of linear and branched alkanes.

  7. Multiwavelength observations of unidentified high energy gamma ray sources

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Halpern, Jules P.

    1993-01-01

    As was the case for COS B, the majority of high-energy (greater than 100 MeV) gamma-ray sources detected by the EGRET instrument on GRO are not immediately identifiable with cataloged objects at other wavelengths. These persistent gamma-ray sources are, next to the gamma-ray bursts, the least understood objects in the universe. Even a rudimentary understanding of their nature awaits identifications and follow-up work at other wavelengths to tell us what they are. The as yet unidentified sources are potentially the most interesting, since they may represent unrecognized new classes of astronomical objects, such as radio-quiet pulsars or new types of active galactic nuclei (AGN's). This two-year investigation is intended to support the analysis, correlation, and theoretical interpretation of data that we are obtaining at x ray, optical, and radio wavelengths in order to render the gamma-ray data interpretable. According to plan, in the first year concentration was on the identification and study of Geminga. The second year will be devoted to studies of similar unidentified gamma-ray sources which will become available in the first EGRET catalogs. The results obtained so far are presented in the two papers which are reproduced in the Appendix. In these papers, we discuss the pulse profiles of Geminga, the geometry and efficiency of the magnetospheric accelerator, the distance to Geminga, the implications for theories of polar cap heating, the effect of the magnetic field on the surface emission and environment of the neutron star, and possible interpretations of a radio-quiet Geminga. The implications of the other gamma-ray pulsars which were discovered to have high gamma-ray efficiency are also discussed, and the remaining unidentified COS B sources are attributed to a population of efficient gamma-ray sources, some of which may be radio quiet.

  8. Correlations in polymer blends: Simulations, perturbation theory, and coarse-grained theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chung, Jun Kyung

    A thermodynamic perturbation theory of symmetric polymer blends is developed that properly accounts for the correlation in the spatial arrangement of monomers. By expanding the free energy of mixing in powers of a small parameter alpha which controls the incompatibility of two monomer species, we show that the perturbation theory has the form of the original Flory-Huggins theory, to first order in alpha. However, the lattice coordination number in the original theory is replaced by an effective coordination number. A random walk model for the effective coordination number is found to describe Monte Carlo simulation data very well. We also propose a way to estimate Flory-Huggins chi parameter by extrapolating the perturbation theory to the limit of a hypothetical system of infinitely long chains. The first order perturbation theory yields an accurate estimation of chi to first order in alpha. Going to second order, however, turns out to be more involved and an unambiguous determination of the coefficient of alpha2 term is not possible at the moment. Lastly, we test the predictions of a renormalized one-loop theory of fluctuations using two coarse-grained models of symmetric polymer blends at the critical composition. It is found that the theory accurately describes the correlation effect for relatively small values of chiN. In addition, the universality assumption of coarse-grained models is examined and we find results that are supportive of it.

  9. Theory of population coupling and applications to describe high order correlations in large populations of interacting neurons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Haiping

    2017-03-01

    To understand the collective spiking activity in neuronal populations, it is essential to reveal basic circuit variables responsible for these emergent functional states. Here, I develop a mean field theory for the population coupling recently proposed in the studies of the visual cortex of mouse and monkey, relating the individual neuron activity to the population activity, and extend the original form to the second order, relating neuron-pair’s activity to the population activity, to explain the high order correlations observed in the neural data. I test the computational framework on the salamander retinal data and the cortical spiking data of behaving rats. For the retinal data, the original form of population coupling and its advanced form can explain a significant fraction of two-cell correlations and three-cell correlations, respectively. For the cortical data, the performance becomes much better, and the second order population coupling reveals non-local effects in local cortical circuits.

  10. A comparison of the coupled cluster and internally contracted averaged coupled-pair functional levels of theory for the calculation of the MCH2(+) binding energies for M = Sc to Cu

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bauschlicher, Charles W., Jr.; Partridge, Harry; Scuseria, Gustavo E.

    1992-01-01

    The correlation contribution to the M-C binding energy for the MCH2(+) systems can exceed 100 kcal/mol. At the self-consistent field (SCF) level, these systems can be more than 50 kcal/mol above the fragment energies. In spite of the poor zeroth-order reference, the coupled cluster single and double excitation method with a perturbational estimate of triple excitations, CCSD(T), method is shown to provide an accurate description of these systems. The maximum difference between the CCSD(T) and internally contracted averaged coupled-pair functional binding energies is 1.5 kcal/mol for CrCH2(+), with the remaining systems agreeing to within 1.0 kcal/mol.

  11. Automated mapping of the ocean floor using the theory of intrinsic random functions of order k

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    David, M.; Crozel, D.; Robb, James M.

    1986-01-01

    High-quality contour maps can be computer drawn from single track echo-sounding data by combining Universal Kriging and the theory of intrinsic random function of order K (IRFK). These methods interpolate values among the closely spaced points that lie along relatively widely spaced lines. The technique provides a variance which can be contoured as a quantitative measure of map precision. The technique can be used to evaluate alternative survey trackline configurations and data collection intervals, and can be applied to other types of oceanographic data. ?? 1986 D. Reidel Publishing Company.

  12. Neutron matter at next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order in chiral effective field theory.

    PubMed

    Tews, I; Krüger, T; Hebeler, K; Schwenk, A

    2013-01-18

    Neutron matter presents a unique system for chiral effective field theory because all many-body forces among neutrons are predicted to next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order (N(3)LO). We present the first complete N(3)LO calculation of the neutron matter energy. This includes the subleading three-nucleon forces for the first time and all leading four-nucleon forces. We find relatively large contributions from N(3)LO three-nucleon forces. Our results provide constraints for neutron-rich matter in astrophysics with controlled theoretical uncertainties.

  13. Quantum transport in graphene in presence of strain-induced pseudo-Landau levels

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Settnes, Mikkel; Leconte, Nicolas; Barrios-Vargas, Jose E.; Jauho, Antti-Pekka; Roche, Stephan

    2016-09-01

    We report on mesoscopic transport fingerprints in disordered graphene caused by strain-field induced pseudomagnetic Landau levels (pLLs). Efficient numerical real space calculations of the Kubo formula are performed for an ordered network of nanobubbles in graphene, creating pseudomagnetic fields up to several hundreds of Tesla, values inaccessible by real magnetic fields. Strain-induced pLLs yield enhanced scattering effects across the energy spectrum resulting in lower mean free path and enhanced localization effects. In the vicinity of the zeroth order pLL, we demonstrate an anomalous transport regime, where the mean free paths increases with disorder. We attribute this puzzling behavior to the low-energy sub-lattice polarization induced by the zeroth order pLL, which is unique to pseudomagnetic fields preserving time-reversal symmetry. These results, combined with the experimental feasibility of reversible deformation fields, open the way to tailor a metal-insulator transition driven by pseudomagnetic fields.

  14. Model Order Reduction Algorithm for Estimating the Absorption Spectrum

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Van Beeumen, Roel; Williams-Young, David B.; Kasper, Joseph M.

    The ab initio description of the spectral interior of the absorption spectrum poses both a theoretical and computational challenge for modern electronic structure theory. Due to the often spectrally dense character of this domain in the quantum propagator’s eigenspectrum for medium-to-large sized systems, traditional approaches based on the partial diagonalization of the propagator often encounter oscillatory and stagnating convergence. Electronic structure methods which solve the molecular response problem through the solution of spectrally shifted linear systems, such as the complex polarization propagator, offer an alternative approach which is agnostic to the underlying spectral density or domain location. This generality comesmore » at a seemingly high computational cost associated with solving a large linear system for each spectral shift in some discretization of the spectral domain of interest. In this work, we present a novel, adaptive solution to this high computational overhead based on model order reduction techniques via interpolation. Model order reduction reduces the computational complexity of mathematical models and is ubiquitous in the simulation of dynamical systems and control theory. The efficiency and effectiveness of the proposed algorithm in the ab initio prediction of X-ray absorption spectra is demonstrated using a test set of challenging water clusters which are spectrally dense in the neighborhood of the oxygen K-edge. On the basis of a single, user defined tolerance we automatically determine the order of the reduced models and approximate the absorption spectrum up to the given tolerance. We also illustrate that, for the systems studied, the automatically determined model order increases logarithmically with the problem dimension, compared to a linear increase of the number of eigenvalues within the energy window. Furthermore, we observed that the computational cost of the proposed algorithm only scales quadratically with respect

  15. Transmission-line model to design matching stage for light coupling into two-dimensional photonic crystals.

    PubMed

    Miri, Mehdi; Khavasi, Amin; Mehrany, Khashayar; Rashidian, Bizhan

    2010-01-15

    The transmission-line analogy of the planar electromagnetic reflection problem is exploited to obtain a transmission-line model that can be used to design effective, robust, and wideband interference-based matching stages. The proposed model based on a new definition for a scalar impedance is obtained by using the reflection coefficient of the zeroth-order diffracted plane wave outside the photonic crystal. It is shown to be accurate for in-band applications, where the normalized frequency is low enough to ensure that the zeroth-order diffracted plane wave is the most important factor in determining the overall reflection. The frequency limitation of employing the proposed approach is explored, highly dispersive photonic crystals are considered, and wideband matching stages based on binomial impedance transformers are designed to work at the first two photonic bands.

  16. The super-NFW model: an analytic dynamical model for cold dark matter haloes and elliptical galaxies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lilley, Edward J.; Evans, N. Wyn; Sanders, Jason L.

    2018-05-01

    An analytic galaxy model with ρ ˜ r-1 at small radii and ρ ˜ r-3.5 at large radii is presented. The asymptotic density fall-off is slower than the Hernquist model, but faster than the Navarro-Frenk-White (NFW) profile for dark matter haloes, and so in accord with recent evidence from cosmological simulations. The model provides the zeroth-order term in a biorthornomal basis function expansion, meaning that axisymmetric, triaxial, and lopsided distortions can easily be added (much like the Hernquist model itself which is the zeroth-order term of the Hernquist-Ostriker expansion). The properties of the spherical model, including analytic distribution functions which are either isotropic, radially anisotropic, or tangentially anisotropic, are discussed in some detail. The analogue of the mass-concentration relation for cosmological haloes is provided.

  17. The basis for cosmic ray feedback: Written on the wind

    PubMed Central

    Zweibel, Ellen G.

    2017-01-01

    Star formation and supermassive black hole growth in galaxies appear to be self-limiting. The mechanisms for self-regulation are known as feedback. Cosmic rays, the relativistic particle component of interstellar and intergalactic plasma, are among the agents of feedback. Because cosmic rays are virtually collisionless in the plasma environments of interest, their interaction with the ambient medium is primarily mediated by large scale magnetic fields and kinetic scale plasma waves. Because kinetic scales are much smaller than global scales, this interaction is most conveniently described by fluid models. In this paper, I discuss the kinetic theory and the classical theory of cosmic ray hydrodynamics (CCRH) which follows from assuming cosmic rays interact only with self-excited waves. I generalize CCRH to generalized cosmic ray hydrodynamics, which accommodates interactions with extrinsic turbulence, present examples of cosmic ray feedback, and assess where progress is needed. PMID:28579734

  18. The basis for cosmic ray feedback: Written on the wind

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zweibel, Ellen G.

    2017-05-01

    Star formation and supermassive black hole growth in galaxies appear to be self-limiting. The mechanisms for self-regulation are known as feedback. Cosmic rays, the relativistic particle component of interstellar and intergalactic plasma, are among the agents of feedback. Because cosmic rays are virtually collisionless in the plasma environments of interest, their interaction with the ambient medium is primarily mediated by large scale magnetic fields and kinetic scale plasma waves. Because kinetic scales are much smaller than global scales, this interaction is most conveniently described by fluid models. In this paper, I discuss the kinetic theory and the classical theory of cosmic ray hydrodynamics (CCRH) which follows from assuming cosmic rays interact only with self-excited waves. I generalize CCRH to generalized cosmic ray hydrodynamics, which accommodates interactions with extrinsic turbulence, present examples of cosmic ray feedback, and assess where progress is needed.

  19. The basis for cosmic ray feedback: Written on the wind.

    PubMed

    Zweibel, Ellen G

    2017-05-01

    Star formation and supermassive black hole growth in galaxies appear to be self-limiting. The mechanisms for self-regulation are known as feedback . Cosmic rays, the relativistic particle component of interstellar and intergalactic plasma, are among the agents of feedback. Because cosmic rays are virtually collisionless in the plasma environments of interest, their interaction with the ambient medium is primarily mediated by large scale magnetic fields and kinetic scale plasma waves. Because kinetic scales are much smaller than global scales, this interaction is most conveniently described by fluid models. In this paper, I discuss the kinetic theory and the classical theory of cosmic ray hydrodynamics (CCRH) which follows from assuming cosmic rays interact only with self-excited waves. I generalize CCRH to generalized cosmic ray hydrodynamics, which accommodates interactions with extrinsic turbulence, present examples of cosmic ray feedback, and assess where progress is needed.

  20. Simulation tools for analyzer-based x-ray phase contrast imaging system with a conventional x-ray source

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Caudevilla, Oriol; Zhou, Wei; Stoupin, Stanislav; Verman, Boris; Brankov, J. G.

    2016-09-01

    Analyzer-based X-ray phase contrast imaging (ABI) belongs to a broader family of phase-contrast (PC) X-ray imaging modalities. Unlike the conventional X-ray radiography, which measures only X-ray absorption, in PC imaging one can also measures the X-rays deflection induced by the object refractive properties. It has been shown that refraction imaging provides better contrast when imaging the soft tissue, which is of great interest in medical imaging applications. In this paper, we introduce a simulation tool specifically designed to simulate the analyzer-based X-ray phase contrast imaging system with a conventional polychromatic X-ray source. By utilizing ray tracing and basic physical principles of diffraction theory our simulation tool can predicting the X-ray beam profile shape, the energy content, the total throughput (photon count) at the detector. In addition we can evaluate imaging system point-spread function for various system configurations.

  1. Optical pulling force on a magneto-dielectric Rayleigh sphere in Bessel tractor polarized beams

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mitri, F. G.; Li, R. X.; Yang, R. P.; Guo, L. X.; Ding, C. Y.

    2016-11-01

    The optical radiation force induced by Bessel (vortex) beams on a magneto-dielectric subwavelength sphere is investigated with particular emphasis on the beam polarization and order l (or topological charge). The analysis is focused on identifying the regions and some of the conditions to achieve retrograde motion of the sphere centered on the axis of wave propagation of the incident beam, or shifted off-axially. Exact non-paraxial analytical solutions are established, and computations for linear, circular, radial, azimuthal and mixed polarizations of the individual plane wave components forming the Bessel (vortex) beams by means of the angular spectrum decomposition method (ASDM) illustrate the theory with particular emphasis on the tractor (i.e. reversal) behavior of the force. This effect results in the pulling of the magneto-dielectric sphere against the forward linear momentum density flux associated with the incoming waves. Should some conditions related to the choice of the beam parameters as well as the permittivity and permeability of the sphere be met, the optical force vanishes and reverses sign. Moreover, the beam polarization is shown to affect differently the axial negative pulling force for either the zeroth- or the first-order Bessel beam. When the sphere is centered on the beam‧s axis, the axial force component is always negative for the zeroth-order Bessel beam except for the radial and azimuthal polarization configurations. Nonetheless, for the first-order Bessel beam, the axial force is negative for the radial polarization case only. Additional tractor beam effects arise when the sphere departs from the center of the beam. It is also demonstrated that the tractor beam effect arises from the force component originating from the cross-interaction between the electric and magnetic dipoles. Potential applications are in particle manipulation, optical levitation, tractor beam tweezers, and other emergent technologies using polarized Bessel beams on

  2. Static charge-density-wave order in the superconducting state of La 2 - x Ba x CuO 4

    DOE PAGES

    Thampy, V.; Chen, X. M.; Cao, Y.; ...

    2017-06-15

    Charge-density-wave (CDW) correlations feature prominently in the phase diagram of the cuprates, motivating competing theories of whether fluctuating CDW correlations aid superconductivity or whether static CDW order coexists with superconductivity in inhomogeneous or spatially modulated states. Here we report Cu L-edge resonant x-ray photon correlation spectroscopy measurements of CDW correlations in superconducting La 2–xBa xCuO 4, x = 0.11. Static CDW order is shown to exist in the superconducting state at low temperatures and to persist up to at least 85% of the CDW transition temperature. As a result, we discuss the implications of our observations for how nominally competingmore » order parameters can coexist in the cuprates.« less

  3. Non-Abelian string and particle braiding in topological order: Modular SL (3 ,Z ) representation and (3 +1 ) -dimensional twisted gauge theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Juven C.; Wen, Xiao-Gang

    2015-01-01

    String and particle braiding statistics are examined in a class of topological orders described by discrete gauge theories with a gauge group G and a 4-cocycle twist ω4 of G 's cohomology group H4(G ,R /Z ) in three-dimensional space and one-dimensional time (3 +1 D ) . We establish the topological spin and the spin-statistics relation for the closed strings and their multistring braiding statistics. The 3 +1 D twisted gauge theory can be characterized by a representation of a modular transformation group, SL (3 ,Z ) . We express the SL (3 ,Z ) generators Sx y z and Tx y in terms of the gauge group G and the 4-cocycle ω4. As we compactify one of the spatial directions z into a compact circle with a gauge flux b inserted, we can use the generators Sx y and Tx y of an SL (2 ,Z ) subgroup to study the dimensional reduction of the 3D topological order C3 D to a direct sum of degenerate states of 2D topological orders Cb2 D in different flux b sectors: C3 D=⊕bCb2 D . The 2D topological orders Cb2 D are described by 2D gauge theories of the group G twisted by the 3-cocycle ω3 (b ), dimensionally reduced from the 4-cocycle ω4. We show that the SL (2 ,Z ) generators, Sx y and Tx y, fully encode a particular type of three-string braiding statistics with a pattern that is the connected sum of two Hopf links. With certain 4-cocycle twists, we discover that, by threading a third string through two-string unlink into a three-string Hopf-link configuration, Abelian two-string braiding statistics is promoted to non-Abelian three-string braiding statistics.

  4. Polarization-dependent force driving the Eg mode in bismuth under optical excitation: comparison of first-principles theory with ultra-fast x-ray experiments

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fahy, Stephen; Murray, Eamonn

    2015-03-01

    Using first principles electronic structure methods, we calculate the induced force on the Eg (zone centre transverse optical) phonon mode in bismuth immediately after absorption of a ultrafast pulse of polarized light. To compare the results with recent ultra-fast, time-resolved x-ray diffraction experiments, we include the decay of the force due to carrier scattering, as measured in optical Raman scattering experiments, and simulate the optical absorption process, depth-dependent atomic driving forces, and x-ray diffraction in the experimental geometry. We find excellent agreement between the theoretical predictions and the observed oscillations of the x-ray diffraction signal, indicating that first-principles theory of optical absorption is well suited to the calculation of initial atomic driving forces in photo-excited materials following ultrafast excitation. This work is supported by Science Foundation Ireland (Grant No. 12/IA/1601) and EU Commission under the Marie Curie Incoming International Fellowships (Grant No. PIIF-GA-2012-329695).

  5. Uniqueness of First Order Post-Newtonian Collinear Solutions for Three-Body Problem under a Scalar-Tensor Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cao, Wei-Guang; Zhou, Tian-Yi; Xie, Yi

    2017-10-01

    As a continuing investigation of an earlier work that establishes the collinear solutions to the three-body problem with general masses under a scalar-tensor theory, we study these solutions and prove their uniqueness up to the first order post-Newtonian approximation. With the help of observed bounds on the scalar field in the Solar System, we show that the seventh-order polynomial equation determining the distance ratio among the three masses has either one or three positive roots. However, in the case with three positive roots, it is found that two positive roots break down the slow-motion condition for the post-Newtonian approximation so that only one positive root is physically valid. The resulting uniqueness suggests that the locations of the three masses are very close to their Newtonian positions with post-Newtonian corrections of general relativity and the scalar field. We also prove that, in the framework of the scalar-tensor theory, the angular velocity of the collinear configuration is always less than the Newtonian one when all other parameters are fixed. These results are valid only for three-body systems where upper-bounds on the scalar field are compatible with those of the Solar System. Supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant Nos. 11573015 and J1210039, and the Innovation Training Project for Undergraduates of Nanjing University, China

  6. On optimizing the treatment of exchange perturbations

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hirschfelder, J. O.; Chipman, D. M.

    1972-01-01

    A method using the zeroth plus first order wave functions, obtained by optimizing the basic equation used in exchange perturbation treatments, is utilized in an attempt to determine the exact energy and wave function in the exchange process. Attempts to determine the first order perturbation solution by optimizing the sum of the first and second order energies were unsuccessful.

  7. X-ray crystallography

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    2001-01-01

    X-rays diffracted from a well-ordered protein crystal create sharp patterns of scattered light on film. A computer can use these patterns to generate a model of a protein molecule. To analyze the selected crystal, an X-ray crystallographer shines X-rays through the crystal. Unlike a single dental X-ray, which produces a shadow image of a tooth, these X-rays have to be taken many times from different angles to produce a pattern from the scattered light, a map of the intensity of the X-rays after they diffract through the crystal. The X-rays bounce off the electron clouds that form the outer structure of each atom. A flawed crystal will yield a blurry pattern; a well-ordered protein crystal yields a series of sharp diffraction patterns. From these patterns, researchers build an electron density map. With powerful computers and a lot of calculations, scientists can use the electron density patterns to determine the structure of the protein and make a computer-generated model of the structure. The models let researchers improve their understanding of how the protein functions. They also allow scientists to look for receptor sites and active areas that control a protein's function and role in the progress of diseases. From there, pharmaceutical researchers can design molecules that fit the active site, much like a key and lock, so that the protein is locked without affecting the rest of the body. This is called structure-based drug design.

  8. A first order theory of the p/+/-n-n/+/ edge-illuminated silicon solar cell at very high injection levels

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goradia, C.; Sater, B. L.

    1977-01-01

    A first order theory of the edge-illuminated p(+)-n-n(+) silicon solar cell under very high injection levels has been derived. The very high injection level illuminated J-V characteristic is derived for any general base width to diffusion length (W/L) ratio and it includes the minority carrier reflection by the n-n(+) high-low junction. The beneficial effects of the high-low junction are shown to be significant until extremely high injection levels are reached. The theoretical dependencies of Jsc and Voc on temperature, incident intensity, and base resistivity are derived and discussed in detail. Some experimental results are given and these are discussed in relation to the theory.

  9. Entanglement entropy between virtual and real excitations in quantum electrodynamics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ardenghi, Juan Sebastián

    2018-05-01

    The aim of this work is to introduce the entanglement entropy of real and virtual excitations of fermion and photon fields. By rewriting the generating functional of quantum electrodynamics theory as an inner product between quantum operators, it is possible to obtain quantum density operators representing the propagation of real and virtual particles. These operators are partial traces, where the degrees of freedom traced out are unobserved excitations. Then the von Neumann definition of entropy can be applied to these quantum operators and in particular, for the partial traces taken over by the internal or external degrees of freedom. A universal behavior is obtained for the entanglement entropy for different quantum fields at zeroth order in the coupling constant. In order to obtain numerical results at different orders in the perturbation expansion, the Bloch-Nordsieck model is considered, where it is shown that for some particular values of the electric charge, the von Neumann entropy increases or decreases with respect to the noninteracting case.

  10. High resolution X- and gamma-ray spectroscopy of cosmic X-ray sources

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lin, R. P.

    1983-01-01

    A high resolution X-ray spectrometer and large area phoswich detector were designed and co-aligned in a common elevation mounting in order to measure solar and cosmic X-ray and gamma ray emission in the 13 to 600 KeV energy range from a balloon. The instrument is described and results obtained for the Crab Nebula, the supernova remnant Cas A, and the Sun are discussed and analyzed.

  11. Geomagnetic Cutoff Rigidity Computer Program: Theory, Software Description and Example

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Smart, D. F.; Shea, M. A.

    2001-01-01

    The access of charged particles to the earth from space through the geomagnetic field has been of interest since the discovery of the cosmic radiation. The early cosmic ray measurements found that cosmic ray intensity was ordered by the magnetic latitude and the concept of cutoff rigidity was developed. The pioneering work of Stoermer resulted in the theory of particle motion in the geomagnetic field, but the fundamental mathematical equations developed have 'no solution in closed form'. This difficulty has forced researchers to use the 'brute force' technique of numerical integration of individual trajectories to ascertain the behavior of trajectory families or groups. This requires that many of the trajectories must be traced in order to determine what energy (or rigidity) a charged particle must have to penetrate the magnetic field and arrive at a specified position. It turned out the cutoff rigidity was not a simple quantity but had many unanticipated complexities that required many hundreds if not thousands of individual trajectory calculations to solve. The accurate calculation of particle trajectories in the earth's magnetic field is a fundamental problem that limited the efficient utilization of cosmic ray measurements during the early years of cosmic ray research. As the power of computers has improved over the decades, the numerical integration procedure has grown more tractable, and magnetic field models of increasing accuracy and complexity have been utilized. This report is documentation of a general FORTRAN computer program to trace the trajectory of a charged particle of a specified rigidity from a specified position and direction through a model of the geomagnetic field.

  12. A New Limit on Planck Scale Lorentz Violation from Gamma-ray Burst Polarization

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stecker, Floyd W.

    2011-01-01

    Constraints on possible Lorentz invariance violation (UV) to first order in E/M(sub Plank) for photons in the framework of effective field theory (EFT) are discussed, taking cosmological factors into account. Then. using the reported detection of polarized soft gamma-ray emission from the gamma-ray burst GRB041219a that is indicative' of an absence of vacuum birefringence, together with a very recent improved method for estimating the redshift of the burst, we derive constraints on the dimension 5 Lorentz violating modification to the Lagrangian of an effective local QFT for QED. Our new constraints are more than five orders of magnitude better than recent constraints from observations of the Crab Nebula.. We obtain the upper limit on the Lorentz violating dimension 5 EFT parameter absolute value of zeta of 2.4 x 10(exp -15), corresponding to a constraint on the dimension 5 standard model extension parameter. Kappa (sup 5) (sub (v)oo) much less than 4.2 X 10(exp -3)4 / GeV.

  13. Pressure-induced Lifshitz transition in NbP: Raman, x-ray diffraction, electrical transport, and density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gupta, Satyendra Nath; Singh, Anjali; Pal, Koushik; Muthu, D. V. S.; Shekhar, C.; Qi, Yanpeng; Naumov, Pavel G.; Medvedev, Sergey A.; Felser, C.; Waghmare, U. V.; Sood, A. K.

    2018-02-01

    We report high-pressure Raman, synchrotron x-ray diffraction, and electrical transport studies on Weyl semimetals NbP and TaP along with first-principles density functional theoretical (DFT) analysis. The frequencies of first-order Raman modes of NbP harden with increasing pressure and exhibit a slope change at Pc˜9 GPa. The pressure-dependent resistivity exhibits a minimum at Pc. The temperature coefficient of resistivity below Pc is positive as expected for semimetals but changes significantly in the high-pressure phase. Using DFT calculations, we show that these anomalies are associated with a pressure-induced Lifshitz transition, which involves the appearance of electron and hole pockets in its electronic structure. In contrast, the results of Raman and synchrotron x-ray diffraction experiments on TaP and DFT calculations show that TaP is quite robust under pressure and does not undergo any phase transition.

  14. Physics through the 1990s: Gravitation, cosmology and cosmic-ray physics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    1986-01-01

    The volume contains recommendations for space-and ground-based programs in gravitational physics, cosmology, and cosmic-ray physics. The section on gravitation examines current and planned experimental tests of general relativity; the theory behind, and search for, gravitational waves, including sensitive laser-interferometric tests and other observations; and advances in gravitation theory (for example, incorporating quantum effects). The section on cosmology deals with the big-bang model, the standard model from elementary-particle theory, the inflationary model of the Universe. Computational needs are presented for both gravitation and cosmology. Finally, cosmic-ray physics theory (nucleosynthesis, acceleration models, high-energy physics) and experiment (ground and spaceborne detectors) are discussed.

  15. Soft X-ray radiation damage in EM-CCDs used for Resonant Inelastic X-ray Scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gopinath, D.; Soman, M.; Holland, A.; Keelan, J.; Hall, D.; Holland, K.; Colebrook, D.

    2018-02-01

    Advancement in synchrotron and free electron laser facilities means that X-ray beams with higher intensity than ever before are being created. The high brilliance of the X-ray beam, as well as the ability to use a range of X-ray energies, means that they can be used in a wide range of applications. One such application is Resonant Inelastic X-ray Scattering (RIXS). RIXS uses the intense and tuneable X-ray beams in order to investigate the electronic structure of materials. The photons are focused onto a sample material and the scattered X-ray beam is diffracted off a high resolution grating to disperse the X-ray energies onto a position sensitive detector. Whilst several factors affect the total system energy resolution, the performance of RIXS experiments can be limited by the spatial resolution of the detector used. Electron-Multiplying CCDs (EM-CCDs) at high gain in combination with centroiding of the photon charge cloud across several detector pixels can lead to sub-pixel spatial resolution of 2-3 μm. X-ray radiation can cause damage to CCDs through ionisation damage resulting in increases in dark current and/or a shift in flat band voltage. Understanding the effect of radiation damage on EM-CCDs is important in order to predict lifetime as well as the change in performance over time. Two CCD-97s were taken to PTB at BESSY II and irradiated with large doses of soft X-rays in order to probe the front and back surfaces of the device. The dark current was shown to decay over time with two different exponential components to it. This paper will discuss the use of EM-CCDs for readout of RIXS spectrometers, and limitations on spatial resolution, together with any limitations on instrument use which may arise from X-ray-induced radiation damage.

  16. Theory of intertwined orders in high temperature superconductors

    DOE PAGES

    Fradkin, Eduardo; Tranquada, John M.; Kivelson, Steven A.

    2015-03-26

    The electronic phase diagrams of many highly correlated systems, and in particular the cuprate high temperature superconductors, are complex, with many different phases appearing with similar—sometimes identical—ordering temperatures even as material properties, such as a dopant concentration, are varied over wide ranges. This complexity is sometimes referred to as “competing orders.” However, since the relation is intimate, and can even lead to the existence of new phases of matter such as the putative “pair-density-wave,” the general relation is better thought of in terms of “intertwined orders.” We selectively analyze some of the experiments in the cuprates which suggest that essentialmore » aspects of the physics are reflected in the intertwining of multiple orders—not just in the nature of each order by itself. We also summarize and critique several theoretical ideas concerning the origin and implications of this complexity.« less

  17. Theory of coupled resonator optical waveguides exhibiting high-order exceptional points of degeneracy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nada, Mohamed Y.; Othman, Mohamed A. K.; Capolino, Filippo

    2017-11-01

    We present an approach and a theoretical framework for generating high-order exceptional points of degeneracy (EPDs) in photonic structures based on periodic coupled resonator optical waveguides (CROWs). Such EPDs involve the coalescence of Floquet-Bloch eigenwaves in CROWs, without the presence of gain and loss, which contrasts with the parity-time symmetry required to develop exceptional points based on gain and loss balance. The EPDs arise here by introducing symmetry breaking in a conventional chain of coupled resonators through periodic coupling to an adjacent uniform optical waveguide, which leads to unique modal characteristics that cannot be realized in conventional CROWs. Such remarkable characteristics include high quality factors (Q factors) and strong field enhancement, even without any mirrors at the two ends of a cavity. We show for the first time the capability of CROWs to exhibit EPDs of various orders, including the degenerate band edge (DBE) and the stationary inflection point. The proposed CROW of finite length shows an enhanced quality factor when operating near the DBE, and the Q factor exhibits an unconventional scaling with the CROW's length. We develop the theory of EPDs in such unconventional CROW using coupled-wave equations, and we derive an analytical expression for the dispersion relation. The proposed unconventional CROW concepts have various potential applications including Q switching, nonlinear devices, lasers, and extremely sensitive sensors.

  18. General and specific consciousness: a first-order representationalist approach

    PubMed Central

    Mehta, Neil; Mashour, George A.

    2013-01-01

    It is widely acknowledged that a complete theory of consciousness should explain general consciousness (what makes a state conscious at all) and specific consciousness (what gives a conscious state its particular phenomenal quality). We defend first-order representationalism, which argues that consciousness consists of sensory representations directly available to the subject for action selection, belief formation, planning, etc. We provide a neuroscientific framework for this primarily philosophical theory, according to which neural correlates of general consciousness include prefrontal cortex, posterior parietal cortex, and non-specific thalamic nuclei, while neural correlates of specific consciousness include sensory cortex and specific thalamic nuclei. We suggest that recent data support first-order representationalism over biological theory, higher-order representationalism, recurrent processing theory, information integration theory, and global workspace theory. PMID:23882231

  19. Deducing the temporal order of cofactor function in ligand-regulated gene transcription: theory and experimental verification.

    PubMed

    Dougherty, Edward J; Guo, Chunhua; Simons, S Stoney; Chow, Carson C

    2012-01-01

    Cofactors are intimately involved in steroid-regulated gene expression. Two critical questions are (1) the steps at which cofactors exert their biological activities and (2) the nature of that activity. Here we show that a new mathematical theory of steroid hormone action can be used to deduce the kinetic properties and reaction sequence position for the functioning of any two cofactors relative to a concentration limiting step (CLS) and to each other. The predictions of the theory, which can be applied using graphical methods similar to those of enzyme kinetics, are validated by obtaining internally consistent data for pair-wise analyses of three cofactors (TIF2, sSMRT, and NCoR) in U2OS cells. The analysis of TIF2 and sSMRT actions on GR-induction of an endogenous gene gave results identical to those with an exogenous reporter. Thus new tools to determine previously unobtainable information about the nature and position of cofactor action in any process displaying first-order Hill plot kinetics are now available.

  20. Deducing the Temporal Order of Cofactor Function in Ligand-Regulated Gene Transcription: Theory and Experimental Verification

    PubMed Central

    Dougherty, Edward J.; Guo, Chunhua; Simons, S. Stoney; Chow, Carson C.

    2012-01-01

    Cofactors are intimately involved in steroid-regulated gene expression. Two critical questions are (1) the steps at which cofactors exert their biological activities and (2) the nature of that activity. Here we show that a new mathematical theory of steroid hormone action can be used to deduce the kinetic properties and reaction sequence position for the functioning of any two cofactors relative to a concentration limiting step (CLS) and to each other. The predictions of the theory, which can be applied using graphical methods similar to those of enzyme kinetics, are validated by obtaining internally consistent data for pair-wise analyses of three cofactors (TIF2, sSMRT, and NCoR) in U2OS cells. The analysis of TIF2 and sSMRT actions on GR-induction of an endogenous gene gave results identical to those with an exogenous reporter. Thus new tools to determine previously unobtainable information about the nature and position of cofactor action in any process displaying first-order Hill plot kinetics are now available. PMID:22272313

  1. Solution Structures of Highly Active Molecular Ir Water-Oxidation Catalysts from Density Functional Theory Combined with High-Energy X-ray Scattering and EXAFS Spectroscopy.

    PubMed

    Yang, Ke R; Matula, Adam J; Kwon, Gihan; Hong, Jiyun; Sheehan, Stafford W; Thomsen, Julianne M; Brudvig, Gary W; Crabtree, Robert H; Tiede, David M; Chen, Lin X; Batista, Victor S

    2016-05-04

    The solution structures of highly active Ir water-oxidation catalysts are elucidated by combining density functional theory, high-energy X-ray scattering (HEXS), and extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) spectroscopy. We find that the catalysts are Ir dimers with mono-μ-O cores and terminal anionic ligands, generated in situ through partial oxidation of a common catalyst precursor. The proposed structures are supported by (1)H and (17)O NMR, EPR, resonance Raman and UV-vis spectra, electrophoresis, etc. Our findings are particularly valuable to understand the mechanism of water oxidation by highly reactive Ir catalysts. Importantly, our DFT-EXAFS-HEXS methodology provides a new in situ technique for characterization of active species in catalytic systems.

  2. Theory for an order-driven disruption of the liquid state in water.

    PubMed

    England, Jeremy L; Park, Sanghyun; Pande, Vijay S

    2008-01-28

    Water is known to exhibit a number of peculiar physical properties because of the strong orientational dependence of the intermolecular hydrogen bonding interactions that dominate its liquid state. Recent full-atom simulations of water in a nanolayer between graphite plates submersed in an aqueous medium have raised the possibility of a new addition to this list of peculiarities: they show that application of a strong, uniform electric field normal to and between the plates can cause a pronounced decrease in particle density, rather than the increase expected from electrostriction theory for polarizable fluids [Vaitheeswaran et al., J. Phys. Chem. B 70, 6629 (2005)]. However, in seeming contradiction to this result, another study that simulated a range of similar systems has reported a less surprising electrostrictive increase in particle density upon application of the field [Bratko et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 129, 2504 (2007)]. In this work, we attempt to reconcile these conflicting simulation phenomena using a statistical mechanical lattice liquid model of water in an applied field. By solving the model using mean-field theory, we show that a field-induced transition to a markedly lower-density phase such as that observed in recent simulations is possible within a certain parameter regime, but that outside of this regime, the more conventional electrostrictive result should be obtained. Upon modifying the model to treat the case of bulk water under constant pressure in an applied field, we predict a density drop with rising field, and subsequently observe the predicted behavior in our own molecular dynamics simulations of liquid water. Our findings lead us to propose that the model considered here may be useful in a variety of contexts for describing the trade-off between orientational ordering of water molecules and their participation in the liquid phase.

  3. Assessment of surface roughness by use of soft x-ray scattering

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Meng, Yan-li; Wang, Yong-gang; Chen, Shu-yan; Chen, Bo

    2009-08-01

    A soft x-ray reflectometer with laser produced plasma source has been designed, which can work from wavelength 8nm to 30 nm and has high performance. Using the soft x-ray reflectometer above, the scattering light distribution of silicon and zerodur mirrors which have super-smooth surfaces could be measured at different incidence angle and different wavelength. The measurement when the incidence angle is 2 degree and the wavelength is 11nm has been given in this paper. A surface scattering theory of soft x-ray grazing incidence optics based on linear system theory and an inverse scattering mathematical model is introduced. The vector scattering theory of soft x-ray scattering also is stated in detail. The scattering data are analyzed by both the methods above respectively to give information about the surface profiles. On the other hand, both the two samples are measured by WYKO surface profiler, and the surface roughness of the silicon and zerodur mirror is 1.3 nm and 1.5nm respectively. The calculated results are in quantitative agreement with those measured by WYKO surface profiler, which indicates that soft x-ray scattering is a very useful tool for the evaluation of highly polished surfaces. But there still some difference among the results of different theory and WYKO, and the possible reasons of such difference have been discussed in detail.

  4. Theory of Remote Image Formation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Blahut, Richard E.

    2004-11-01

    In many applications, images, such as ultrasonic or X-ray signals, are recorded and then analyzed with digital or optical processors in order to extract information. Such processing requires the development of algorithms of great precision and sophistication. This book presents a unified treatment of the mathematical methods that underpin the various algorithms used in remote image formation. The author begins with a review of transform and filter theory. He then discusses two- and three-dimensional Fourier transform theory, the ambiguity function, image construction and reconstruction, tomography, baseband surveillance systems, and passive systems (where the signal source might be an earthquake or a galaxy). Information-theoretic methods in image formation are also covered, as are phase errors and phase noise. Throughout the book, practical applications illustrate theoretical concepts, and there are many homework problems. The book is aimed at graduate students of electrical engineering and computer science, and practitioners in industry. Presents a unified treatment of the mathematical methods that underpin the algorithms used in remote image formation Illustrates theoretical concepts with reference to practical applications Provides insights into the design parameters of real systems

  5. Newton's Zeroth Law: Learning from Listening to Our Students

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Scherr, Rachel E.; Redish, Edward F.

    2005-01-01

    Modern instructional advice encourages us to not just tell our students what we want them to know, but to listen to them carefully. This helps us to find out "where they are" in order to better understand what tasks to offer them that might help them learn the physics most effectively. Sometimes, listening to students and trying to understand their intuitions not only helps them, it helps us—giving us new insights into the physics we are teaching. We had such an experience in the fall of 2003 in our algebra-based physics class at the University of Maryland.

  6. Cartan symmetries and global dynamical systems analysis in a higher-order modified teleparallel theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karpathopoulos, L.; Basilakos, S.; Leon, G.; Paliathanasis, A.; Tsamparlis, M.

    2018-07-01

    In a higher-order modified teleparallel theory cosmological we present analytical cosmological solutions. In particular we determine forms of the unknown potential which drives the scalar field such that the field equations form a Liouville integrable system. For the determination of the conservation laws we apply the Cartan symmetries. Furthermore, inspired from our solutions, a toy model is studied and it is shown that it can describe the Supernova data, while at the same time introduces dark matter components in the Hubble function. When the extra matter source is a stiff fluid then we show how analytical solutions for Bianchi I universes can be constructed from our analysis. Finally, we perform a global dynamical analysis of the field equations by using variables different from that of the Hubble-normalization.

  7. Cosmic rays, gamma rays and synchrotron radiation from the Galaxy

    DOE PAGES

    Orlando, Elena

    2012-07-30

    Galactic cosmic rays (CR), interstellar gamma-ray emission and synchrotron radiation are related topics. CR electrons propagate in the Galaxy and interact with the interstellar medium, producing inverse-Compton emission measured in gamma rays and synchrotron emission measured in radio. I present an overview of the latest results with Fermi/LAT on the gamma-ray diffuse emission induced by CR nuclei and electrons. Then I focus on the recent complementary studies of the synchrotron emission in the light of the latest gamma-ray results. Relevant observables include spectral indices and their variations, using surveys over a wide range of radio frequencies. As a result, thismore » paper emphasizes the importance of using the parallel study of gamma rays and synchrotron radiation in order to constrain the low-energy interstellar CR electron spectrum, models of propagation of CRs, and magnetic fields.« less

  8. Applications of Cosmological Perturbation Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Christopherson, Adam J.

    2011-06-01

    Cosmological perturbation theory is crucial for our understanding of the universe. The linear theory has been well understood for some time, however developing and applying the theory beyond linear order is currently at the forefront of research in theoretical cosmology. This thesis studies the applications of perturbation theory to cosmology and, specifically, to the early universe. Starting with some background material introducing the well-tested 'standard model' of cosmology, we move on to develop the formalism for perturbation theory up to second order giving evolution equations for all types of scalar, vector and tensor perturbations, both in gauge dependent and gauge invariant form. We then move on to the main result of the thesis, showing that, at second order in perturbation theory, vorticity is sourced by a coupling term quadratic in energy density and entropy perturbations. This source term implies a qualitative difference to linear order. Thus, while at linear order vorticity decays with the expansion of the universe, the same is not true at higher orders. This will have important implications on future measurements of the polarisation of the Cosmic Microwave Background, and could give rise to the generation of a primordial seed magnetic field. Having derived this qualitative result, we then estimate the scale dependence and magnitude of the vorticity power spectrum, finding, for simple power law inputs a small, blue spectrum. The final part of this thesis concerns higher order perturbation theory, deriving, for the first time, the metric tensor, gauge transformation rules and governing equations for fully general third order perturbations. We close with a discussion of natural extensions to this work and other possible ideas for off-shooting projects in this continually growing field.

  9. Higher-order awareness, misrepresentation and function

    PubMed Central

    Rosenthal, David

    2012-01-01

    Conscious mental states are states we are in some way aware of. I compare higher-order theories of consciousness, which explain consciousness by appeal to such higher-order awareness (HOA), and first-order theories, which do not, and I argue that higher-order theories have substantial explanatory advantages. The higher-order nature of our awareness of our conscious states suggests an analogy with the metacognition that figures in the regulation of psychological processes and behaviour. I argue that, although both consciousness and metacognition involve higher-order psychological states, they have little more in common. One thing they do share is the possibility of misrepresentation; just as metacognitive processing can misrepresent one's cognitive states and abilities, so the HOA in virtue of which one's mental states are conscious can, and sometimes does, misdescribe those states. A striking difference between the two, however, has to do with utility for psychological processing. Metacognition has considerable benefit for psychological processing; in contrast, it is unlikely that there is much, if any, utility to mental states' being conscious over and above the utility those states have when they are not conscious. PMID:22492758

  10. Birth Order and Perceived Birth Order of Chemically Dependent and Academic Women.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Weeks, Kristie G.; Newlon, Betty J.

    Birth order as it relates to family constellation is one of the principle concepts of Adlerian theory, and has implications for the understanding of chemical addiction. Adler premised that it was the individual's interpretation of his/her birth circumstances that was more important than sequential birth order. This study examined whether…

  11. X-ray nanofocusing by kinoform lenses: A comparative study using different modeling approaches

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yan, Hanfei

    2010-02-01

    We conduct a comparative study on various kinoform lenses (KLs) for x-ray nanofocusing by using the geometrical theory, the dynamical diffraction theory, and the beam propagation method. This study shows that the geometrical theory becomes invalid to describe the performance of a KL for nanofocusing. The strong edge diffraction effect from individual lens element, which distorts the desired wave field, leads to a reduction in the effective numerical aperture and imposes a limit on how small a focus a KL can achieve. Because this effect is associated with a finite thickness of a lens, larger lens thickness depicts a stronger distortion. We find that a short KL where all lens elements are folded back to a single plane shows an illumination preference: if the illuminating geometry is in favor of the Bragg diffraction for a focusing order, its performance is enhanced and vice versa. We also find that a short KL usually outperforms its long version where all lens elements do not lie in a single plane because the short one suffers less the wave field distortion due to the edge diffraction. Simulation results suggest that for a long KL, an adaptive lens design is needed to correct the wave field distortion in order to achieve a better performance.

  12. Education and World Order

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jones, Phillip W.

    2007-01-01

    The impact on educational analysis of mainstream international relations (IR) theories is yet to realize its full potential. The problem of education in relation to the construction of world order is considered in relation to core developments in IR theory since the Second World War. In particular, the global architecture of education is seen as a…

  13. From aether impulse to QED: Sommerfeld and the Bremsstrahlen theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Eckert, Michael

    2015-08-01

    The radiation that is due to the braking of charged particles has been in the focus of theoretical physics since the discovery of X-rays by the end of the 19th century. The impact of cathode rays in the anti-cathode of an X-ray tube that resulted in the production of X-rays led to the view that X-rays are aether impulses spreading from the site of the impact. In 1909, Arnold Sommerfeld calculated from Maxwell's equations the angular distribution of electromagnetic radiation due to the braking of electrons. He thereby coined the notion of "Bremsstrahlen." In 1923, Hendrik A. Kramers provided a quantum theoretical explanation of this process by means of Bohr's correspondence principle. With the advent of quantum mechanics the theory of bremsstrahlung became a target of opportunity for theorists like Yoshikatsu Sugiura, Robert Oppenheimer, and-again-Sommerfeld, who presented in 1931 a comprehensive treatise on this subject. Throughout the 1930s, Sommerfeld's disciples in Munich and elsewhere extended and improved the bremsstrahlen theory. Hans Bethe and Walter Heitler, in particular, in 1934 presented a theory that was later regarded as "the most important achievement of QED in the 1930s" (Freeman Dyson). From a historical perspective the bremsstrahlen problem may be regarded as a probe for the evolution of theories in response to revolutionary changes in the underlying principles.

  14. Nodal aberration theory for wild-filed asymmetric optical systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Yang; Cheng, Xuemin; Hao, Qun

    2016-10-01

    Nodal Aberration Theory (NAT) was used to calculate the zero field position in Full Field Display (FFD) for the given aberration term. Aiming at wide-filed non-rotational symmetric decentered optical systems, we have presented the nodal geography behavior of the family of third-order and fifth-order aberrations. Meanwhile, we have calculated the wavefront aberration expressions when one optical element in the system is tilted, which was not at the entrance pupil. By using a three-piece-cellphone lens example in optical design software CodeV, the nodal geography is testified under several situations; and the wavefront aberrations are calculated when the optical element is tilted. The properties of the nodal aberrations are analyzed by using Fringe Zernike coefficients, which are directly related with the wavefront aberration terms and usually obtained by real ray trace and wavefront surface fitting.

  15. DFT calculations in the assignment of solid-state NMR and crystal structure elucidation of a lanthanum(iii) complex with dithiocarbamate and phenanthroline.

    PubMed

    Gowda, Vasantha; Laitinen, Risto S; Telkki, Ville-Veikko; Larsson, Anna-Carin; Antzutkin, Oleg N; Lantto, Perttu

    2016-12-06

    The molecular, crystal, and electronic structures as well as spectroscopic properties of a mononuclear heteroleptic lanthanum(iii) complex with diethyldithiocarbamate and 1,10-phenanthroline ligands (3 : 1) were studied by solid-state 13 C and 15 N cross-polarisation (CP) magic-angle-spinning (MAS) NMR, X-ray diffraction (XRD), and first principles density functional theory (DFT) calculations. A substantially different powder XRD pattern and 13 C and 15 N CP-MAS NMR spectra indicated that the title compound is not isostructural to the previously reported analogous rare earth complexes with the space group P2 1 /n. Both 13 C and 15 N CP-MAS NMR revealed the presence of six structurally different dithiocarbamate groups in the asymmetric unit cell, implying a non-centrosymmetric packing arrangement of molecules. This was supported by single-crystal X-ray crystallography showing that the title compound crystallised in the triclinic space group P1[combining macron]. In addition, the crystal structure also revealed that one of the dithiocarbamate ligands has a conformational disorder. NMR chemical shift calculations employing the periodic gauge including projector augmented wave (GIPAW) approach supported the assignment of the experimental 13 C and 15 N NMR spectra. However, the best correspondences were obtained with the structure where the atomic positions in the X-ray unit cell were optimised at the DFT level. The roles of the scalar and spin-orbit relativistic effects on NMR shielding were investigated using the zeroth-order regular approximation (ZORA) method with the outcome that already the scalar relativistic level qualitatively reproduces the experimental chemical shifts. The electronic properties of the complex were evaluated based on the results of the natural bond orbital (NBO) and topology of the electron density analyses. Overall, we apply a multidisciplinary approach acquiring comprehensive information about the solid-state structure and the metal

  16. Hill Problem Analytical Theory to the Order Four. Application to the Computation of Frozen Orbits around Planetary Satellites

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lara, Martin; Palacian, Jesus F.

    2007-01-01

    Frozen orbits of the Hill problem are determined in the double averaged problem, where short and long period terms are removed by means of Lie transforms. The computation of initial conditions of corresponding quasi periodic solutions in the non-averaged problem is straightforward for the perturbation method used provides the explicit equations of the transformation that connects the averaged and non-averaged models. A fourth order analytical theory reveals necessary for the accurate computation of quasi periodic, frozen orbits.

  17. Operational Indistinguishably of Varying Speed of Light Theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jafari, Nosratollah; Shariati, Ahmad

    The varying speed of light theories have been recently proposed to solve the standard model problems and anomalies in the ultra high energy cosmic rays. These theories try to formulate a new relativity with no assumptions about the constancy of the light speed. In this regard, we study two theories and want to show that these theories are not the new theories of relativity, but only re-descriptions of Einstein's special relativity.

  18. AXAF-I ghost ray study: On orbit case

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gaetz, T. J.

    1993-01-01

    The problem of baffles for control of singly reflected (and nonreflected) ghost rays is considered. The theory of baffle design for Wolter Type I grazing incidence optics is reviewed, and a set of sample baffle parameters is obtained subject to the assumptions of nominal mirror figures and perfect manufacture and alignment of baffles. It is found that baffles forward of the optics (in the thermal precollimator) and between the mirror elements (at the CAP) are sufficient to allow the simultaneous ghost image and vignetting requirements to be satisfied for HRMA shells P1H1, P3H3, and P4H4. However, these baffles are not sufficient for the innermost shell P6H6; at best the requirements are slightly violated and there is no margin for tolerances. The addition of a baffle interior to the P6 space at an axial station about one third of the way forward from the aft end of the paraboloid will allow the ghost ray and vignetting requirements to be met. The minimum ghost ray angles and the vignetting angles are sensitive functions of the baffle positions and radii; tolerances of considerably better than 1 mm will be required. The sensitivities are coupled and correlated; further investigations should be undertaken in order to obtain baffle parameters which, combined with likely achievable tolerances, will minimize the risk of the vignetting/ghost ray requirements not being met. The lightweight carbon-epoxy composite used for thermal baffles has insufficient X-ray opacity to be a suitable material for construction of the controlling X-ray baffles; further study is needed to determine an appropriate material and to investigate its thermal and mechanical implications.

  19. An analytical equation of state for describing isotropic-nematic phase equilibria of Lennard-Jones chain fluids with variable degree of molecular flexibility

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    van Westen, Thijs; Oyarzún, Bernardo; Vlugt, Thijs J. H.; Gross, Joachim

    2015-06-01

    We develop an equation of state (EoS) for describing isotropic-nematic (IN) phase equilibria of Lennard-Jones (LJ) chain fluids. The EoS is developed by applying a second order Barker-Henderson perturbation theory to a reference fluid of hard chain molecules. The chain molecules consist of tangentially bonded spherical segments and are allowed to be fully flexible, partially flexible (rod-coil), or rigid linear. The hard-chain reference contribution to the EoS is obtained from a Vega-Lago rescaled Onsager theory. For the description of the (attractive) dispersion interactions between molecules, we adopt a segment-segment approach. We show that the perturbation contribution for describing these interactions can be divided into an "isotropic" part, which depends only implicitly on orientational ordering of molecules (through density), and an "anisotropic" part, for which an explicit dependence on orientational ordering is included (through an expansion in the nematic order parameter). The perturbation theory is used to study the effect of chain length, molecular flexibility, and attractive interactions on IN phase equilibria of pure LJ chain fluids. Theoretical results for the IN phase equilibrium of rigid linear LJ 10-mers are compared to results obtained from Monte Carlo simulations in the isobaric-isothermal (NPT) ensemble, and an expanded formulation of the Gibbs-ensemble. Our results show that the anisotropic contribution to the dispersion attractions is irrelevant for LJ chain fluids. Using the isotropic (density-dependent) contribution only (i.e., using a zeroth order expansion of the attractive Helmholtz energy contribution in the nematic order parameter), excellent agreement between theory and simulations is observed. These results suggest that an EoS contribution for describing the attractive part of the dispersion interactions in real LCs can be obtained from conventional theoretical approaches designed for isotropic fluids, such as a Perturbed

  20. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wang, Weizhou, E-mail: wzw@lynu.edu.cn, E-mail: ybw@gzu.edu.cn; Zhang, Yu; Sun, Tao

    High-level coupled cluster singles, doubles, and perturbative triples [CCSD(T)] computations with up to the aug-cc-pVQZ basis set (1924 basis functions) and various extrapolations toward the complete basis set (CBS) limit are presented for the sandwich, T-shaped, and parallel-displaced benzene⋯naphthalene complex. Using the CCSD(T)/CBS interaction energies as a benchmark, the performance of some newly developed wave function and density functional theory methods has been evaluated. The best performing methods were found to be the dispersion-corrected PBE0 functional (PBE0-D3) and spin-component scaled zeroth-order symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SCS-SAPT0). The success of SCS-SAPT0 is very encouraging because it provides one method for energy componentmore » analysis of π-stacked complexes with 200 atoms or more. Most newly developed methods do, however, overestimate the interaction energies. The results of energy component analysis show that interaction energies are overestimated mainly due to the overestimation of dispersion energy.« less